University of Westminster

“Studying at the University of
APPLIED LANGUAGE STUDIES

Westminster was a fascinating
experience, because of the
teaching tradition and the
training in socio-cultural contexts
for international students.”
“ I was a full-time teacher for the Language Department at Calixto García

Medicine School in Havana City, Cuba, before I came to the University
of Westminster. I wanted to travel to London and study at the University
for my MA in Applied Languages.
3 Being a postgraduate student at Westminster enabled me to move
to my present role. I am now an advisor for pedagogical research at
the School of Medicine, so I can combine the two activities I enjoy
doing: teaching EMP and doing research in ELT teaching at the Medical
University of Havana.
3 Studying at the University of Westminster was a fascinating experience,
because of the teaching tradition and the training in socio-cultural contexts
for international students. Visiting places that I knew solely from textbooks
and sharing a flat with people from all over the world was a unique and
unforgettable experience. It’s great being one of the Westminster alumni.”
Heriberto García, Cuba
Applied Languages MA
47
RESEARCH IN APPLIED LANGUAGE STUDIES
APPLIED LANGUAGE STUDIES
FRENCH
Research is focused around the work of our two research groups: the Francophone Africa, Caribbean
and Pacific Research Group, which focuses on the political and cultural relations between France and
the French-speaking world, and the Group for War and Culture Studies, which considers the impact of war
on European cultural production in the 20th century. Contact Professor Debra Kelly (E: kellyd@westminster.
ac.uk) or visit westminster.ac.uk/facprg
LINGUISTICS AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE

Our research in Linguistics and English Language at Westminster has particular strengths in lexical history
and categorisation, creole linguistics and contact languages, practical phonetics, and pedagogical research
on language teaching. In the 1990s Westminster founded the Creole Linguistics Research Group, to foster
and promote research in the field of creole studies, and since then has overseen a series of publications in
the Westminster Creolistics Series. More recently, we launched the annual Interface with Linguistics series,
which seeks to explore and promote the use of linguistics research outside of academia.
The Department also currently co-hosts the AHRC-funded five-year project, The Lexis of Cloth and Clothing
in Britain c.700-1450, which involves collaboration with the Middle English Dictionary at Ann Arbor,
Michigan, the Anglo-Norman Dictionary at Aberystwyth, and the Historical Thesaurus of English
project at Glasgow University. Contact Dr Louise Sylvester (E: l.sylvester1@westminster.ac.uk), or visit
westminster.ac.uk/linguisticsresearch
We also have an extensive modern languages evening programme providing tuition in more than
25 languages from Arabic to Turkish. Contact Marianne Sharp (T: +44 (0)20 7911 5000 ext 2060,
E: sharpm@westminster.ac.uk), or visit westminster.ac.uk/elp
SHORT COURSES/CPD
We offer a range of courses focusing on English as a Foreign Language at various levels throughout the year,
including summer courses (E: efl@westminster.ac.uk, or visit westminster.ac.uk/efl).
For further information about Applied Language Studies courses visit the School
of Social Sciences, Humanities and Languages website at westminster.ac.uk/sshl
48
Bilingual Translation MA
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This highly professional course, open to you if your first language Length of course
is Arabic, French, German, Italian, Polish, Russian or Spanish, will One-year, full-time or
prepare you for a career in translation. It will give you the skills to two-year, part-time
produce commercially acceptable translations of specialised technical
and institutional texts from English into your first language, and Location
vice versa, applying insights drawn from the study of linguistics Central London (Regent)
and translation theory. You will also learn how to revise and edit Fees and funding
translations, subtitle films, and research specialised subjects for See westminster.ac.uk/fees
professional assignments.
Associated careers
Course content Graduates work as in-house
The course features three core modules; Main Language (the translators within industry,
translation of specialised technical and institutional texts from English commerce, international
into your first language); Second Language (the translation for organisations and translation
information purposes of similar texts from your first language into companies, as freelance translators,
English); and the MA Project or Thesis. translation project managers, or
There is also a wide range of option modules, which are available editors, revisers, proofreaders,
subject to demand. These are: Advanced Arabic Language Skills terminologists, subtitlers and
• Advanced English Language Skills • Computer-Assisted Translation specialists in translation tools.
• Cross-Cultural Communication • Developing Professionalism for
Entry requirements
Translators • Editing Skills (language(s) subject to annual confirmation)
Your first language should be
• European Union: Procedures and Perspectives • Field Study
Arabic, French, German, Italian,
(a work experience module) • Introduction to Interpreting Skills
Polish, Russian or Spanish, and
(language(s) subject to confirmation) • Principles of Economics
you should hold an undergraduate
and Finance • Principles of Science and Technology • Sociolinguistics
degree (or equivalent). Mature
• Subsidiary Language • Subtitling • Translation Theory • Written
applicants with appropriate work
Discourse Analysis
experience will also be considered.
Related courses You will need fluent written and
Conference Interpreting MA • Translation and Interpreting MA spoken English, and should have
either a degree in English or an
IELTS score of 6.5 overall (with
6.5 in reading and writing) or
equivalent. We will interview you
in person or on the telephone and
set you two test translations to check
your language competence.
49
Conference Interpreting MA
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This course is one of only two in the UK recognised by the Length of course
International Association of Conference Interpreters (AIIC), of Two-term, full-time Postgraduate
which the course leaders and most of the lecturers are members. Diploma, or one-year, full-time MA
The Postgraduate Diploma was founded in 1963 by a former chief
interpreter at UNESCO, and we have offered the MA since 1998. Location
This is a highly interactive course, with a strong team spirit and a Central London (Regent)
constructive and practical approach to conference interpreting. We Fees and funding
have good working relations with the European institutions, and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
trainers from the European Parliament and Commission come to
work with our students. Working interpreters from these and other Associated careers
international institutions, including the United Nations and NATO, This course will prepare you
make up the panel of examiners for the Diploma. We also have for a career in conference
close ties with our partner institutions in the European Masters in interpreting, and many of our
Conference Interpreting (EMCI) consortium. alumni have gone on to work for
the European institutions, United
Course content Nations organisations and as
The course emphasises the development of interpreting skills in both freelance interpreters.
consecutive and simultaneous interpreting. The curriculum covers
booth etiquette, glossary preparation, memory exercises, note-taking Entry requirements
techniques, public speaking, sight translation and voice coaching. You must have a university degree,
a thorough understanding of two
All students will take the Postgraduate Diploma. The MA builds on
or three passive (C) languages and
this, allowing you to undertake a research project in conference
an excellent command of your first
interpreting. All students will take the modules Consecutive 1,
language (or A language). We also
Simultaneous 1 and Preparing for the Profession in the first term; those
consider applications from those
taking the MA will also take either The European Union: Procedures
with a second active (B) language,
and Perspectives module, or Interpreting as Cultural Practice: the
with or without a C. If you apply
United Nations.
with English B you will need fluent
There is a mid-year progression test at the end of the first term and written and spoken English with
successful students will progress to do the modules Consecutive 2, an IELTS score of 7 overall (with
Simultaneous 2 and Preparing for the Profession. MA students will 7.5 in speaking) or equivalent.
also take the MA Thesis module. In the second term, you can spend Aspiring interpreters should also
two weeks at an EMCI partner institution, and there is also the have a broad general education,
possibility of visiting an international organisation to learn more about analytical skills and an interest in
the profession. current affairs, along with flexibility,
Related courses stamina and the ability to work
Bilingual Translation MA • Technical and Specialised Translation MA under pressure.
• Translation and Interpreting MA All qualifying applicants with
appropriate language qualifications
are invited to sit a written entrance
test, and successful candidates
are invited for interview. We will
interview you in person or on
the telephone and set you two
test translations to check your
language competence.
50
Diploma in Translation (Institute of Linguists Educational Trust)
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This course is only suited to native speakers of the target language Length of course
who must have postgraduate competence in that language, and those One-year, part-time evening
with a degree or equivalent in the source language. You are expected (two hours a week) from January
to translate into your first language, and study one language to December
combination only in any given year. The courses will start in the third
week of January. Location
The course is offered from English into Czech/Slovak, French, Central London (Regent)
German, Italian, Japanese, Polish, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish, Fees and funding
and from French, German, Japanese, Polish, Russian and Spanish See westminster.ac.uk/fees
into English.
The Diploma in Translation (IoLET) is a widely recognised initial Associated careers
postgraduate qualification for working translators, and for those Diploma in Translation (IoLET)
who wish to embark on a career as a professional translator. A holders find careers as freelance
programme of translation-related workshops complements the course, and in-house translators in the
and the University is now an Institute of Linguists exam centre. corporate sector and in national
and international organisations,
Course content or as editors and revisers,
The course includes the main areas of translation covered by the terminologists, translation project
Diploma in Translation exam. The emphasis is on general translation managers, and specialists in
skills and Unit One in the first term, semi-specialised areas and Units translation tools.
Two and Three (business, literature, technology, social science,
science and law) in the second term, and revision and exam skills in Entry requirements
the third term. You will need to take a translation
test to ascertain that you are at the
Related courses right level to benefit from the course.
Diploma in Translation (IoLET) Exam Preparation If successful, you can join the course
in January.
51
Diploma in Translation (Institute of Linguists Educational Trust)
APPLIED LANGUAGES
Exam Preparation
This course is only suited to those who have registered for the Length of course
Diploma in Translation (IoLET) exam in the following January, and Eleven-week, part-time evening
have already started preparing for this. The course provides you with (two hours a week) from September
final training in the various skills needed by translators and Diploma to December
in Translation (IoLET) exam candidates. You are expected to translate
into your first language, and study one language combination only. Location
Courses are offered from English into Czech/Slovak, French, Central London (Regent)
Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish and from French, Fees and funding
German, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish into English. The Diploma See westminster.ac.uk/fees
in Translation (IoLET) is a widely recognised initial postgraduate
qualification intended for working translators and for those who wish Associated careers
to embark on a career as a professional translator. The course prepares you for a
An optional programme of translation-related workshops career as a translator.
complements the course. The University is now an Institute of Linguists Entry requirements
exam centre. You will need to indicate that
Course content you have registered for the
The course covers the main areas of translation covered by the Diploma in Translation (IoLET) in
Diploma in Translation exam, through the study of past exam the following January and that
papers or texts of similar type and content. The emphasis is on you have received previous
revision and exam skills such as time management, efficient lexical training in translation, either at
research and fast decision making. A mock exam is incorporated in the University of Westminster or
the course provision. through another institution.
52
Interpreting MA
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This course, which is subject to approval, focuses on providing you Length of course
with highly professional training aimed at the interpreting market, One-year, full-time or two-year,
and the opportunity to build on your existing language skills to part-time with daytime attendance
develop a career in this area. The course is suitable whether English
is your first language or not, and involves interpreting with one main Location
language (Chinese, French, Italian, Polish and Spanish) and English. Central London (Regent)
It includes consecutive interpreting, simultaneous interpreting and Fees and funding
public service interpreting, in addition to the MA thesis and a range See westminster.ac.uk/fees
of option modules.
The course resources include an extensive collection of volumes Associated careers
and electronic materials in our library, a state-of-the-art language Graduates find careers as freelance
laboratory, and conference interpreting facilities. Our teaching and in-house interpreters in the
staff, including full- and part-time visiting lecturers, are experts public service environment, in the
in interpreting and other specialist fields. You will also be allocated private market and in national and
a personal tutor and provided with academic guidance by the international organisations.
course team. Entry requirements
Course content You should have a first degree,
The emphasis of the course is on practical training in the different although mature linguists without
areas of interpreting, aimed at developing your skills to a high level a degree but with sufficient
and learning about the professional environment. You will also learn work experience in interpreting
new relevant skills through the option modules available. are invited to apply. You will
need fluent written and spoken
The core modules are: Consecutive Interpreting • Public Service
English and an IELTS score of
Interpreting • Simultaneous Interpreting • Thesis (research on an
6.5 overall (with 7 in speaking) or
interpreting topic)
equivalent if English is not your first
Option modules include: Cross-Cultural Communication language. All applicants take an
• Developing Professionalism for Interpreters • European Union entry test consisting of written and
• Principles of Economics and Finance • Principles of Science oral components.
and Technology
Teaching involves both class contact and independent study, and
methods include lectures, workshops, seminars, group and project
work, research and interpreting assignments. Assessment ranges
from interpreting assignments to essays, presentations and projects.
Related courses
Bilingual Translation MA • Conference Interpreting MA • Technical
and Specialised Translation MA • Translation and Interpreting MA
• Translation and Linguistics MA
53
Technical and Specialised Translation MA
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This course provides you with highly professional training aimed Length of course
at the translation market, and the opportunity to build on your One-year, full-time or two-year,
existing language skills to develop a career in that sector. The course part-time with daytime attendance
is suitable only if English is your first language, and is based on
translating two main languages into English, complemented by an Location
MA component and a range of option modules. Central London (Regent)
The course resources include an extensive collection of volumes and Fees and funding
electronic materials in our library, and computer labs equipped with See westminster.ac.uk/fees
translation memory and machine translation software. The teaching
staff, including full-time and part-time visiting lecturers, are experts Associated careers
in translation and other specialist fields. You will also be allocated a Graduates from the course find
personal tutor and given academic guidance by the course team. careers as freelance and in-house
translators in the corporate sector
Course content and in national and international
The course emphasis is on practical training in translation, developing organisations, or as editors and
your skills to a high level and learning about the professional revisers, terminologists, translation
environment. The core modules are two main translation languages, project managers, and specialists in
chosen from French, German, Italian, Russian and Spanish. You will translation tools.
translate institutional texts (such as economic, political, legal and
EU texts) and technical material. You will also be able to learn new Entry requirements
relevant skills through the option modules. The MA component is You should have a first degree
either a Thesis or a Project (an extended translation with a preface in modern languages or another
and annotations). subject. Mature linguists without
a degree, but with sufficient
Option modules include: Computer-Assisted Translation
experience in translation, are invited
• Cross-Cultural Communication • Developing Professionalism
to apply. We will interview you in
for Translators • Editing Skills • Field Study (work placement)
person or on the telephone and set
• Introduction to Interpreting Skills • Principles of Economics and
you a translation test to check your
Finance • Principles of Science and Technology • Sociolinguistics
language competence. The course
• Subsidiary Language (from a range of languages) • Translation
is only suitable for those whose first
Theory • Written Discourse Analysis
language is English.
Related courses
Conference Interpreting MA • Translation and Interpreting MA
• Translation and Linguistics MA
54
Translation and Interpreting MA
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This course provides you with highly professional training aimed at Length of course
the translation and interpreting markets, and the opportunity to build One-year, full-time or two-year,
on your existing language skills to develop a career in those sectors. part-time with daytime attendance
The course is suitable whether English is your first language or not. It
involves translation with one main language (Chinese, French, Italian, Location
Polish or Spanish) and English, consecutive and liaison interpreting, Central London (Regent)
the MA Thesis or Project, and a range of option modules. Fees and funding
The course resources include an extensive collection of volumes and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
electronic materials in our library, and computer labs equipped with
translation memory and machine translation software. The teaching Associated careers
staff, including full-time and part-time visiting lecturers, are experts Graduates find careers as freelance
in translation, interpreting and other specialist fields. You will also be and in-house translators in the
allocated a personal tutor and be given academic guidance by the corporate sector and in national
course team. and international organisations,
or as freelance interpreters,
Course content editors and revisers, subtitlers,
The course emphasis is on practical training in translation and terminologists, translation project
interpreting, developing your skills to a high level and learning managers, and specialists in
about the professional environments. The core modules are translation tools.
Translation, Liaison and Consecutive Interpreting and either the
MA Thesis (research on a translation or interpreting topic) or the Entry requirements
MA Project (an extended translation with a preface and annotations). You should have a first degree,
You will also learn new relevant skills through an extensive range of although mature linguists without
option modules. a degree but with sufficient
experience in translation and/or
Options depend on your pathway, and include: Computer-
interpreting are invited to apply. You
Assisted Translation • Cross-Cultural Communication • Developing
will need fluent written and spoken
Professionalism for Translators • Editing Skills • European Union
English, and an IELTS score of
• Field Study (work placement) • Introduction to Interpreting Skills
6.5 overall (with 7 in speaking) or
(in a second language) • Principles of Economics and Finance
equivalent if English is not your first
• Principles of Science and Technology • Sociolinguistics
language. All applicants take an
• Subsidiary Language • Subtitling • Translation Theory
entry test consisting of written and
• Written Discourse Analysis
oral components.
work, research, translation and interpreting assignments. Assessment
ranges from translation and interpreting assignments to essays,
presentations and projects.
Related courses
Bilingual Translation MA • Conference Interpreting MA • Technical
and Specialised Translation MA • Translation and Linguistics MA
55
Translation and Linguistics MA
APPLIED LANGUAGES
This course provides you with highly professional training aimed at Length of course
the translation market, and the opportunity to build on your existing One-year, full-time or two-year,
language skills and to develop your knowledge of linguistics. part-time with daytime attendance
The course is designed for students whose first language is
English. It is based on translating one main language (from Chinese, Location
French, German, Italian, Russian or Spanish) into English, two Central London (Regent)
linguistics modules, either the MA Thesis (research on a translation or Fees and funding
interpreting topic) or the MA Project (an extended translation with a See westminster.ac.uk/fees
preface and annotations), and a choice of option modules.
The course resources include an extensive collection of volumes and Associated careers
electronic materials in our library, and computer labs equipped with Graduates find careers as freelance
translation memory and machine translation software. The teaching and in-house translators in the
staff, including full-time and part-time visiting lecturers, are experts corporate sector and in national
in translation, linguistics and other specialist fields. You will also be and international organisations,
allocated a personal tutor and given academic guidance by the or as editors and revisers,
course team. terminologists, translation project
managers, and specialists in
Course content translation tools.
The course emphasis is on practical training in translation, developing
your skills to a high level and learning about the professional Entry requirements
environment. You will also learn new relevant skills through the option You should have a first degree in
modules, and build on your knowledge of linguistics. modern languages or a related
subject. Mature linguists without a
The core modules comprise Translation from one main language into
degree, but with sufficient working
English (including both institutional and technical texts), and Written
experience in translation, are invited
Discourse Analysis, in addition to the MA Thesis or Project. Another
to apply. We will interview you in
linguistics module is taken, alongside further option modules from
person or on the telephone and set
the following list: Computer-Assisted Translation • Cross-Cultural
you a translation test to check your
Communication • Developing Professionalism for Translators
language competence. The course
• Editing Skills • Field Study (work placement) • Introduction
is only suitable for those whose first
to Interpreting Skills • Principles of Economics and Finance
language is English.
• Principles of Science and Technology • Sociolinguistics
• Subsidiary Language • Translation Theory
work, research and translation assignments. Assessment ranges from
translation assignments to essays, presentations and projects.
Related courses
Conference Interpreting MA • Technical and Specialised
Translation MA • Translation and Interpreting MA
56
Linguistics MA
ENGLISH AND LINGUISTICS

This course focuses on a formal theoretical approach to the structure Length of course
of human language, examining areas such as phonetics and One-year, full-time or
phonology, syntax, and a range of linguistic theory topics. You will two-year, part-time
also be able to study a variety of more applied linguistic modules that
will develop your understanding of linguistics. Location
The course will give you a sound knowledge of the underlying Central London (Regent)
workings of human language. It’s suitable for students who have Fees and funding
studied linguistics modules at undergraduate level, and others who See westminster.ac.uk/fees
may not have studied linguistics previously, but who have taken allied
disciplines such as psychology, philosophy, or teaching English as a Associated careers
foreign language. The Linguistics MA is intended to
The course is hosted by the Department of English, Linguistics provide you with sophisticated
and Cultural Studies, and is based at the University’s Regent Street analytical skills and a widely
headquarters building. The Department has a 40-year tradition applicable knowledge base,
of linguistics teaching and research, and members of staff have which will enable you to study at
conducted research on aspects of linguistics, sociolinguistics, creole MPhil or PhD levels with a view to
linguistics and bilingualism. pursuing an academic career. The
course is also particularly relevant
Course content to teaching English as a first or
The Linguistics MA offers you a broad-based educational experience foreign language, and to a range
with a range of choices, including interdisciplinary study. Alongside of professions involving language
the core study subjects, the course option modules give you the and communication.
chance to specialise in areas of particular personal and/or
professional interest. Entry requirements
You are normally required to have
If studying full-time, you will study 180 credits in one academic year;
an Upper Second Class degree
if part-time, you will normally complete 180 credits in two academic
or higher in Linguistics, English
years. You will study three core modules (20 credits each) and submit
Language, Applied Linguistics,
a 60-credit Dissertation, as well as choosing three 20-credit modules
and/or Foreign Language Studies.
from the list of options. Not all option modules will be offered in any
The course is also suitable for
one year.  
those who have not previously
Core modules: Dissertation • Phonetics and Phonology • Syntactic studied linguistics, but who have
Theory • Topics in Linguistic Theory studied allied disciplines such
Option modules: Creole Linguistics • Cross-Cultural Communication  as psychology, philosophy, and
• English Language Teaching Methodology: Theory and Practice  teaching English as a foreign
• History of the English Language • Languages for Specific language. Students whose first
Purposes • Materials Development • Media and Technology  language is not English must have
• Sociolinguistics • Testing and Assessment • Translation Theory  an IELTS overall score of 7.0, or be
• Written Discourse Analysis able to demonstrate an equivalent
The main teaching mode is through weekly two- or three-hour sessions level. Applicants will also be
for each module, which include tutorials, seminars, practical sessions interviewed either face-to-face or
and workshops. There is also independent self-directed study, and via Skype, and may have to submit
you will be prepared for the Dissertation via structured sessions in a sample essay.
research methodology. Assessment methods include submitted course
work (such as essays, reviews and exercises), although there are no
formal examinations.
Related courses
TESOL MA
57
Literary Linguistics MA
This course introduces you to a range of analytic techniques for Length of course
a variety of text types, including prose fiction, poetry and drama. One-year, full-time, or
You will develop a vocabulary for linguistic description and a range two-year, part-time
of approaches to the analysis of literary texts. You will also consider
some of the recent developments in the study of literary linguistics Location
which came out of the desire for social and contextual analysis in Central London (Regent)
the study of language. Fees and funding
Here the focus is on the production and the reception of texts, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
and you will discuss approaches including critical discourse analysis,
cognitive poetics and text world theory, as well as various techniques Associated careers
of analysis based in the study of pragmatic stylistics. The course provides you with
highly developed skills in literary
Course content and linguistic textual analysis, and
Core modules: History of English • Literary Linguistics 1 • Literary the ability to think critically about
Linguistics 2 the construction of discourses in
Option modules, choose three from the following: Cross-Cultural society. This enables further study
Communication • Linguistics • Phonetics and Phonology • Reading at MPhil or PhD levels, but is also
London • Reading/Re-Reading • Reading the Nation • Re-Reading particularly relevant to teaching
Modernism • Syntax • Translation Theory • Victorian Explorations and to professions such as law,
• World Englishes politics and the media, which
Having completed the taught component, you will be given require advanced linguistic and
supervision to support you in your written dissertation of analytical skills.
10-12,000 words Entry requirements
Related courses Applicants are normally required
Cultural and Critical Studies MA • English Literature: Modern and to have a good first degree or
Contemporary Fictions MA • Linguistics MA equivalent in a relevant subject.
If your first language is not English
you must have an IELTS score of
7.0 or equivalent. Applicants
will need to give two academic
references and to attend an
interview (applicants resident in the
UK) or submit a 1,500-word essay
(applicants resident overseas).
58
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) MA

This course provides a specialist combination of theoretical academic Length of course
study and robust practical application and skills development in One-year, full-time or
English language teaching. It provides advanced training for TESOL two-year, part-time
professionals, and examines the latest developments in TESOL
methodology and related issues. You will develop the practical and Location
professional skills involved in TESOL, along with the ability to analyse Central London (Regent)
and apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations. Fees and funding
The course enables you to develop your skills in argument, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
synthesis and critical expression of TESOL issues, and apply them
in different teaching contexts. You will also enhance your advanced Associated careers
skills of research, presentation and analysis in TESOL contexts. The course enables you to make
Nurturing ongoing professional development and skills in pursuing substantial progress as advanced
further independent research is an important aspect of the course, English Language Teaching
enabling you to make a full contribution to professional development practitioners and managers in
in your specialist area. a variety of national, regional
and cultural educational systems.
Course content You will have the training and
The course consists of three core modules and a range of option preparation to make significant
modules. The Language and Learning: Description and Analysis core contributions as instructors,
module introduces in-depth exploration of the core concepts in the managers and researchers.
description and analysis of language and language learning, with
specific reference to English language teaching and second language Entry requirements
acquisition. The Current Developments in Language Teaching core You are normally required to have
module examines a wide range of current practice and developments, a good first degree or equivalent,
including communicative competence in language learning and although mature candidates
teaching, language teaching methodology, and discrete and with demonstrable relevant
integrated skills. The Dissertation is the third core module. work experience and relevant
The option modules are: Cross-Cultural Communication professional qualifications (eg
• Educational Management in TESOL • English Language Teaching CELTA, DELTA) are welcomed. You
Methodology: Theory and Practice • Languages for Specific may apply for exemption from one
Purposes • Materials Development • Media and Technology module if you have the DELTA or
• Sociolinguistics • Testing and Assessment • Translation Theory the Trinity Diploma. If you did not
• Written Discourse Analysis receive your first degree in English,
you will need an IELTS average
Related courses score of 6.5 (or equivalent).
Creative Writing: Writing the City MA • Linguistics MA • TESOL and
Creative Writing MA
59
TESOL and Creative Writing MA
The course provides a unique combination of theoretical academic Length of course

study, robust practical application, and skills development in English One-year, full-time, or
language teaching, with a particular focus on using creative writing two-year, part-time
in the classroom as a significant part of the teacher’s portfolio of
skills. The course is part of a suite of Masters courses hosted by Location
the Department of English, Linguistics and Cultural Studies, and Central London (Regent)
is based in the University of Westminster’s headquarters building Fees and funding
at 309 Regent Street. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Course content Associated careers
The MA consists of five core modules (including the Dissertation) and This course is intended to move you
one optional creative writing module, and is offered both full and to a new level in your career as
part-time. Full-time students study 180 credits in the academic year, a teacher or writer by developing
while part-time students will normally complete 180 credits in two your skills as a sophisticated critical
academic years. practitioner, and your knowledge
Core Modules: Creative Practice • Current Developments base of pedagogy, the English
in Language Teaching • Dissertation • Language and Learning: language and its use in verbal art.
Description and Analysis • Using Literature in English You will receive the training and
Language Teaching preparation to make significant
Option Modules: Conflict and the City (Writing Drama) • Language professional contributions as an
and the Imagination (Poetic Writing) • Tales of the City (Prose Writing)  instructor, manager or researcher.
Teaching methods include weekly two-hour lectures, tutorials, seminars, Entry requirements
practical sessions and workshops, together with independent student You are normally required
directed study. The Dissertation module consists of preliminary to have a good first degree
workshops focused on relevant research skills followed by individual or equivalent. Applications
tutorials with your supervisor. Assessment is through course work in from mature candidates with
the form of essays, reports, oral presentations and creative writing demonstrable relevant experience
portfolios, as well as the final 12-15,000-word dissertation. There are and professional qualifications (eg
no formal examinations. CELTA, DELTA) are welcomed.
Such applicants may be required
Related courses to undertake a written entrance test
Creative Writing: Writing the City MA • TESOL MA in the form of a short 1,500-word
essay and assemble a work-
experience portfolio (testimonials,
job descriptions, etc). Applicants
will also need to give two
academic references and submit a
portfolio of creative writing, which
should not exclusively include
poetry. Selected candidates will be
invited for an interview. If your first
language is not English, you will
need an IELTS score of 6.5 overall
and 7.0 in writing (or equivalent).  
60
“Today I’m pursuing a flourishing
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT

career in my specialised field...
it’s mainly due to the foundations
given to me by the University
of Westminster.”
“ I completed my Bachelors in Architecture at the University of Pune in India,

and alongside my studies I was also doing some freelance architectural
projects. I’m passionate about my field, and I decided to apply for my
MA at Westminster because a postgraduate course in urban design was
a natural progression to enhance my career in my area of interest.
3 I was awarded a full scholarship that helped me pursue my MA, focus
on academics, and provide the right environment for growth. It opened
up a number of doors, in spite of the recession looming in 2008/09.
3 The holistic experience of being in a culturally rich, global and
knowledgeable environment was the most enjoyable part of my time
spent at Westminster. The postgraduate qualification has added to my
knowledge base in my field of interest, and during the course I met
professionals from varied backgrounds and nationalities.
3 Today I’m pursuing a flourishing career in my specialised field...
this is mainly due to the foundations given to me by the University of
Westminster, and the much needed support through the scholarship.”
Darshana Gothi, India
Urban Design MA
61
RESEARCH IN ARCHITECTURE AND THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT
The School of Architecture and the Built Environment is actively involved in research, consultancy and
knowledge transfer. Our work is commissioned by the EU, research councils, central and local government,
government agencies, the private sector, and a variety of charitable bodies.
Research and consultancy is carried out by five subject-based research groups, although staff often
carry out interdisciplinary studies within the University and with external partners. As a UN-Habitat Partner
University, Westminster is also building international links with institutional partners in both developed and
developing countries, focused on sustainable cities research.
For more information on our research and ongoing projects, visit westminster.ac.uk/schools/architecture/
research, or contact Professor Nick Bailey, School Research Director (E: baileyn@westminster.ac.uk).
THE ARCHITECTURE RESEARCH GROUP

The research strategy for this Group is based on two clusters. Experimental Practice examines
innovative approaches for the design of buildings and cities, and imaginary or polemical proposals.
Historical and Cultural Studies enriches architectural history and theory through extensive use of other
approaches, drawn from the field of cultural studies. For more information, contact Professor Murray Fraser
(E: m.fraser@westminster.ac.uk).
PROPERTY AND CONSTRUCTION RESEARCH GROUP
Our research interests include: construction labour economics; economic theory applied to the construction
industry and property sector; feasibility studies of construction projects; international construction and
property; policy aspects of construction and property; specialist contractors; and the role of trade associations
and trade unions. For more information, contact Dr Stephen Gruneberg (E: s.gruneberg@westminster.ac.uk).
CENTRE FOR TOURISM RESEARCH
The Centre’s distinct research focus is on tourism in cities and metropolitan areas. Our interests include:
airport management; business tourism; city image; conference and event tourism; tourism in national capitals
and world tourism cities; social tourism; sports tourism; tourism and city development; and tourism policy. For
more information, contact Professor Robert Maitland (E: r.a.maitland@westminster.ac.uk).
For further information about Architecture and Built Environment courses visit the
School of Architecture and the Built Environment website at westminster.ac.uk/abe
62
TRANSPORT STUDIES RESEARCH GROUP

We specialise in research into the planning and management of all modes of transport, at local, national and
international levels. For more information, contact Professor Austin Smyth (E: smytha@westminster.ac.uk).
URBAN RESEARCH GROUP
We are a cross-disciplinary group of researchers whose combined interests cover the fields of housing
and related social policy; international development; regeneration; urban and regional planning;
urban design; and urban studies. For more information, contact Professor Marion Roberts
(E: m.e.roberts@westminster.ac.uk).
CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF THE PRODUCTION OF THE

BUILT ENVIRONMENT (ProBE)
The School also jointly runs (with Westminster Business School) the Centre for the Study of the Production of
the Built Environment (ProBE). ProBE co-ordinates and instigates research into social processes and people,
producing the structures and spaces that frame the urban and rural environment locally, nationally and
globally. For more information, contact Professor Linda Clarke (E: clarkel@westminster.ac.uk).
SHORT COURSES/CPD
Most of the courses in the area of the built environment relate to the various professional disciplines, including
architecture, planning and building. Many come under the heading of CPD, which is increasingly becoming
a mandatory requirement for maintaining membership in many professions. There are also short courses in
particular areas of research strength. For more information, contact Scott McCririe-Hallman (T: +44 (0)20
7911 5000 ext 3220) or visit westminster.ac.uk/abe
63
Architecture Graduate Diploma (RIBA/ARB Part II)
ARCHITECTURE AND INTERIOR DESIGN
The Architecture Graduate Diploma is a long-established and Length of course

well-respected course which gives exemption from the second Two-year, full-time or minimum
stage of professional training. This professional qualification is three-year, part-time (mixed mode)
prescribed by ARB for Part II and is validated by the RIBA. The
emphasis of the course is placed on innovative design work, and Location
on developing a challenging and critical approach to the study Central London (Marylebone)
and practice of architecture. Fees and funding
Course content See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course investigates the wide range of issues pertinent to the Associated careers
practice and study of architecture in contemporary culture and society. The course is aimed solely at
We foster a diversity of choice, interpretation and direction, both in those wishing to become
the project work and more academic research. The course focus is professional architects.
extended to confront more sophisticated design programmes (whether
in formal, technical, professional or urban terms) that require a Entry requirements
rigorous and self-critical approach. A specialised investigation into You will have obtained exemption
architecture and its historical or theoretical contexts may take the form from the RIBA Part I examination,
of speculative projects or research related to writing a dissertation. and have at least one year’s
professional experience. You
The course has three principal objectives: to develop your ability
are also required to have a
as an architectural designer through project-based experimentation;
high standard of achievement in
to present a constructive and rigorous intellectual evaluation and
your undergraduate degree. At
critique of your work within a broad cultural context, and in terms
interview you should present your
of the technical, economic and legal restraints of contemporary
academic portfolio (academic
architectural practice; and to encourage an articulate explanation
design and written work), together
and representation of the quality and value of your design work.
with examples of work undertaken
Core modules: Applied Technical Studies • Design Development during professional training and
• Design Project 1 • Design Project 2 • Digital Representation any relevant contextual work. Those
• Dissertation • History and Theory/Dissertation Introduction whose first language is not English
• Major Design Project • Professional Studies/Case Study will need an IELTS score of 6.5.
• Strategic Report • Technical Studies in Practice
Related courses
Once you have successfully completed the Graduate Diploma, you are
eligible to register for Part III: Professional Practice in Architecture in
order to gain entry to the UK Register of Architects.
64
Architecture (Professional Practice) Postgraduate Diploma

(RIBA/ARB Part III)
This is the third and final adjunct of architectural education, which is Length of course
prescribed by ARB for Part III, validated by the RIBA, and enables you One-year, part-time, one evening
to apply for entry to the UK Register of Architects. It has been revised per week in Semester One, one
and expanded, and is designed to take place during the second week of full-time attendance in
period of mandatory practical training after the completion of the Semester Two, plus tutorials
Diploma and Part II. You can complete the course in 12 to 24 months,
depending on your employment circumstances, and it can also be Location
taken as part of an MA. Central London (Marylebone)
Course content Fees and funding

Core modules: Architectural Project Management • Case Study • Law, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Regulations and Professional Services • Professional Development Associated careers
The course is aimed solely at those
wishing to become professional
architects. Graduates of the
course can receive a Postgraduate
Certificate in Architectural
Professional Practice, apply for
registration with ARB, and for
corporate membership of the RIBA.
Entry requirements
You are required to have obtained
exemption from the RIBA Part I and
II examinations, and have at least
one year’s professional experience
in order to be considered. You
are also required to have a high
standard of achievement in your
undergraduate degree. At the
interview you should present your
academic portfolio, together with
examples of work undertaken
during professional training and any
relevant contextual work. If your first
need an IELTS score of 6.5.
65
Architecture MA
This course offers you a unique opportunity to pursue advanced Length of course
postgraduate research in one of the UK’s leading architectural One-year, full-time or
departments – indeed, one of the best in the world. The course two-year, part-time
combines high-level investigations into historical/theoretical ideas
with innovative design approaches, all set within a challenging Location
intellectual environment. Staff who teach on the course are deeply Central London (Marylebone)
immersed in the very latest developments in architectural history, Fees and funding
theory and design research. Our location in the world-leading See westminster.ac.uk/fees
architectural milieu of London offers even further incentive for
students to pursue the highest standards of innovation in research. Associated careers
Graduates will be able to pursue
Course content careers in a variety of areas that
The course has been designed specifically as a flexible and responsive are concerned with architecture.
programme open to a whole spectrum of graduates in architecture
and cognate design fields. It is designed to enable students to Entry requirements
determine appropriate methodologies for research in architecture You are normally required to
and design, and to use these techniques to formulate intellectual and have a good Honours degree in
creative work which investigates specific aspects or issues within the architecture or a related design
broad field of architecture. discipline. UK-based students
will usually need to attend an
The range of optional and specialist modules offered allows you
interview. Overseas students are
to develop your individual learning trajectories through the in-depth
asked to submit their portfolio in an
study of specific subject areas, which involve theoretical components
electronic format. Those whose first
as well as practical applications. A series of theory-rich modules will
language is not English will need
stimulate you to analyse current trends in architecture, design theory
an appropriate IELTS score.
and practice on the basis of your research and critical judgement,
and use these insights to produce high quality written work in a
scholarly manner.
In parallel, a set of design-oriented activities encourages you to
develop your artistic, aesthetic and intellectual vision through the use
of a wide range of media, in order to produce individual proposals
with a high level of spatial, material and formal resolution. The course
is taught within a dynamic learning environment that comprises
seminar-based sessions along with studio-based activities, suitably
integrated by a wide range of lectures, tutorials, site visits, research
training sessions, and independent study periods.
Core modules: Critical Issues in Architecture • Major Thesis Project
• Picturing London • Selected Specialism: Applied Practice
• Selected Specialism: Theoretical Context • Thesis Development
Related courses
Architecture and Digital Media MA • Architecture, Cultural Identity
and Globalisation MA
66
Architecture and Digital Media MA

The use of digital technology is now a central feature of architectural Length of course
design. But while conventional computer modelling, drafting and One-year, full-time or
visualisation form part of the syllabus for many architecture courses, two-year, part-time
the implications of new technologies such as parametric design and
physical computing continue to provide the scope for research and Location
innovation in design. This course gives students who are already Central London (Marylebone)
conversant with conventional digital design tools and architectural Fees and funding
theory the chance to develop new skills in digital media, understand See westminster.ac.uk/fees
their application, and explore the possibilities for the integration of
computer technology into design practice. Associated careers
The course aims to further the
Course content education of professionals working
In the context of a vibrant digital design culture, including principally in architectural offices,
digital prototyping, animation, parametric design and interactive but also in applied arts and media.
environments, you will examine the impact of digital media technology By developing skills in new media
on architectural theory and design. By addressing a range of different technologies, you will extend your
technologies and techniques, the course enables you to assess the creative abilities, enhancing your
value and appropriateness of these technologies. Centred primarily employability and performance as
on project-based work, attempts to theorise the use of digital media design professionals. In addition
in architecture also draw on ideas derived from film theory, art history, to architectural practice, past
philosophy and critical theory. graduates of the course are now
The course modules are: Applied Animation • Major Thesis Project employed in a range of different
• Programming and Computational Design • Site and Motion design and media occupations.
• Theory and Positioning • Thesis Development
Entry requirements
Related courses You will require a good first
Architecture MA • Architecture, Cultural Identity and degree in architecture or a
Globalisation MA • Interior Design MA related discipline. Applicants
with qualifications in other subject
areas related to the course will be
considered on merit, but will be
expected to show a committed
interest in architectural design. You
are likely to be asked to attend
an interview, or submit a portfolio
of work demonstrating your
experience and interests. If you first
67
Architecture and Environmental Design MSc
Although emphasis is placed on studio-based architectural and Length of course

environmental design, this course has been devised to attract a wide One-year, full-time or
range of graduates from the construction industry or others with two-year, part-time
an interest in broader environmental concerns, sustainability and
collaborative design. In addition, the course will be appropriate for Location
students seeking employment in multidisciplinary design practices Central London (Marylebone)
or in the technological, development and environmental departments Fees and funding
of central and local government, or with sustainability consultants. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course has been created to provide an in-depth appreciation
of the impact of socio-economic, climatic, sustainability, energy, Associated careers
architectural, environmental and other associated influences on the Graduates will be able to
design and procurement of buildings. A basic understanding of the pursue careers in a variety of
principles of building science and environmental design criteria would areas that are concerned with
be beneficial, but is not essential. architecture and many areas
of environmental design.
Course content
The course gives you the opportunity to engage in interdisciplinary Entry requirements
and trans-disciplinary learning and debate, with a view to further You are normally required to
academic and/or professional achievement. Particular emphasis is have a good Honours degree in
placed on the evaluation of the impact of strategic environmental architecture or a related design
thinking, policy determination and integrated working methodologies discipline. UK-based students
on architectural design and procurement. will usually need to attend an
interview. Overseas students are
The international construction industry constitutes the contextual
framework for the course, which subsequently interrogates the
fundamental principles of building performance and correspondences
with design, detailing and specification, particularly with respect
an appropriate IELTS score.
to thermal, visual and sound criteria and comfort. You will be able
to develop understanding and skills lying outside, or between, the
commonly perceived boundaries of educational and professional
operation. A global overview will be provided with reference to
varying climatic types and a range of political and socio-economic
influences, policies, strategies and agendas.
The course also involves scrutiny and application of the principles
of building science, and other applied sciences, including thermo-
dynamic, lighting and acoustic modelling. Specialised CAD
simulation, prediction and evaluation packages will also be employed
as design and performance tools.
The course modules are: Architectural and Environmental Systemics
• Environmental Determinants • Environmental Management Systems
• Simulation, Prediction and Evaluation • Thesis Project • Thesis
Research and Development
Related courses
Architecture MA • Architecture and Digital Media MA
68
Architecture, Cultural Identity and Globalisation MA

This course explores the relationship between cultural identity Length of course
(race, gender, ethnicity, etc) and architecture in the context of an One-year, full-time or
increasingly globalised world. An examination of the history of two-year, part-time
Western architecture and architectural discourse reveals that, for the
most part, issues of race, gender, ethnicity, nationality and the intense Location
cultural changes brought about by globalisation do not figure in the Central London (Marylebone)
study of architecture or the built environment. Fees and funding
However, in a number of disciplines parallel to architecture, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
important questions concerning cultural identity have arisen which
have challenged perceived notions of truth, beauty, power and form. Associated careers
In literature, cultural studies, postcolonial studies and gender studies, This course is aimed at those who
to name but a few, the question of ‘difference’ has been explored in wish to practice as architects or
new, complex and innovative ways. The course believes these issues in some branch of spatial design
are also central to architectural design and research, and offers you a within the built environment. It is
unique opportunity to participate in this stimulating and increasingly also suitable for you if you are
relevant body of knowledge. looking to continue within higher
education beyond the course. The
Course content course is structured to allow you
The course promotes multimedia investigations and innovative to develop and explore your own
methodologies beyond the usual architectural design processes. areas of interest.
A primary objective of the course is to contextualise works of
architecture to reveal how wider cultural influences and global Entry requirements
networks inform their production. This is done through examining key You should normally hold a
theoretical discourses from the disciplines of architecture and cultural good Honours degree in
studies, undertaking experimental design projects, and evaluating the architecture or a related built
work of architects, artists, and filmmakers. environment discipline. You may
need to attend an interview,
You will explore a range of techniques to engage, interpret and
and to bring a portfolio of work
design for communities and clients, based on an in-depth
demonstrating your experience and
understanding of their complex cultural contexts. There is a strong
interests. Overseas candidates may
emphasis on international transformations of notions of cultural
submit a portfolio or samples of
identity (explored in part through the course’s international field trip),
their project work in digital format
combined with a focus on London as a historical and contemporary
for inspection. If English is not your
centre for cultural exchange.
first language, you will need an
The ultimate objective of the course is to produce graduates who IELTS score of 6.5.
are ‘culturally sensitive designers’. The course team is made up of
dedicated individuals with considerable experience in the subject
area. The team, together with visiting academics and practitioners,
promote a dynamic studio environment which fosters creativity and
is characterised by debate, dialogue, and exchange.
Course modules: Design Project 1 and 2 • Major Thesis Project
• Representations of Diaspora, Cultural Identity and Difference
• Theories of Identity, Culture and Globalisation • Thesis Development
Related courses
Architecture and Digital Media MA • Interior Design MA
69
Interior Design MA
This course aims to develop your comprehensive understanding Length of course

of the physical and subjective qualities in reading and making One-year, full-time or
interior space within an architectural context. Individual interests two-year, part-time
are supported within a programme that encourages speculation and
experimentation and values informed expression in the resolution of Location
design issues. Central London (Marylebone)

A range of design and theory modules consider applied design, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
architectural graphic design, branding, commercial retail design Associated careers
and intervention, as well as examining the sensory nature of interior Graduates from the Interior Design
place making. You will also consider the effects of cultural, social and MA pursue careers in a variety of
historical shifts that shape the changing significance of interior design areas of design, including interior
as a distinct discipline within architecture. design, exhibition design, set and
The course modules are: Interior Design Case Study • Introduction lighting design, retail and product
to Design Computing • Making Interior Space • Retail Design design, and interior conservation,
• Thesis Development • Major Thesis Project as well as in multidisciplinary
and traditional architectural and
Related courses design practice.
Architecture MA • Architecture and Digital Media MA • Architecture,
Cultural Identity and Globalisation MA Entry requirements
You are normally required to
have a good Honours degree in
architecture, interior design or a
related design discipline, but we
do not dissuade graduates from
other related areas from applying
for a place on the course. UK
students will usually need to attend
an interview. Overseas students are
an IELTS score of 6.5.
70
Construction Commercial Management MSc
CONSTRUCTION
Construction Project Management MSc
These two innovative postgraduate construction courses are aimed at Length of course
graduates who are already in construction-related employment, and Two-year, part-time, blended
who aspire to senior positions in the fields of project management learning approach
and commercial management.
The courses aim to develop your awareness of the importance Location
of construction projects to clients, and the context and constraints Central London (Marylebone)
within which projects are procured and undertaken. You will gain Fees and funding
greater knowledge and understanding of the theories, concepts, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
principles, techniques, and intellectual and practical skills needed
for the project management and commercial management of Entry requirements
construction projects. You will have the opportunity to plan You should have a minimum
and implement a personal research project related to project Second Class Honours degree
management or commercial management. in a related subject area such as
construction, architecture or civil
Course content engineering, and be in relevant
In the first year, students on both courses take the same modules: employment in a professional or
Construction Economics, Corporate Management, Procurement and managerial capacity. Alternatively,
Risk Management. you may hold membership of a
In the second year students take specialist modules related to their recognised construction-related
pathway. For Construction Commercial Management there are two professional body achieved through
specialist modules, Construction Law and Commercial Management. examinations and/or professional
For Construction Project Management this will involve a double interview, and have professional
module based on Project Management Delivery. In addition, students or managerial experience in a
on both courses take an option module and undertake a Dissertation construction-related post.
(double module), which will incorporate a course in research methods. Exceptionally, consideration
The design of the course recognises the significant challenges will be given to mature applicants
of combining postgraduate-level study with full-time professional who lack standard qualifications
employment. The blended learning approach aims to offer learners but have significant relevant
flexible access to the core content, while still providing the discipline professional or managerial
and structure of regular attendance at the University. experience. Those whose first
71
Housing Law and Policy MA
HOUSING
Those looking to understand and advise on housing law need a Length of course
critical appreciation of how the issues affect a number of other Two-year, part-time, evenings only
disciplines, such as multi-agency working. This course will provide a
legal, policy and practical foundation to the subject of housing law. It Location
addresses the multiskilled nature of complex housing problems and, Central London (Marylebone)
by developing your critical and analytical skills, will enhance your Fees and funding
employability within an increasingly multidisciplinary environment. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
This course is particularly relevant to mature students making
crucial career decisions in a complex, rapidly changing housing Associated careers
and legal environment. You may be contemplating changing career, Most students will be working
moving to a specialist role, looking to continue along a current career in housing, housing advice or a
path or, with no clear professional route yet mapped out, you may be similar field, such as a voluntary
interested in the course purely for its intrinsic value. agency that deals with domestic
violence or agencies that deal with
Course content anti-social behaviour. Employers
You will achieve a Postgraduate Diploma if you successfully complete need housing officers, advice
four taught modules plus a self-directed study project module. If you workers and other non-lawyers to
successfully complete three modules, you can receive the Postgraduate have a critical appreciation of the
Certificate after one year. issues surrounding and affecting
If you pass all the Postgraduate Diploma modules with an average housing law and policy.
mark of 60 per cent or above you can progress to study the
Entry requirements
MA, dependent upon an interview. The MA is awarded after the
You will normally hold a first
completion of a dissertation (12-15,000 words) analysing a housing
degree or appropriate equivalent
law issue over a one-year period of self-directed study.
qualification awarded by a
Core modules: Domestic Violence, Law and Policy • Homelessness recognised institution. Applications
and Tenancies • Legal Method • Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour are encouraged from candidates
In addition, you will need to complete a Housing Law and Policy with non-traditional academic
Project of 8-10,000 words by self-directed study, with guidance. backgrounds, but with significant
work experience at the appropriate
level. Mature students are
considered favourably. Those
whose first language is not English
will need an IELTS score of 6.5.
72
Housing Practice MA
HOUSING
This course allows you to fulfil the professional requirements for Length of course
membership of the Chartered Institute of Housing. The MA is a Two-year, part-time, one day
professionally oriented course that examines both theoretical and per week
practical issues relevant to housing policy. It offers a challenging
and reflective course of study, which considers the context and Location
background to key debates surrounding housing, regeneration Central London (Marylebone)
and sustainability. Fees and funding
The core modules examine issues relating to development, finance, Associated careers
law, management, policy and strategy, and offer the opportunity Most students will be working
for in-depth research in the dissertation module. The overall aim of in housing, housing advice or a
the course is to enable you to think strategically and operate as a similar field, such as a voluntary
reflective practitioner. agency that deals with domestic
Core modules: Dissertation/Project (60 credit module) • Housing violence or agencies that deal with
and Public Finance • Housing Development and Regeneration anti-social behaviour. Employers
• Housing Law • Housing Management Practice • Housing Policy need housing officers, advice
and Strategy workers and other non-lawyers to
Option modules, choose one from: Community Development and have a critical appreciation of the
Involvement • Domestic Violence: Law and Policy • International issues surrounding and affecting
Perspectives on Urban Policy • Legal Method • Sustainable housing law and policy.
Communities and Regeneration • Urban Regeneration Entry requirements
Related courses You will normally hold a first
Housing Law and Policy MA • Anti-Social Behaviour Studies degree or appropriate equivalent
Postgraduate Certificate • Domestic Violence Studies qualification awarded by a
Postgraduate Certificate recognised institution. Applications
from candidates with non-traditional
academic backgrounds are
encouraged. Applicants from such
backgrounds would be expected
to have significant work experience
at the appropriate level. Mature
students are considered favourably.
Those whose first language is not
English will need an IELTS score
of 6.5.
73
Anti-Social Behaviour Studies Postgraduate Certificate
HOUSING
This course has been designed for housing and advice professionals, Length of course
and those working in the field of anti-social behaviour or interested One-year, part-time, one or two
in housing law and policy. The course will give you an understanding evenings per week
of the effectiveness and limitations of the law relating to anti-social
behaviour and landlord and tenant disputes. Location
You will develop your ability to undertake rigorously researched Central London (Marylebone)
analysis of the issues, and develop an understanding of alternative Fees and funding
perspectives on the causes and responses to those issues. This See westminster.ac.uk/fees
course will provide a legal, policy and practical foundation to the
subject of anti-social behaviour. You will receive the Postgraduate Associated careers
Certificate after you successfully complete two taught modules plus You are normally expected to be
a self-directed study project module. working for a housing organisation
(local authority, registered social
Course content landlord or other) and studying on
Core modules: Anti-Social Behaviour Project – a self-directed, 5,000- a day-release basis. The course
word project with tutor guidance • Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour provides considerable opportunity
Option modules, choose one from: Domestic Violence, Law and Policy to extend professional knowledge
• Homelessness and Tenancies • Legal Method and academic skills, and graduates
have used their qualification to
develop either policy-related
housing careers or to move to more
strategic managerial roles within
housing organisations.
Entry requirements
You will normally hold a good
Honours degree (Second Class
Honours or above) or appropriate
equivalent awarded by a
recognised institution. The course
encourages applications from
candidates with non-traditional
academic backgrounds, and
mature students are considered
favourably. Those whose first
74
Domestic Violence Studies Postgraduate Certificate
HOUSING
This course is designed for housing and advice professionals, and Length of course
those working in women’s aid or interested in housing law and policy. One-year, part-time, one or two
The course will give you a theoretically informed understanding of evenings per week
the history, causes, law and multi-agency policy responses to issues
surrounding violence in the home. You will develop your ability Location
to undertake rigorously researched analysis of the issues, and Central London (Marylebone)
your understanding of alternative perspectives on the causes and Fees and funding
responses to those issues. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
This course is particularly relevant to mature students working
within domestic violence advice. You may be contemplating changing Associated careers
career, seeking to move towards a specialist role, looking to continue Most students will be working in
along a current career path or, with no clear career path yet mapped agencies that deal with domestic
out, you may be interested in the course purely for its intrinsic value. violence, such as women’s aid,
The course will provide a legal, policy and practical foundation to refuges, local authorities, housing
the subject of domestic violence. It can be awarded after you associations, advice centres and
successfully complete two taught modules plus a self-directed study law centres. Some students will also
project module. have recently completed a degree.
Course content Entry requirements

Core modules: Domestic Violence Project – a self-directed 5,000-word You will normally hold a first degree
project with tutor guidance • Domestic Violence, Law and Policy or appropriate equivalent awarded
by a recognised institution.
Option modules, choose one from: Homelessness and Tenancies
Applications from candidates
• Legal Method • Tackling Anti-Social Behaviour
with non-traditional academic
backgrounds, but with significant
work experience at the appropriate
level, are encouraged. If your first
75
International Planning and Sustainable Development MA
PLANNING
This course is for planning, architecture and other built environment Length of course
professionals who need to update their knowledge of current best One-year, full-time or
practice in spatial planning, urban design and regeneration to two-year, part-time
improve career prospects in their country or enter international
practice. Through the course you will examine the growing problems Location
of sustainable development facing cities and communities in a rapidly Central London (Marylebone)
urbanising world. Fees and funding
Based in London, you will have access to internationally recognised See westminster.ac.uk/fees
experience of spatial planning for sustainable development and
regeneration, and explore contemporary theories, public policy Associated careers
thinking and good practice in planning in both the developed and Graduates from this course can
developing worlds. The University of Westminster is the UK’s first expect to find employment as
Habitat Partner University. We work with UN-HABITAT and like- planners or urban designers, urban
minded institutions to promote the socially and environmentally regeneration or environmental
sustainable development of towns and cities, in accordance with the management specialists in private
UN Millennium Development Goals. consultancy, local and national
The course is aimed mainly at full-time international students, government, and non-governmental
but it is also open to full-time and part-time UK-based students sectors in their own country
who want to explore an international pathway for their career or internationally, including
development. The Spatial Planning Pathway is fully accredited by international development agencies.
the Royal Town Planning Institute (RTPI) as a ‘combined planning Entry requirements
programme’. A course-specific scholarship is available, and those You should have a good first
offered a place are also eligible for the DFID Commonwealth degree (normally Second
Shared Scholarship Scheme. For information on scholarships visit Class Honours or above) in a
westminster.ac.uk/scholarships relevant built environment or land
Course content management discipline (such as
Core modules: Dissertation/Major Project • International Spatial planning architecture, landscape
Planning Practice • Introduction to International Planning and design, civil engineering, or
Sustainable Development • Sustainable Neighbourhood Development administration) from a higher
• Urban Research Methods and Spatial Analysis education institute in the UK or
EU, or a comparable qualification
For the pathway award of International Planning and Sustainable
from another country. Alternatively,
Development (Spatial Development Planning) MA you must also take
you may have a good first degree
the Urban Design and Development Planning Skills double module.
(normally Second Class Honours
Option modules: Conservation Policy and Practice • Disaster or above) in a relevant human
Reconstruction and Development Practice • International Perspectives geography, social or environmental
on Urban Policy • Public Space and the Public Realm • Sustainability, science subject from a higher
Climate Change and the Built Environment • Sustainable Communities education institute in the UK or EU
and Regeneration • Urban Regeneration (or a comparable qualification
Options may be chosen from other postgraduate courses offered in from another country), and relevant
the School. practical experience of working in
a built environment discipline.
Related courses
Housing Practice MA • Real Estate Development MSc • Urban and
Regional Planning MA • Urban Design MA • Urban Regeneration MA
76
Urban and Regional Planning MA
PLANNING
This course will give you the knowledge, understanding and skills Length of course
necessary to practise professionally as a spatial planner. It is designed One-year, full-time or two-year,
to meet the growing needs of employers for staff who can investigate part-time, one day per week
changes in the natural and built environments, manage the challenges
of climate change through sustainable development, and debate and Location
critically reflect upon the knowledge and values underpinning current Central London (Marylebone)
approaches to land use development. Fees and funding
The course will support your personal and professional See westminster.ac.uk/fees
development. You will be able to work in the interdisciplinary and Field trip fee in addition to
cross-sector environment of urban and rural development, in a variety course fee: £300
of private, public and community contexts, and apply your knowledge
to practise in specialist areas of planning. The course builds on the Associated careers
University’s experience of delivering postgraduate courses in town Completing the course is your first
planning for more than 60 years. step to becoming a full member of
the Royal Town Planning Institute.
Course content There is high demand from
The course explores the current context and content of spatial government and the private sector
planning. It does so from a UK and European perspective, and for qualified planners, and recent
also investigates underlying theoretical debates. graduates from the full-time course
Core modules: Dissertation • Environmental Impacts and have gone on to work in local
Environmental Strategies • Introduction to Spatial Planning government, urban regeneration
• Making and Managing Places • Society, Economics, Diversity agencies and in consultancy.
and Planning • Spatial Strategies and Policy Integration
Entry requirements
Option modules, choose one from the Department’s areas You will need a good first degree
of specialism: Sustainable Development • Urban Design from the UK, or a comparable
• Urban Regeneration qualification from overseas, or
Related courses membership of an appropriate
Urban Design MA/Postgraduate Diploma/Postgraduate Certificate professional body. If your first
• Urban Regeneration MA language is not English, you will
77
Facilities and Property Management MSc
PROPERTY
This course is aimed at graduates who are ideally already in Length of course
property-related employment, and who aspire to professional and/or One-year, full-time or
senior positions in the field of facilities and property management. It two-year, part-time
provides a challenging, stimulating and professionally relevant course
which is directly related to the management of real estate. You will Location
develop your skills and ability to appraise options and independently Central London (Marylebone)
evaluate alternative courses of action. The course is accredited by the Fees and funding
Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Core modules: Building Fabric and Services Management The RICS accreditation will enable
• Dissertation/Project (40 credits) • Facilities Management: Principles you to take the Professional
and Practice • Facilities Management: Procurement Strategy and Assessment of Competence after
Practice • Financial and Asset Management • Landlord and Tenant a period of suitable employment.
• Law • Property Management: Law and Practice There are employment opportunities
in the public, private and not-
for-profit sectors. Some part-time
students are employed by large
and small surveying firms to receive
accredited training while working.
Entry requirements
You should hold a degree
(normally at least Second Class
Honours) from a UK university
or one of comparable standing,
or membership of a recognised
professional body whose entry
requirements are equivalent to
graduate level, and two years of
relevant practical experience.
The course is well suited for those
with a first degree in geography,
economics, a traditional science,
a property-related discipline or
law. If your first degree and other
qualifications are not so well
aligned the course team may
require further evidence of your
ability to study the subject material
as deemed appropriate. If your first
78
Property Finance MA
PROPERTY
This course is intended to give you a detailed understanding Length of course
of property finance and the associated property appraisal One-year, full-time or
process, encompassing the legal and social aspects. You will two-year, part-time
analyse development finance situations and respond to particular
financial problems with derived solutions. You will also be able to Location
appraise options and independently evaluate alternative courses Central London (Marylebone)
of action. The course is accredited by the Royal Institution of Fees and funding
Chartered Surveyors (RICS). See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Core modules: Development Finance and Funding • Dissertation The RICS accreditation will enable
/Project (40 credits) • Finance and Asset Management • Law you to take the Professional
• Property Finance: Lending and Risk Strategies • Property Finance: Assessment of Competence after
Policy and Practice (40 credits) • Plus one option a period of suitable employment.
Option modules: Landlord and Tenant: Law and Practice • Property There are employment opportunities
Management: Law and Practice in the public, private and not-
for-profit sectors. Some part-time
Entry requirements
79
Real Estate Development MSc
PROPERTY
This course is designed to give you a detailed understanding of Length of course

the property development and appraisal process, encompassing One-year, full-time or
the financial, physical, legal and social aspects. You will analyse two-year, part-time
development situations and respond to particular development
problems with derived solutions. You will also be able to appraise Location
options and independently evaluate alternative courses of action. Central London (Marylebone)
The course is accredited by the Royal Institution of Chartered Fees and funding
Surveyors (RICS). See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Core modules: Development Finance and Funding • Dissertation The RICS accreditation will enable
/Project (40 credits) • Financial and Asset Management • Law you to take the Professional
• Project Implementation Process • Site Assembly and Development Assessment of Competence after
• Space Strategies and Legislation • plus one option a period of suitable employment.
Option modules: Landlord and Tenant: Law and Practice • Property There are employment opportunities
Finance: Lending and Risk Strategies • Property Management: Law in the public, private and not-
and Practice for-profit sectors. Some part-time
Entry requirements
80
Conference and Events Management MA
TOURISM
Conferences and events play an essential role in the business, Length of course
cultural and sporting life of all countries. In recent years the One-year, full-time or
conference and events industry has been created to plan such events, two-year, part-time
and market them and the destinations and venues in which they take
place. This course is specifically designed for people who want to Location
enter, or make further progress in, management-level careers in the Central London (Marylebone)
fast-expanding fields of conference and events. Fees and funding
With several hundred conference venues and a rich supply See westminster.ac.uk/fees
of convention hotels, London is a world leader in terms of the
high-profile conferences it attracts from the UK, Europe and Associated careers
beyond. This city is also the location for a vast range of cultural and Graduates enter a wide range
sporting events, including the forthcoming 2012 Olympic Games. of careers in the private and the
These characteristics make London an ideal place in which to study public sectors, in the UK and
conference and events management. internationally. These careers
range from conference and
Course content events planning, through venue
This course examines how events, conferences and the venues and management, to destination
destinations in which they are held are planned and marketed, and marketing – working with a tourism
looks at the important links between cities’ conference and events organisation or convention bureau
industries and related areas such as urban regeneration, sustainability to attract conferences and events to
and business tourism in general. It offers an extensive range of a particular country or city.
options that allow you to pursue your particular interests, and
Entry requirements
includes a dissertation that gives you the opportunity of researching
a conference-related or events-related topic in depth. You should have a good Honours
degree or equivalent. If your first
Core modules: Conference and Events Planning • Dissertation • The
Conference and Events Industry • Venue and Destination Management
Option modules, choose three from: Airport Planning and
Management • Business Tourism • Events Tourism • Sustainable
Tourism • Urban Tourism
81
Tourism Management MA
TOURISM
This well-established course is aimed at people who want to take Length of course
up, or advance their management careers in the tourism and leisure One-year, full-time or
industries, both in the UK and internationally. two-year, part-time
As tourism continues to grow rapidly, more and more places
are becoming tourism destinations, the industry is becoming Location
increasingly complex, and highly skilled managers are required. Central London (Marylebone)
This cosmopolitan course consistently attracts a wide range of Fees and funding
students from around the world. London is an ideal place to study See westminster.ac.uk/fees
tourism. It is one of the world’s great tourism cities, and we have
extensive links with the industry here and further afield, and visiting Associated careers
lecturers contribute to our courses. Graduates have gone on to
The Centre for Tourism Research successfully achieved the maximum establish careers in a wide variety
score in the last national quality assurance audit, and annual student of fields including working for
feedback for the course is very positive, with teaching, staff contact national and regional tourism
and course content receiving particular praise. This reflects the organisations in the UK and
tourism team’s efforts to provide a valuable and effective course as overseas, undertaking marketing
well as a supportive, friendly and stimulating environment for your roles with transport organisations
studies. All our staff teaching on the course are active researchers, such as airlines as well as tourism
and their teaching is informed by both their own research, and by destinations, and working for
current ideas and debates. companies specialising in business
tourism. Some of our graduates
Course content launched their own travel agency
The course examines the nature and characteristics of the tourism businesses, while others work in
industry, and explores how it can be marketed, managed and a variety of management roles in
planned. It offers an extensive range of option modules that allow you hotels, and in consultancy roles for
to pursue your particular interests, and it includes a dissertation that tourism research organisations.
allows you to research in depth a tourism subject of your choice.
Entry requirements
Core modules: Tourism Concepts • Tourism Dissertation • Tourism
You should have a good Honours
Marketing Management • Tourism Policy and Planning
degree or equivalent. Those whose
Option modules, choose three from: Airline Planning and first language is not English will
Management • Airport Planning and Management • Business Tourism need an IELTS score of 6.5.
• Events Tourism • Sustainable Tourism • Urban Tourism • plus one
management module from Westminster Business School
82
Air Transport Planning and Management MSc
TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS

This intellectually stimulating course has been developed to meet Length of course
the needs of graduates worldwide who are seeking to obtain wider One-year, full-time, or two to three
knowledge and experience of the air transport industry. The course years, part-time
will prepare you for a wide range of senior roles in management,
operations and commercial planning for airlines, airports, government Location
departments and aviation-related businesses such as aircraft Central London (Marylebone)
manufacturing, finance and consultancy. It is designed to give you Fees and funding
a strong theoretical and analytical knowledge, coupled with the See westminster.ac.uk/fees
application of many practical techniques and strategies.
Entry requirements
Course content You are expected to hold a good
You will need to successfully complete six taught modules (20 credits Honours degree (Second Class
each) and a Research Dissertation (60 credits) to obtain an MSc. If Honours or above) or appropriate
you complete a lesser part of the programme, you may be eligible equivalent awarded by a
for a Diploma or Certificate Award. If you have taken aviation short recognised institution. Alternatively,
courses at the University of Westminster (or equivalent institution) evidence of further education and
within the last five years, you may be exempt from part of the lecture appropriate professional experience
attendance requirements for the appropriate core or option modules. may be acceptable. Applicants
Core and option modules are assessed by a combination of should have the motivation to
examinations, in-class tests and course work assignments. The develop a career in air transport.
Research Dissertation is assessed by the submission of a Research Plan You will also need a good standard
and a final project report. of written and spoken English. If
Core modules: Air Transport Economics • Air Transport Forecasting your first language is not English,
and Market Research • Air Transport Management and Operations you will need an IELTS score of 6.5
• Research Dissertation or equivalent.
Option modules: Air Transport Policy and Planning • Airline

Marketing and Business Models • Airport Finance and Strategy
You may also opt to take one other eligible Masters level module
from elsewhere in the University in the place of one of the option
modules above.
Related courses
Transport Planning and Management MSc
83
Logistics and Supply Chain Management MSc
Developed in partnership with Arnhem Business School (Netherlands), Length of course

Molde University College (Norway) and ICN (Metz-Nancy, France), One-year, full-time
this international degree will develop your ability to initiate and carry
out advanced analysis, research and problem solving in logistics and Location
supply chain management. Central London (Marylebone)
You can choose to spend your second semester in any of the four Fees and funding
partner institutions. Each partner offers courses with a different focus See westminster.ac.uk/fees
for Semester Two, so you will benefit from both the large range of
module choice, and the opportunity to study in two countries. During Associated careers
the third semester you will work on a research-based dissertation, Most graduates go on to work in
which is expected to take the equivalent of three to four months’ the logistics and transport sector in
full-time work. the UK and abroad. Some have
You are encouraged to join the Chartered Institute of Logistics gained employment with third-
and Transport (CILT), and may be eligible for exemption from the party logistics providers, the airline
Institute’s exams. industry, manufacturing companies,
retailers and shipping lines. You
Course content will be equipped for further
Core modules (all students): Logistics and the External Environment research (eg doctoral studies)
• Logistics Management and Planning • Research Dissertation should you wish to continue in
• Statistics and Operations Research for Logistics an academic environment.
Core modules (Arnhem route): Export Management • Finance and
Entry requirements
Management • Marketing and Distribution
You should normally have the
Core modules (Metz route): Intercultural Management • Purchasing equivalent of a good Honours
Management • Supply Chain Management degree and demonstrate strong
Core modules (Molde route): International Shipping • Logistics motivation in the subject area.
Management Alternative qualifications with
Core modules (Westminster route): Freight Transport and Logistics relevant professional experience
Services • Retail Supply Chain Management will also be considered.
The course has been devised
Option modules (Westminster route), choose one from: Airline to appeal to graduates looking
Planning and Management • Airport Planning and Management to develop their career in
• Land Use and Transport • Public Passenger Transport • Traffic an international environment
in Urban Areas concerned with logistics. Directly
Related courses relevant degree disciplines include
Transport Planning and Management MSc economics, business studies,
management, geography and
operations research. If your first
need an IELTS score of 6.5 with at
least 6.0 in each component.
84
Transport Planning and Management MSc

This course will develop your ability to initiate and implement Length of course
advanced analysis and research in transport policy, planning and One-year, full-time, or two to
management. You will learn the techniques and methodologies you three years, part-time, day
need to take decisions, or to provide the necessary information for
others to take policy decisions. Location
The course has been running successfully for many years, and is Central London (Marylebone)
offered by the Department of Transport Studies. It will give you full Fees and funding
exemption from the Membership of the Chartered Institute of Logistics See westminster.ac.uk/fees
and Transport (MCILT) exams.
Associated careers
Course content Full-time transport graduates
The course balances theoretical and practical applications in develop their careers in a wide
three separate components – core modules, option modules and range of transport organisations,
a research dissertation. highlighting the breadth of the
Core modules: Comparative Transport Policy • Research Dissertation course content. Part-time students
• Statistics and Survey Methods for Transport • Transport Economics are recruited from key transport
Option modules: Airline Planning and Management • Airport sectors, including local government
Planning and Management • Freight Transport and Logistics Services transport planning (county councils,
• Land – Use and Transport • Public Passenger Transport • Traffic in London boroughs), transport
Urban Areas consultancies and transport
operators (Transport for London).
Related courses
Air Transport Planning and Management MSc • Logistics and Supply Entry requirements
Chain Management MSc Following a growth in applications
in recent years for the course,
entry is now very competitive.
You should have a good Second
Class Honours degree in a relevant
subject area, and any relevant
transport experience would further
enhance your application. Part-time
students must be currently employed
within a relevant sector of transport
for the duration of the course,
and should normally have been
employed for at least one year
before starting the course. If your
first language is not English, you
will need an IELTS score of 6.5.
85
URBAN DESIGN
Urban Design MA/Postgraduate Diploma
Urban design involves shaping the physical setting for life in cities. Length of course
This course aims to provide a practical preparation for professionals One-year, full-time or
entering urban design practice. It is designed to combine practical two-year, part-time
experience with advanced professional training, and provides a
theoretically informed understanding of urban design. Location
Urban design is a multidisciplinary profession, and you will work Central London (Marylebone)
collaboratively with people from a variety of backgrounds, including Fees and funding
architecture, landscape architecture, transport and urban planning, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
extending your existing skills and knowledge into new areas. Field trip fee in addition to
Course content course fee: £400
The course is based around themes consisting of a double module and Associated careers
linked pairs of modules. Graduates for this course typically
Urban Design Skills: this double module forms a basic introduction to find employment as urban designers
urban design theory, methods and techniques. in private consultancy or local
Urban Space and Culture: City Histories, City Futures and authorities. Many find the course
Experiencing the City form a loosely linked pair of modules, which useful when developing careers
may be taken separately or in reverse order. in architecture, planning or
landscape architecture.
Master Planning: this linked pair of modules start with the study
of sustainable development and urban form, and the relationship Entry requirements
between transport, land use and density, to develop an urban design Applications are invited from
framework for a large site. You will go on to develop a master plan for graduates with a good Honours
a specific part of the site, using knowledge and skills developed in the degree in architecture, landscape
earlier modules. architecture, town planning or
Research Topic: the Research Methods module and Dissertation another related discipline, together
/Design Thesis module lead to a major piece of academic work with practical or professional
which distinguishes the MA from the Postgraduate Diploma. experience in their own field or in
urban design. Those whose first
Option modules: it may be possible to take a specialist option in language is not English will need
place of one of the modules from the Space and Culture or Master an IELTS score of 6.5.
Planning themes. These specialist areas may include: Street
Management • Sustainable Development • Urban Conservation
• Urban Regeneration
Related courses
Urban Design Postgraduate Certificate
86
Urban Design Postgraduate Certificate
URBAN DESIGN
Urban design involves shaping the physical setting for life in cities. Length of course
This course provides a practical preparation for professionals One-year, part-time, one day
entering urban design practice. It gives you an opportunity to study per month, followed by intensive
urban design at a postgraduate level without the need to commit to summer school
the full MA programme. It also provides practitioners in the urban
environment with the necessary basic skills in urban design to enable Location
government to deliver its vision of an ‘urban renaissance’. Central London (Marylebone)
The course recognises that busy planners, landscape architects, Fees and funding
architects, highway engineers and surveyors might not have the time See westminster.ac.uk/fees
or resources to commit themselves to a part-time Masters course. Field trip fee in addition to
Attendance has therefore been tailored to fit the demands of active course fee: £850
professionals without compromising its educational objectives.
On completion many students opt to transfer credit and join the Associated careers
MA/Diploma course. Graduates of this course typically
find employment as urban
Course content designers in private consultancy
You will learn the core skills and techniques of urban design. The or local authorities. Many find
course then finishes with the summer school. the course a useful addition to
Urban Design Skills: this double module takes place one day per careers in architecture, planning
month and forms a basic introduction to urban design theory, methods or landscape architecture.
and techniques. It deals with urban form, activity and movement,
Entry requirements
design in the public realm, site planning, development economics
You will normally have an
and legislative context.
undergraduate degree in one of
The Urban Design Summer School: this module offers you an the built environment disciplines,
opportunity to gain intensive experience of urban design in practice although graduates from other
(normally outside the UK), introducing you to a new set of design related fields, such as economics,
issues and development context. environmental policy or public art
Option modules: in exceptional cases it is possible to choose a will also be considered.
module from the Urban Design MA in place of the Urban Design Exceptionally, a graduate may
Summer School. be considered for entry from an
unrelated field, particularly if they
Related courses have experience in urban design
Postgraduate Diploma Urban Design MA practice. Overseas and European
applicants must demonstrate that
their education gained elsewhere is
equivalent to a UK undergraduate
degree. If your first language is
not English, you will need an IELTS
score of 6.5.
87
Urban Regeneration MA/Postgraduate Certificate
URBAN REGENERATION
Cities have to adapt to changing economic and social pressures. Length of course
Urban regeneration is concerned with the management of this MA: one-year, full-time, two
process of change. Successful regeneration involves the renewal afternoons and two evenings
of the physical and social infrastructures to ensure both economic per week, or two-year, part-time,
competitiveness and social cohesion. one afternoon and one evening
Collaborative working between public, private and voluntary per week
sectors and local communities is essential to realising effective policy Postgraduate Certificate: you
development and implementation. The course aims to equip you can take one or two modules per
with the knowledge and skills needed for developing a career in this semester, completing the certificate
expanding and dynamic field. It attracts students from a wide variety in one year or 18 months
of professional backgrounds, many already working in the field.
Location
Course content Central London (Marylebone)
You will explore the current policy content of urban regeneration
practice, and investigate the underlying theoretical debates about Fees and funding
globalisation and urban governance. The course has three main See westminster.ac.uk/fees
aims – to develop a thorough understanding of the process of urban Associated careers
regeneration and to identify best practice, to give you a critical Regeneration is an expanding
appreciation of the underlying dynamics of localities, and to enhance field, and in the UK there is
your personal and professional skills. an acknowledged shortage
Core modules: Community Involvement and Development of people with appropriate
• Dissertation or Project • Economic and Cultural Development skills. Graduates have found
• Managing Urban Regeneration Projects • Property Development employment with regeneration
• Urban Regeneration Policy agencies, local and national
Option modules, choose one from: Housing Policy and Strategy government, housing associations,
• International Perspectives on Urban Policy • Public Space and the voluntary organisations and
Public Realm • Sustainable Communities and Regeneration private consultancies.
For the award of the Urban Regeneration Postgraduate Certificate, Entry requirements
you must successfully complete 60 credits – three 20-credit modules, You should have a good
of which two must be core modules. undergraduate degree from a
For the award of the Urban Regeneration MA, you must successfully UK university or equivalent, or
complete modules worth 180 credits; most modules are worth 20 hold a membership of one of the
credits, and the dissertation is worth 60 credits. following professional bodies:
RTPI, RICS, ICME, RIBA, LI or IH.
If you have personal knowledge
or experience of working in urban
regeneration, and evidence of
achieving a qualification after
secondary school, you will be
considered. Applications from
international students are welcomed
but professional experience is
essential. If your first language is
score of 6.5.
88
“The affection and warmth of the
BUSINESS
professors were overwhelming,
and as a student I was
encouraged to grow in an
enthusiastic environment.”
“I received a full scholarship from the H.R. College of Commerce and

Economics in Mumbai to study for my Masters in International Business
and Management at Westminster. The University has an excellent study
environment, and the course offers extremely interesting modules and a
global perspective on various key issues.
3 Studying at Westminster was a fantastic part of my life. The affection
and the warmth of professors were overwhelming, and as a student I
was encouraged to grow in an enthusiastic environment.
3 I’m now the Vice-Principal of H.R. College, and as part of my direct
contribution to students here, I initiated a Certificate Course in Knowledge
Management jointly with the University of Westminster. The course gives
students an additional dimension to their academic skills, and I try to give
my students the same thoughtful and encouraging educational experience
I received at Westminster.”
Anila pillai, India
International Business and Management MA
89
RESEARCH IN BUSINESS
BUSINESS
Westminster Business School has a strengthening research culture, with wide-raging interests in several
specialist areas within business and management. The 2008 Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) rated
70 per cent of our research to be of an internationally recognised (2*) standard, or higher, placing us
among the top post-1992 university business schools in the UK.
We are investing in three research centres that are developing research which is recognised to be
internationally excellent and, in some cases, world leading. The three centres are:
• the Centre for Employment Research
• the Centre for Research Finance and Financial Services, which incorporates the Pensions
Research Network
• the Centre for the Study of the Production of the Built Environment (ProBE).
We provide a weekly research seminar that draws both external and internal speakers. Our research
students also benefit from a doctoral colloquium, where they present their work and receive feedback
from senior researchers in addition to their own supervisory team.
WBS is a Centre of Excellence for the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development.
Our MBA is accredited by the Association of MBAs (AMBA), and we have strong links with a number
of other professional bodies, including the Chartered Institute of Marketing and the Chartered
Management Institute.
THE CENTRE FOR EMPLOYMENT RESEARCH
The Centre for Employment Research is the largest research centre at WBS, and our staff have contributed
to debates within education, training and the labour market for over 15 years. Led by the Director,
Professor Peter Urwin, the Centre includes 14 internal and three external staff. At present staff are involved
in nine research student supervisory teams.
We apply a range of quantitative and qualitative research methods in three broad fields of research:
• skills, labour markets and programme evaluation
• diversity and employment relations
• individual behaviour and decision making.
In each of these areas we have a history of work that is recognised as at least ‘internationally excellent’.
Staff lead government-commissioned research projects, using both qualitative and quantitative methods
in evaluation and applied research. Much of our work has been published in academic journals such as
The Economic Journal, The Journal of Applied Econometrics and the Journal of European Social Policy.
Together with an ability to contribute to academic debates at the highest level, we have a strong
commitment to work with policy makers and a variety of practitioners. Through our experience working
with government both in the UK (the Department of Work and Pensions, Her Majesty’s Revenue and
Customs, the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, the Ministry of Justice, and the Department for
Children, Schools and Families) and abroad (the European Commission, and German Federal Ministry for
Employment) we have become expert in communicating specialist knowledge to non-specialist audiences.
90
THE CENTRE FOR FINANCE AND FINANCIAL SERVICES
BUSINESS
The Centre for Finance and Financial Services aims to encourage the development of finance and financial
services research at the highest level, integrate PhD students into the School, link research into key areas of
teaching, and promote and advertise the School’s research externally.
Led by the Director, Professor Ben Nowman, the Centre brings together staff mainly from the Department
of Finance and Business Law, specialising in the study of a range of financially related issues. These
include: accounting; accounting in less developed countries; comparative international accounting; financial
econometrics; fixed income markets; international financial markets; pensions; social and environmental
accounting; and various aspects of business law.
Research on pensions is also linked to our established Pensions Research Network, which aims to create
an online network for sharing information and presenting new research or work in progress relating to
pensions. By drawing together academics and their research, we widen the field of knowledge within
the areas of retirement, savings, pensions and ageing. Quarterly meetings give our members and other
interested parties the opportunity to meet, present, discuss and collaborate on research projects.
Research is also underpinned by our resources available in the Financial Markets Suite, using
the Bloomberg platform of 20 terminals to provide an important source for future PhD students and for
ongoing research.
THE CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF THE PRODUCTION

OF THE BUILT ENVIRONMENT (ProBE)
The Centre for the Study of the Production of the Built Environment (ProBE) is a joint research centre
established in February 2010 between Westminster Business School (WBS) and the School of Architecture
and the Built Environment (ABE). Led by Directors, Professor Linda Clarke (WBS) and Professor Jeremy Till
(ABE), the Centre is committed to the development of a rich programme of research and related activities,
including projects, oral history, film, exhibitions and seminars.
ProBE is inclusive, embracing those actively engaged in funded projects and publications. We will
provide a research hub, a forum for debate and discussion, and a focus for interdisciplinary and
international activity related to the production of the built environment.
ProBE co-ordinates and instigates research into the social processes and people producing the
structures and spaces that frame the urban and rural environment, nationally and globally. In building up
a coherent portfolio of projects with a committed team of researchers, we will become recognised as a
distinct, original and controversial unit, researching problematic issues and developing unique theoretical
approaches. The Centre is also the British base of the European Institute for Construction Labour Research
and hosts their meetings, events and seminars.
For further information about Business courses, visit the Westminster Business School
website at westminster.ac.uk/wbs
91
Applied Economics MSc
ECONOMICS
The University of Westminster is the only English university to secure Length of course
Government Economic Service (GES) recommendation of its Applied One-year, full-time or two-year,
Economics MSc. The course aims to provide you with an in-depth part-time (January start available)
knowledge and understanding of the latest developments in the area
of economics, with a focus on practical application and development Location
of the skills needed by a working economist. The course is specifically Central London (Marylebone)
designed for those with a genuine interest in the application of Fees and funding
economics to real-world situations. We are looking for people with See westminster.ac.uk/fees
either substantial work experience in the area, or a good first degree
in Economics (or a quantitative discipline with a minor in Economics). Associated careers
As well as enhancing your ability to apply relevant economic Today’s organisations need
principles in the support of policy and strategy development, the graduates with degree skills
course aims to develop your ability to communicate complex issues and the ability to apply them in
to wide audiences. It also raise your awareness of significant the workplace. By embedding
sources of economic and financial data, the problems faced when professional skills within the course,
economists attempt to carry out policy evaluation, and your developing links to the Government
capability for self-awareness and group working. Economic Service and Society of
Business Economists, and providing
Course content practice and training for students
You will gain an understanding of the key concepts in economics, in interview, presentation and
including the various scenarios where we apply the concept of other communication scenarios,
decision making at the margin, opportunity cost, equilibrium and this Masters focuses on developing
disequilibrium, strategic interaction, market failure and the related highly employable graduates.
concept of externalities.
Entry requirements
You will develop your skills through practice in the application of these
You will normally have either a
various concepts to current challenges that face the profession, at both
minimum Upper Second Class
macro and micro levels. This will give you the latest insights in both the
Honours first degree (or equivalent)
academic and practitioner arenas.
which would be single Honours
Core modules: Application and Appraisal in Economics • Applied or a major in Economics, or a
Microeconomics • Data Analysis • Economic Evaluation Project quantitative discipline with a
• International Macroeconomics • Research Methods minor in Economics, or a more
Option modules, choose two from: Behavioural Economics general first degree (minimum
• Labour Market Economics • Policy Evaluation Upper Second Class Honours
or equivalent) with significant
Related courses study of economics and
MBA • International Business Economics MSc • International quantitative methods.
Finance MSc • Investment and Risk Finance MSc Exceptionally, non-graduates
with extensive experience in the
economics profession may also
be considered. The University
operates a system of awarding
credit for accredited prior learning
either through formal study (APL)
or experience (APEL). If English
is not your first language, you
will need an IELTS score of 6.5,
with a minimum score of 6 in
each element.
92
International Business Economics MSc
ECONOMICS
This course provides you with expertise in international business Length of course
economics, and excellent analytical skills regarding the operation and One-year, full-time
management of modern business in a complex global environment. (January start available)
By the end of the course you will understand how firms operate in an
international market. You will also be able to assess the nature and Location
the operation of the international economy with particular reference Central London (Marylebone)
to trade and finance. Fees and funding
You will develop your understanding of the influence of the state See westminster.ac.uk/fees
on the operation of businesses both nationally and internationally,
and be able to comprehend a firm’s strategic policy making Associated careers
considering various national and international pricing and trading Our international courses
regulations. You will also be able to analyse statistically various develop your knowledge and
aspects of international business, such as growth, merger and management skills to enable you
acquisition, and international capital movement. to pursue a career in multinational
companies, overseas trade and
Course content any international organisation
The course gives you the skills to present cases and advise key in general management, or in
decision makers on complex and strategic international business relevant aspects of the economics
economics issues. of international business, or as
Core modules: Applied Microeconomics • Current Issues in international finance specialists.
Business Economics • Data Analysis • Forecasting Financial Markets Many graduates return to their
• International Macroeconomics • Project • Research Methods home countries and are employed
Option modules, choose two from: Development Finance in developing international business
• Development Theory and Practice • Environmental Economics opportunities, or government, while
• Global Financial Markets • International Financial Reporting other graduates develop their
• Modern Finance • Project Appraisal and Management careers with international charities
and other non-governmental
You may take any other WBS postgraduate module, with the organisations (NGO).
permission of the course leader.
Entry requirements
Related courses You should normally hold a first
MBA • Applied Economics MSc • International Business and degree from a recognised institution
Management MA • International Finance MSc • Investment and Risk (minimum Lower Second), or
Finance MSc international equivalent. Holders
of non-UK degrees can check their
acceptability at the International
Qualifications page of the
University’s website. If your first
degree is in Economics, a minimum
Lower Second (or international
equivalent) is acceptable, but
for a more general first degree
you require an Upper Second (or
international equivalent) including
adequate study of economics and
quantitative methods.
Exceptionally, non-graduates with
extensive work experience may
also be considered. If English is not
your first language, or you have
not recently studied or worked in
an English environment, you will
need an IELTS score of 6.5 (or
equivalent). Whenever appropriate,
overseas students are strongly
encouraged to attend the English for
Academic Purposes module offered
free of charge by WBS.
93
Finance and Accounting MSc
FINANCE
The course has been designed specifically to develop the knowledge, Length of course
skills, research interests and career prospects of those who One-year, full-time plus a project
are already working in, or wish to work in, finance, treasury (January start available)
management or accountancy. The course will be especially useful if
you have little or no accounting experience, as you will be able to Location
study modules that will cover this shortfall. Central London (Marylebone)
If you are a graduate member of a professional accountancy body Fees and funding
you may be able to claim Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning See westminster.ac.uk/fees
(ACPL) for exemption from up to three modules, and concentrate on
developing your knowledge of aspects of accounting and finance Associated careers
relevant to the current market. The course also provides exemption Graduates of this course have
from six papers of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants mainly gone into careers in
(ACCA) exams. accounting, with some having
secured employment in ‘Big 4’
Course content accountancy firms (Deloitte Touche
As a graduate of this course, you will be provided with a thorough Tohmastu, Ernst & Young, KPMG,
and comprehensive grasp of the principles and applications of finance and PricewaterhouseCoopers).
and accounting, together with the technical and conceptual skills Other graduates have secured
necessary to integrate theory with practice. employment in finance, banking
Core modules: Financial Accounting and Reporting • International or general management careers.
Risk Management • Managerial Accounting • Modern Finance
Entry requirements
• Project • Research Methods
You will need a UK Honours
Option modules – you must choose two options, with at least one degree (Second Class or above)
from the list below (a free choice option module may be taken at the or international equivalent in
course leader’s discretion): Data Analysis • Financial Derivatives accounting, business or economics,
• Financial Information Systems • Financial Markets and Institutions or in any other discipline with
• Financial Strategy • Forecasting Financial Markets • International evidence of quantitative and
Financial Reporting computer skills. Alternatively,
Related courses you should hold graduate
ACCA Professional Course • Financial Management Postgraduate membership of any UK professional
Diploma • International Finance MSc • Investment and Risk accountancy body or international
Finance MSc equivalent. Graduate members of
a professional accountancy body
may claim exemptions from two
of the core modules – Managerial
Accounting and Financial
Accounting and Reporting. If
English is not your first language,
you will need an IELTS score of
6.5, with a minimum score of 6 in
each element.
94
Information Management and Finance MSc
FINANCE
This course is a reflection of the dynamic nature of today’s Length of course
business environment, providing high-level knowledge, skills and One year, full-time
understanding through the combination of management and (January start available)
finance. It is a dual approach to the examination and exploration
of those issues that have a significant impact upon the operation Location
and management of organisations. Seeking to produce the hybrids Central London (Marylebone)
being demanded by organisations globally, you will become equally Fees and funding
familiar with the technical aspects of financial decision making, and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
the wide range of computerised information management systems.
Associated careers
Course content As a reflection of the varied
The course focuses on information management and finance, but academic backgrounds of our
broader-based aspects of management education can be studied from students and the dual nature of this
a specific option list. The project allows you to integrate and apply the Masters, graduates proceed into
knowledge and skills developed during the course. a wide range of positions. Some
Core modules: Enterprise Data Management • Financial Information have moved to more specialist or
Systems • IMF Project • Management Dimensions of Information managerial roles, typically taking
• Managerial Accounting • Modern Finance • Research Methods on more responsibility. Others have
• Web Resource Management moved to specialist finance systems
Option modules, choose one from the following options: support roles, database and
Information Management – E-Government • Leading the systems administration, positions
Knowledge-Based Organisation • Managing Technology Services as finance department IT super
• Managing the Digital Enterprise IT/IS (Technical) users, administration with special
responsibilities regarding finance,
IT/IS (Technical) – Business Process Integration with SAP • Decision IT, in some cases training, or as
Support for Managers • Project Management for IT • The Networked the local first point of contact for
Enterprise • Web Application Development department end-user support.
Finance – Financial Markets and Institutions • International
Financial Reporting • International Risk Management • Modern Entry requirements
Portfolio Management You should normally hold a
first degree from a recognised
Related courses institution (minimum Lower Second
Digital Enterprise Management MSc • Finance and Accounting MSc Class Honours), or international
• International Finance MSc equivalent. Exceptionally,
non-graduates with extensive
relevant work experience may also
be considered. You should have
an aptitude for technology and
information management, as well
as finance and accounting, with an
appropriate level of motivation and
interest to undertake study within
two academic discipline areas.
If English is not your first language,
6.5, with a minimum score of 6
in each element.
95
International Finance MSc
FINANCE
The course is designed to give you the expertise in international Length of course
finance that you will need to pursue a career within the finance One-year, full-time
profession. As well as the strong disciplinary base in international (January start available)
finance, you will draw on related disciplines including accounting,
quantitative methods and economics, to be able to work with Location
specialists in other areas and present findings and analysis to Central London (Marylebone)
non-specialists. The course is open to people with no detailed prior Fees and funding
knowledge of international finance, although this is desirable. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Core modules: Data Analysis • Financial Markets and Institutions Our international courses
• Global Financial Markets • International Financial Reporting develop your knowledge and
• International Risk Management • Modern Finance • Project management skills to enable you
• Research Methods to pursue a career in multinational
Option modules, choose one from: Fixed Income Analysis companies, overseas trade and
• Forecasting Financial Markets • International Aspects of any international organisation
Business Law • Managerial Accounting in general management, or in
relevant aspects of the economics
Related courses of international business, or as
ACCA Professional Course • Finance and Accounting MSc • Financial international finance specialists.
Management Postgraduate Diploma • Information Management and Many graduates return to their
Finance MSc • Investment and Risk Finance MSc home countries and are employed
in developing international business
opportunities, or government, while
other graduates develop their
careers with international charities
and other non-governmental
organisations (NGO).
Entry requirements
You should normally hold a first
degree from a recognised
institution (minimum Lower Second
Class Honours), or international
equivalent, in accounting,
economics or business studies,
and preferably an adequate
study of finance. Alternatively, you
may have any other UK Honours
degree (minimum Upper Second
Class) or international equivalent
and preferably an adequate study
of finance.
Exceptionally, non-graduates may
also be considered if they have
extensive, relevant experience.
You must show that you have the
commitment to benefit from and
contribute to the course, and the
ability to pass the course modules.
each element.
96
Investment and Risk Finance MSc
FINANCE
Following the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008, the Length of course
ensuing credit crisis dramatically and permanently changed the One-year, full-time, or two-year,
landscape for global financial markets and institutions. Since then part-time (January start available)
there has been a significant tightening up of legal risk management
in banks and by regulators. The credit market events of 2007/08 Location
and the complexity of financial instruments used by institutions have Central London (Marylebone)
increased the need to develop a better understanding of hedging and Fees and funding
investment products. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
In response to these key issues, our expertise on this course is
directed at the provision of high-quality, graduate-level education in Associated careers
areas of investment, risk and numerical finance. You will learn about Our graduates go on to develop
valuations of simple and complex financial assets. On the use and careers in treasury and front office
development of financial products, you will gain higher level skills in positions in investment banks and
risk assessment and management of financial portfolios. securities companies, in money
management positions, as financial
Course content analysts, or in other similar jobs in
Modules cover financial theory, valuation principles and forecasting the global financial services sector.
methodologies common in two key areas of finance – investments and
risk management. By the end of the course you will have the necessary Entry requirements
knowledge of investments, financial mathematics and models to price You should normally hold a
a range of traditional and novel financial products. You will also have first degree from a recognised
the skills to turn theory into practice within a work environment, and institution (minimum Lower Second
to explore new ideas and innovative techniques in a contemporary Class Honours), or international
global financial market setting. equivalent with a significant
content of quantitative methods.
A variety of teaching methods are employed, ranging from lectures to
You do not need prior knowledge
smaller-scale seminars and laboratory sessions. In addition students
of finance, but should have
work on their own on assignments involving data collection and
expertise in mathematics and
analysis, typically drawing on specific databases. All students are
statistics. The course is also open
inducted into our Financial Markets Suite (FMS), a purpose-built room
to those from other disciplines in
housing the Bloomberg proprietary database and capital markets
which quantitative methods form a
information system. Our financial commitment to this resource will
significant part.
provide a quality teaching and learning environment, complementing
Exceptionally, non-graduates may
theory with practice.
also be considered provided they
Core modules: Data Analysis • Financial Derivatives • International can show evidence of extensive
Risk Management • Modern Portfolio Management • Project experience in the field. You need
• Research Methods to demonstrate that you have the
Sub-core modules, choose either two or three of the following commitment to benefit from and
modules: Financial Markets and Institutions • Fixed Income Analysis contribute to the course, as well
• Forecasting Financial Markets • Modern Finance as the ability to pass the variety of
Option modules, you may be able to choose one from: Financial modules which make up the course.
Accounting Policy Engineering • Financial Information Systems If English is not your first language,
• Financial Strategy • International Financial Reporting • International you will need an IELTS score of
Risk Management • Managerial Accounting 6.5, with a minimum score of 6 in
each element.
You may also take another module from the postgraduate portfolio,
at the course leader’s discretion.
Related courses
Finance and Accounting MSc • Information Management and
Finance MSc • International Finance MSc
97
Financial Management Postgraduate Diploma
FINANCE
The Diploma in Financial Management is an internationally Length of course

recognised postgraduate diploma designed to make non-financial Nine-month, part-time, with classes
managers financially literate. It is not designed to turn managers on Tuesdays and Thursdays
into accountants, but to enable them to become fluent in the
language, terminology and concepts of accounting and finance, Location
and to equip them in extracting, analysing, interpreting and using Central London (Marylebone)
financial data in decision making. Fees and funding
The Diploma is accredited by a number of professional bodies as See westminster.ac.uk/fees
a programme of Continuing Professional Development, and may be
used as an entry qualification to the MBA and similar courses. It is Associated careers
accredited by the Open University Validation Service as equivalent Past students have included
to one third of a Masters degree. bankers, brokers, engineers,
head teachers, IT specialists,
Course content local authority managers,
The syllabus, examinations and assessed projects are set by the lawyers, NHS administrators,
Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and are police officers, scientists, senior
organised in two modules, each comprising two subject areas. Ministry of Defence personnel
Module A: Interpretation of Financial Statements • Performance and surveyors.
Management
Entry requirements
Module B: Financial Strategy • Risk Management The minimum entry requirement
Related courses is a recognised degree, Higher
ACCA Professional Course • Finance and Accounting MSc National Certificate/Diploma
• Information Management and Finance MSc • International or a non-accounting professional
Finance MSc • Investment and Risk Finance MSc qualification. You may be
admitted on the basis of your
work experience if you do not
hold these qualifications. Your
suitability will need to be discussed
with the ACCA, and you should
register with them as a Diploma
in Financial Management student
– for more information, visit
www.accaglobal.com
98
Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) Professional Exam
FINANCE
This externally examined course is designed to give you the Length of course
accounting knowledge, skills and professional values you need to Part-time, evening
build a successful career, whether you are working in the public or (January start available)
private sectors, in accounting firms or in business. To qualify as an
ACCA member, you will complete 14 exams (nine of which are eligible Location
for exemption), have at least three years’ practical experience, and Central London (Marylebone)
complete a Professional Ethics module. Fees and funding
The ACCA qualification embeds the global accounting education £200 per paper
standards set by the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC),
and has a strong focus on professional values, ethics and governance. Associated careers
These skills are essential as the profession moves towards An accountancy qualification can
strengthened codes of conduct, regulation and legislation, with an increase your earning potential and
increasing focus on professionalism and ethics in accounting. put you on the fast track to the top
in your chosen field, such as auditor
Course content general or government finance
The Fundamentals level is divided into two modules, Knowledge and position, business adviser, chief
Skills. The Knowledge module (F1-F3) introduces you to the core areas financial officer, director or partner
of financial and management accounting, providing the platform to in an accounting firm, entrepreneur
study the other technical accountancy areas in the Skills module. or owner-manager of a small
The Skills module (F4-F9) contains six subjects which comprehensively business, forensic accountant,
cover the main technical areas that any accountant – regardless of finance director in a multinational
their future career aspirations – is expected to have mastered. These company, or senior internal auditor.
comprise law, performance management, taxation, financial reporting,
Entry requirements
auditing, and financial management. Currently we do not offer tuition
You should normally have a
for the professional level of the exams.
Second Class UK Honours
degree or international equivalent.
Fundamentals
Alternatively candidates without
Knowledge Level: F1 Accountant in Business • F2 Management
the above qualifications may also
Accounting • F3 Financial Accounting
be considered provided they can
Skills Level: F4 Corporate and Business Law • F5 Performance show evidence of extensive work
Management • F6 Taxation • F7 Financial Reporting • F8 Audit and experience in the field.
Assurance • F9 Financial Management Additionally international students
Related courses are expected to have an English
Finance and Accounting MSc • Financial Management Postgraduate language qualification such as IELTS
Diploma • Information Management and Finance MSc • International 6.5, with a minimum score of 6 in
Finance MSc each element.
A high degree of computer
literacy is not an entry requirement,
though it is expected that most
applicants will have some familiarity
with the most common end-user
business applications.
You should have an aptitude
for technology and information
management, as well as
finance and accounting, with an
appropriate level of motivation and
interest to undertake study within
two academic discipline areas.
99
Diversity and Equality in Employment MA
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
This course will enable you to build a body of practical skills and Length of course
theoretical knowledge – from the operational through the tactical Two-year, part-time
to the strategic – around diversity issues that have an impact on (January start available)
the management of organisations, and apply this knowledge to
management problems and situations affecting professional practice. Location
You will develop the skills and competencies to manage a diverse Central London (Marylebone)
workforce, and then build on that diversity to enhance organisational Fees and funding
effectiveness. You will be able to recognise and understand the See westminster.ac.uk/fees
barriers facing managers within a diverse workforce. You will also
be able to make appropriate suggestions and develop suitable Associated careers
programmes to help management, team members and colleagues Past graduates have become
overcome such barriers and capitalise on the strengths of a diverse HR professionals, line managers,
workforce, so that the organisation achieves its full potential. management consultants or
The course is suitable for those in work looking to develop practical academics. Opportunities for
and theoretical knowledge about the impact of equalities and employment are available
diversity on the management of human resources. It will also benefit internationally or within the UK
employees seeking to gain a thorough grounding in human resource in both the private and public
management in a diverse business environment. sectors as well as in voluntary
Westminster Business School is designated a Centre of Excellence organisations.
by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). The Entry requirements
course has been approved by the CIPD as meeting the ‘Knowledge You should normally hold a first
Criteria’ for Chartered Membership. This means that once you have degree from a recognised institution
successfully shown the CIPD relevant evidence of your practice in the (minimum Lower Second Class
workplace, you will gain the professional level of either Associate or Honours), or overseas equivalent, in
Chartered Membership. a related field. Those with extensive
Course content experience who do not possess a
Core modules: Assessment and Individual Differences at Work first degree can also be considered.
• Discrimination Law in Business • Dissertation • Information for If English is not your first language,
Business Decisions • Managing Equalities and Diversity in you will need an IELTS score of
Employment • Managing Human Resources • Organisational 6.5, with a minimum score of 6
Analysis • Research Methods in each element.
Option modules: Any other appropriate Level 7 module running
within the WBS postgraduate portfolio, subject to the approval of
the course leader.
Related courses
Business Coaching and Mentoring at Work Postgraduate Certificate
• Human Resource Development MA • Human Resource Management
MA • International Human Resource Management MA
100
Human Resource Development MA

This course is designed for people who are interested in developing Length of course
employees, managers, leaders and organisations. It will enable One year, full-time or two-year,
you to build a body of practical skills and theoretical knowledge part-time (January start available)
– from the operational through the tactical to the strategic – around
human resource development (HRD) issues that have an impact on Location
the management of organisations. You will then be able to apply Central London (Marylebone)
this knowledge to management problems and situations affecting Fees and funding
professional practice. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course combines academic, professional and personal
development, and encourages originality in the application of Associated careers
knowledge. It promotes creative and innovative thinking, and Graduates can expect to find
enables comprehensive analysis of different approaches to the employment within HRD, either
practice of HRD. in the UK or abroad, or to continue
Westminster Business School is designated a Centre of Excellence their studies in HRD-related fields.
by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). The You will have developed the
course has been approved by the CIPD as meeting the ‘Knowledge competencies and critical thinking
Criteria’ for Chartered Membership. This means that once you have necessary to plan and manage
successfully shown the CIPD relevant evidence of your practice in the human resource development
workplace, you will gain the professional level of either Associate or strategies and interventions
Chartered Membership. within a wide range of
business management and
Course content development opportunities.
Core modules: Designing and Delivering Training • Dissertation You will be able to follow a
• Learning and Development • Management Development number of career opportunities,
• Managing Culture and Change • Managing Human Resources and previous students have
• Organisational Analysis • Research Methods become change management
Option modules: choose either Knowledge Management or any other specialists, chief learning officers,
appropriate Level 7 module running within the WBS postgraduate learning and development directors
portfolio, subject to the approval of the course leader. and managers, internal and
external consultants, facilitators,
Related courses management development
Business Coaching and Mentoring at Work Postgraduate Certificate specialists, Six Sigma specialists
• Diversity and Equality in Employment MA • Human Resource and trainers.
Management MA • International Human Resource Management MA
Entry requirements
degree from a recognised institution
(minimum Lower Second Class
Honours), or overseas equivalent, in
a related field. Those with extensive
experience who do not possess a
first degree can also be considered.
each element.
101
Human Resource Management MA
This course offers interesting and challenging modules and options Length of course
which will enable you to develop as a human resources (HR) One-year, full-time or two-year,
professional and advisor. It will suit graduates intending to work part-time (January start available)
in HR, as well as those already working in the field and wanting to
Location
advance their careers. Building on your understanding of the theory
Central London (Marylebone)
and practice of human resource management (HRM) techniques, the
course provides a professionally focused and research-informed blend Fees and funding
of academic and practical information, encouraging critical reflection See westminster.ac.uk/fees
on current HRM approaches.
Westminster Business School is designated a Centre of Excellence Associated careers
by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). The Graduates can develop their
course has been approved by the CIPD as meeting the ‘Knowledge careers within HRM, either in
Criteria’ for Chartered Membership. This means that once you have the UK or abroad, or continue
successfully shown the CIPD relevant evidence of your practice in the their studies in HR-related fields.
workplace, you will gain the professional level of either Associate or Providing a higher degree
Chartered Membership. qualification in a well-established
management area, the course will
Course content enable students to enhance their
Core modules: Dissertation • HRM in Context • Managing Human career prospects and marketability
Resources • Research Methods • Skills of the Manager/Consultant in the professional practice of
Option modules, choose any two from the following key HRM. Past students have gone on
modules: Employee Relations • Learning and Development to become consultants (internal
• Organisational Analysis, Design and Development • People and external), HR managers,
Resourcing • Reward Management compensation and benefits
managers, change management
You will also choose two of the following option modules: Assessment
specialists, HR business partners
and Individual Differences at Work • Comparative International HRM
/operations managers, civil
and Employee Relations • Designing and Delivering Training
servants, and mediators.
• Employment Law for HR Practitioners • International Personnel
Organisations that have
Management • Knowledge Management • Management Development
employed our students include
• Managing Culture and Change • Managing Diversity and Equality
the BBC, Cap Gemini, Linklaters,
in Employment • Strategic Personnel and Development
PricewaterhouseCoopers and The
Related courses Royal Household.
Business Coaching and Mentoring at Work Postgraduate Certificate
Entry requirements
• Diversity and Equality in Employment MA • Human Resource
Development MA • International Human Resource Management MA
degree from a recognised institution
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) (minimum Lower Second Class
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London Honours), or overseas equivalent, in
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who a related field. Those with extensive
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who experience who do not possess a
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed first degree can also be considered.
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See If English is not your first language,
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk you will need an IELTS score of
each element.
102
International Human Resource Management MA

This course will enable you to build a body of practical skills and Length of course
theoretical knowledge, from the operational through the tactical to the One year, full-time
strategic, around the management of organisations within different (January start available)
international contexts, and then apply this knowledge to management
problems and situations that affect professional practice. Location
You will be exposed to a wide range of contemporary perspectives Central London (Marylebone)
on key developments in and around international human resource Fees and funding
management (IHRM) and organisational analysis, providing access See westminster.ac.uk/fees
to a range of alternative views. You will explore relevant IHRM
issues and what these mean for different groups of individuals and Associated careers
organisations at local, national and international levels. Graduates can find employment
Westminster Business School is designated a Centre of Excellence within HRM, either in the UK or
by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD). The abroad, or continue their studies
course has been approved by the CIPD as meeting the ‘Knowledge in HR-related fields. Providing a
Criteria’ for Chartered Membership. This means that once you have higher degree qualification in a
successfully shown the CIPD relevant evidence of your practice in the well-established management area,
workplace, you will gain the professional level of either Associate or the course enhances your career
Chartered Membership. prospects and marketability in the
professional practice of International
Course content HRM. Past students have gone on
Core modules: Comparative International HRM and Employee to become consultants (internal
Relations • Dissertation • Information for Business Decisions and external), HR managers,
• International Personnel Management • Managing Human compensation and benefits
Resources • Organisational Analysis, Design and Development managers, change management
• Research Methods specialists, civil servants, and
Option modules: take either Human Resource Strategies for the mediators. Companies that have
International Manager or any other Level 7 module running within employed our students include Cap
the WBS postgraduate portfolio, subject to the approval of the Gemini, PricewaterhouseCoopers,
course leader. Transport for London and Visa.
Related courses Entry requirements

Business Coaching and Mentoring at Work Postgraduate Certificate You should normally hold a first
• Diversity and Equality in Employment MA • Human Resource degree from a recognised institution
Development MA • Human Resource Management MA (minimum Lower Second Class
Honours), or overseas equivalent, in
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) a related field. Those with extensive
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London experience who do not possess a
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who first degree can also be considered.
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who If English is not your first language,
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed you will need an IELTS score of
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See 6.5, with a minimum score of 6 in
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk each element.
103
Strategic Human Resource Management MA
This course is designed for middle or senior managers with significant Length of course
work experience within Human Resource Management (HRM) or a One-year, block mode,
related business area. It provides a higher degree qualification in a four weekends per year
well-established management area, enabling you to enhance your
career prospects and marketability at a senior level. Location
You should already be in employment, with substantial relevant Central London (Marylebone)
experience in a variety of organisations, whether in the public or Fees and funding
private sectors. As a manager looking to address issues related to See westminster.ac.uk/fees
the strategic direction of your organisation, this course will give you
a conceptual framework in which to explore these issues. Entry requirements
This is a one-year course and attendance is in block mode – four The course is designed to
weekends (Friday to Sunday) in October, December, February and top up existing qualifications
April, plus two optional one-day dissertation workshops. and experience, and on entry
automatically carries 80 Masters-
Course content level credits in recognition of prior
Core modules: Dissertation • Managing Culture and Change learning and experience. The
• Strategic People Management and Development remaining 100 credits required
You will also have the opportunity to attend the annual one-day for the award will be attained by
Westminster Business School HRM Conference. successful completion of the course.
You should be a member
Related courses of the CIPD and/or have a
CPD/short courses in HRM and related disciplines • Diversity and Postgraduate Diploma in Personnel
Equality in Employment MA • Fast Track to Licentiate Membership Management, a Postgraduate
of CIPD • Human Resource Development MA • Human Resource Diploma in Management Studies,
Management MA • International Human Resource Management MA or an equivalent qualification in a
management or business-related
discipline. Non-UK qualifications
will be assessed against
accreditation by the British Council
/NARIC. You will normally have at
least five years’ relevant experience
with an emphasis on middle and
senior management expertise.
Applications will be considered
in exceptional circumstances from
those with substantial relevant
experience but not the minimum
academic qualifications. If English
each element.
104
Coaching and Mentoring at Work Postgraduate Certificate

In the rapidly growing markets of personal and professional Length of course
development, organisations are looking to newer developmental One year, part-time, starting
initiatives such as coaching and mentoring within a work in September, or intensive
environment. Coaching has become recognised as a great tool that workshops twice a year
can help organisations to harness their potential and fully develop the
skills and abilities of their people. Location
This course aims to develop professionally competent, skilled and Central London (Marylebone)
focused coaches and mentors who can go on to improve organisation Fees and funding
effectiveness and performance. It will enable individuals to harness See westminster.ac.uk/fees
the potential that effective coaching and mentoring skills can offer.
Associated careers
Course content The course will appeal to internal
Core modules: Coaching and Mentoring Skills in Practice or external HR specialists,
• Principles of Coaching and Mentoring at Work • Psychology occupational psychologists, and
of Coaching and Mentoring consultants wishing to extend their
coaching and mentoring skills and
knowledge. It is also appropriate
for business, management, and
social or natural sciences graduates
who want to develop as coaches,
mentors and change agents, and
those who are already working in
areas of mentoring and coaching.
On completing the Postgraduate
Certificate, you can apply for
the European Mentoring and
Coaching Council Practitioner
Level Accreditation.
Entry requirements
You should normally hold a
first Honours degree in social
science from a recognised
institution (minimum Lower
Second Class Honours), or an
equivalent recognised professional
qualification, in a business or social
science-related discipline from an
approved awarding body. Non-UK
academic qualifications will be
assessed against accreditation by
the British Council/NARIC.
You may already have
developed substantial knowledge,
experience and skills in a relevant
field, and candidates with extensive
experience who do not possess a
first degree can also be considered.
If your first language is not English,
you will need an IELTS score of 6.5
or equivalent. The University offers
pre-sessional summer programmes
if you need to improve your English
before starting your course.
105
Master of Business Administration MBA
MANAGEMENT
The MBA course is designed to equip you with the knowledge, skills Length of course
and confidence needed to become an effective senior manager One-year, full-time or two-year,
in today’s rapidly changing business environment. It gives you part-time (January start available)
a comprehensive business education and develops the skills and
mindset you need for effective leadership. Location
This course, which is accredited by the Association of MBAs, is Central London (Marylebone)
aimed at professionals with at least three years’ work experience. Fees and funding
Teaching takes place in small groups, led by members of the See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Business School’s highly trained, expert faculty. The courses can be
taken full-time over 12 months or part-time over 24 months, and Associated careers
are practise focused, offering work placement opportunities and The MBA is a journey that prepares
mentoring initiatives. you to become a more imaginative
and effective manager, and through
Course content career development activities we
Core modules: Accounting and Financial management • Corporate will assist you at every step of
Governance and Corporate Social Responsibility • Data Analysis for that journey to evolve your own
Business Decisions • Dissertation and Research Methods • Economics leadership style and philosophy.
and Business Environment • Leadership and Professional Development We offer a full range of careers
• Managing Change • Managing Operations and Information support services to our MBA
• Marketing Management and Strategy • Organisations and People students and alumni.
Management • Strategic Management Our MBA graduates have gone
Option modules, choose two from: Digital Marketing* • Financial on to careers in a wide range of
Strategy • Foresight and Future Studies • Information and roles, including business analyst,
Knowledge Management in the Organisation* • Innovation and business developer, commercial
Entrepreneurship* • Project Management • Social Entrepreneurship* director, corporate project manager,
• Sustainability* • Systems Dynamics* freelance consultant, NHS
* subject to approval manager, operations manager and
transport manager. Employers of our
Related courses graduates have included EMAP Ltd,
International Business and Management MA • Management MA Hayes, Lewisham Council, Ministry
of Justice, National Health Service,
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) Sidel UK Ltd, Transport for London
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London and UBS Investment Bank.
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who
have an appropriate level of work experience but do not quite meet Entry requirements
our MBA academic entry requirements. Students who complete their You should normally have a good
KIC London course will be able to progress to the MBA, subject to undergraduate degree awarded
a satisfactory interview. See p228, or for more information visit by a UK university (or an overseas
kiclondon.org.uk equivalent), or professional
qualification, and at least three
years’ supervisory or managerial
work experience. If English is not
your first language you will need
an IELTS score of 6.5 (with a
minimum of 6.0 in each element)
or a recognised equivalent.
You will normally be interviewed
and, depending on circumstances,
you may be asked to take the
Graduate Management Admissions
Test (GMAT) and achieve a score
of 550.
106
Digital Enterprise Management MSc
MANAGEMENT
For many organisations business is increasingly conducted globally Length of course
and online. As a result there is a need for key people who can One-year, full-time
understand and manage the technologies required. This course (January start available)
emphasises the business perspectives of IT management, covering
business and management issues as well as the use of IT for Location
competitive advantage. It will enable you to develop a broad range Central London (Marylebone)
of the business, technical and managerial skills that are highly Fees and funding
regarded by employers. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Core modules: Enterprise Data Management • Management The course is designed to
Dimensions of Information • Managing the Digital Enterprise enable you to develop skills in
• Project Management for IT • Web Resource Management the management of technology,
Project modules, choose one of the following: Information particularly if you aim to be working
Management Project (which is a research-type project) in a managerial or organisational
• Web Server Management Project (which is a practical project) role rather than a practical technical
Option modules, choose two of the following: post. It is appropriate if you are
Technical options – Decision Support for Managers • The Networked looking to move into management
Enterprise • Web Application Development from technical areas, or if you are
a manager wishing to develop
Business/management-oriented options: Business Process Integration specialist technology skills.
with SAP • E-Government • Leading the Knowledge-Based
Organisation • Managing Technology Services Entry requirements
You should normally have a
Related courses Second Class UK Honours degree
Information Management and Finance MSc • Purchasing and Supply or overseas equivalent. This
Chain Management MSc course is suitable for those with
first degrees in subjects such as
business information technology
or computing. Alternatively, other
qualifications which include a
significant academic content –
such as professional qualifications
in law or accounting – may
be considered. You may also
be considered without these
qualifications, if you can show
evidence of extensive work
experience in the field. If English
each element.
107
International Business and Management MA
MANAGEMENT
Easier communication, more efficient international transportation, Length of course

the relocation of production and services, and a significant increase One-year, full-time
in economic migration have made the study of international business (January start available)
and management increasingly relevant.
This course attracts a significant number of international students Location
and reflects the main areas of international business. It integrates Central London (Marylebone)
theoretical knowledge with practical enterprise skills in a global Fees and funding
context, and also gives you the chance to develop your See westminster.ac.uk/fees
knowledge and management skills so that you can pursue
a career in multinational companies, overseas trade and Associated careers
international organisations. Our international courses
develop your knowledge and
Course content management skills to enable you
Core modules: Aspects of Marketing Management • Human Resource to pursue a career in multinational
Strategies for the International Manager • Information Management companies, overseas trade and any
• International Business Policy • Managerial Accounting • Project international organisation in general
• Research Methods • The International Economy management, or in relevant aspects
Option modules, choose one module from the University’s of the economics of international
postgraduate programme, subject to approval by the course leader. business, or as international finance
There is also an opportunity to take the course as part of a specialists. Many graduates
collaborative programme with CIECE-Groupe ESCE. On this return to their home countries
programme you will study your first semester in Paris, France and and are employed in developing
your second semester in London. The course content is similar to that international business opportunities,
for the London-only degree, and all teaching will be in English. or government, while other
graduates develop their careers
Related courses with international charities and
International Business and Management MA • International Business other non-governmental
Economics MA • International Development Management MA organisations (NGO).
• International Finance MA
Entry requirements
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) You should normally hold a
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London first degree from a recognised
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who institution (minimum Lower Second
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who Class Honours), or international
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed equivalent. Exceptionally,
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See non-graduates with significant
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk practitioner experience of
marketing and/or marketing
communications can also be
considered. If English is not your
IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum
score of 6 in each element.
108
International Development Management MA
MANAGEMENT
Countries around the world face great challenges in the context Length of course
of global economic change, particularly transition economies and One-year, full-time
developing countries coming to terms with structural change and (January start available)
globalisation. Management of this process, in a way that raises
living standards, reduces deprivation and achieves sustainable Location
development, presents a formidable but very rewarding task. Central London (Marylebone)
This course is aimed at those who work, or seek to work, in Fees and funding
developing economies, or who wish to develop their careers within See westminster.ac.uk/fees
the support organisations for the developing world. The course
reflects the main functional areas of international development and Associated careers
management, blending both the theoretical and practical elements Our international courses develop
to give you key knowledge and skills in both development studies your knowledge and management
and management. You will need to complete a project or dissertation skills to enable you to pursue
which will give you an opportunity to undertake a serious piece a career in multinational
of research. You may also become a member of the Development companies, overseas trade and
Studies Association (DSA). any international organisation
in general management, or in
Course content relevant aspects of the economics
Core modules: Data Management • Development Theory and of international business, or as
Practice • Human Resource Strategies for the International Manager international finance specialists.
• International Development Finance • Managing Development Many graduates return to their
Projects • Project • Research Methods • The International Economy home countries and are employed
Option modules, choose one from: Financial Planning and Control in developing international business
• Managerial Accounting opportunities, or government, while
other graduates develop their
Related courses careers with international charities
International Business and Management MA • Management MA and other non-governmental
• MBA organisations (NGO). This course
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) particularly prepares you for a
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London career in government departments,
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who development agencies or
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who international NGOs such as
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed the United Nations and The
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See World Bank.
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk Entry requirements
degree in a related discipline from
a recognised institution (minimum
Lower Second Class Honours
or international equivalent), or
a good more general degree
(minimum Upper Second Class
Honours or international equivalent).
Exceptionally, non-graduates with
significant relevant work experience
can also be considered. If English
each element.
109
Management MA
MANAGEMENT
This course is designed to develop the general management skills Length of course
and abilities you need in the rapidly changing economic environment. One-year, full-time or two-year,
As well as giving you the underpinning knowledge and understanding part-time, (January start available)
required to operate effectively in a managerial role, the course
will develop your analysis, problem-solving and proactive-thinking Location
skills. As the course progresses, the emphasis evolves from operation Central London (Marylebone)
to strategy. Fees and funding
Students who successfully complete the MA Management See westminster.ac.uk/fees
become members of the chartered corporate body, the Corporate
Management Institute (CMI). Associated careers
Our graduates are employed in
Course content both multinational organisations and
Core modules: Analysis of the Business Environment • Financial small and medium size enterprises,
Analysis for Managers • Human Resource Management • Information in a variety of roles and functions.
Management • Managing Products and Services • Organisational When you graduate from the
Analysis • Project • Research Methods • Strategic Management course you will be equipped to
Related courses pursue a career in specialist areas
International Business and Management MA • International Business of business, including financial
Economics MA services, operations, human
resources, sales and marketing.
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) Our graduates are employed in
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London companies such as Accenture,
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who Procter & Gamble and Unilever.
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed Entry requirements
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See You should have a first degree,
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk or a professional qualification
recognised to be of an equivalent
standard to a degree, or equivalent
work experience. If you do not
have formal qualifications, but you
have at least five years’ relevant
work experience, you may also be
considered for entry to the course at
the discretion of the course leader.
6.5, with a minimum score of 6
in each element.
110
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management MSc
MANAGEMENT
Organisations need professionals with the knowledge and skills Length of course
to identify problems and develop solutions within both purchasing One-year, full-time or two-year,
and the wider supply chain. This course will give you an advanced part-time (January start available)
programme of study in the area, informed by leading research within
purchasing and supply chain management. Location
Central London (Marylebone)
Course content
The course addresses the strategic role of purchasing and supply Fees and funding
chain management within the organisation, the impact of changes in See westminster.ac.uk/fees
the regulatory and policy environment on the supply chain, and new Associated careers
technologies and techniques available to address current and future You will acquire the qualities
problems in the supply chain. You will develop your knowledge of needed to either advance in your
best practice in the field, and the importance of business process and current employment, or gain new
activity integration to support this. employment in today’s complex
Core modules: Financial Analysis for Managers • Logistics and the and demanding environment
External Environment • Management Dimensions of Information where sound judgement, personal
• Purchasing Management • Research Methods and Project • Retail responsibility and initiative are
Supply Chain Management sought. After completing this course,
Option modules: Business Process Integration with SAP • Green areas of work that you could
Logistics and Procurement • Project Management using PRINCE 2 consider would include operations
• Public Procurement management, purchasing and
contract management, and supply
Related courses chain planning and development.
Digital Enterprise Management MSc • Information Management and Alternatively, you might want
Finance MSc • Logistics and Supply Chain Management MSc to continue into research or
further study.
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma)
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London Entry requirements
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who Applicants should normally hold
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who a first degree from a recognised
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed institution (minimum Lower Second
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See Class Honours) or international
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk equivalent, and demonstrate
interest and motivation in
the subject area. Alternative
professional qualifications with
at least three years’ relevant
professional experience will also
be considered. Directly relevant
degree disciplines include business
studies, economics, geography,
management, and operations
research. However, students with
qualifications in other disciplines
such as engineering, environmental
sciences, the humanities and
languages are also encouraged
to apply. If English is not your first
language, you will need an IELTS
score of 6.5, with a minimum score
of 6 in each element.
111
Marketing Communications MA
MARKETING
Marketing communications covers the selection and application of Length of course

the main communication tools available to an organisation in pursuit One-year, full-time
of its marketing goals. This work is often carried out by specialist (January start available)
agencies, and involves both strategic thinking and the development
of creative solutions. It calls for a blend of research-based knowledge Location
with the practice of high-level, often extremely creative, skills. Central London (Marylebone)
The ultimate aim of the course is to enhance your career Fees and funding
advancement prospects through knowledge of how to apply See westminster.ac.uk/fees
academic learning to best marketing practice. The course embeds
the Chartered Institute of Marketing’s (CIM’s) Introductory Certificate Associated careers
in Marketing, to provide a firm grounding in the basics of marketing. The alumni of our marketing courses
It also gives you CIM membership while you are studying. are in high-level jobs around the
world in marketing, media and
Course content communications organisations.
The course covers the main marketing communication techniques This Masters tends to lead to a
and provides you with a sufficient foundation in marketing to enable career in the communications
you to work easily with people involved throughout the marketing areas of marketing in agencies or
management process. enterprises, while graduates of the
Core modules: Advertising Management and Brand Delivery Marketing Management MA/MSc
• Analysis and Strategy for Marketing Communications • Buyer courses will be seeking marketing
Behaviour • Direct and Interactive Marketing Management management roles within client
• Integrated Marketing Communications Campaign Planning Project organisations or marketing services
• Managing Marketing Communications • Marketing and Media agencies in the UK, overseas or
Research • Public Relations and Reputation Management • Sales global business environments. This
Promotion and Management • Specialist Marketing Internships course may also be applicable
for those who see their marketing
Related courses career with a company involved in
Marketing Management MA/MSc • Marketing Strategy and technical or financial products.
Communications MSc • MBA
Entry requirements
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) You should normally hold a
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London first degree from a recognised
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who institution (minimum Lower Second
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who Class Honours), or international
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed equivalent. Exceptionally,
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. non-graduates with significant
See p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk practitioner experience of
marketing and/or marketing
communications can also be
considered. If English is not your
IELTS score of 6.5, with a minimum
score of 6 in each element.
112
Marketing Management MA/MSc
MARKETING
These two courses offer a strategic perspective on marketing Length of course
management, a discipline that is increasingly seen as critical to One-year, full-time
success in achieving business goals, and as a core function in (January start available)
many organisations.
The courses will enable you to develop a strategic perspective, and Location
broaden your existing understanding of marketing and its integration Central London (Marylebone)
into an overall corporate strategy and structure. You will also Fees and funding
hone your capacity for analysing complex marketing and business See westminster.ac.uk/fees
situations and reaching decisions on appropriate courses of action,
and also improve your career prospects in marketing and general Associated careers
business areas. The alumni of our marketing courses
Successful completion of the course allows maximum exemptions are in high-level jobs around the
from the Professional Diploma exams of the Chartered Institute of world in marketing, media and
Marketing (CIM). communications organisations.
These Masters tends to lead to
Course content marketing management careers
Core modules: Buyer Behaviour • Marketing Communications within client organisations or
• Marketing Dissertation Project • Marketing Research • Product, marketing services agencies in the
Brand and Pricing Management • Routes to Market (core for MA only) UK, overseas or global business
• Strategic Marketing • The Effective Marketing Manager environments, while the Marketing
Option modules – MSc students: Data Management Communications MA prepares
• Decision Support for Managers • Financial Analysis for you more for a career in the
Managers • Information and Project Management • Leading communications areas of marketing
the Knowledge-Based Organisation • Managing Technology Services in agencies or enterprises.
• Managing the Digital Enterprise • Marketing Dissertation Project The Marketing Management
MSc is particularly appropriate for
Related courses those with a BSc first degree with
International Business and Management MA • Management MA a scientific, financial or quantitative
• Marketing Communications MA • Marketing Strategy and basis, but who wish to develop
Communications MSc • MBA their skills for a role in marketing.
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) This course may also be applicable
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London for those who see their marketing
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who career with a company involved in
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who technical or financial products.
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. You should normally hold a
See p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk first degree from a recognised
institution (minimum Lower Second
Class Honours), or international
equivalent. Exceptionally,
non-graduates with significant
practitioner experience of marketing
and/or marketing communications
can also be considered. If English
each element.
113
Marketing Strategy and Communications MSc
MARKETING
The world of marketing is changing, and marketers need to be able Length of course
to demonstrate strength in the boardroom with strategic abilities and Two-year, part-time, weekends and
skills as well as first class expertise in marketing communications. To evenings (January start available)
address this need, this new and exciting course has been developed
using both the new qualifications of the Chartered Institute of Location
Marketing (CIM) and the University of Westminster’s own modules. Central London (Marylebone)
The degree represents a two-stage process. After successful Fees and funding
completion of the CIM’s modules you will receive the CIM Professional See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing. You may then progress onto the
Masters degree to achieve a Masters award from the University of Associated careers
Westminster – hence two separate but linked awards. We are one Many of our graduates go into
of the first universities in a specially selected network to deliver this higher level senior management
innovative course as an accredited study centre. positions in marketing, marketing
The course will be delivered through a combination of evenings, communications and media
weekends and summer school, making it possible for you to complete organisations around the world.
your studies in 24 months or less, depending on your prior knowledge Entry requirements
and experience. We will draw heavily on our internationally Candidates will have achieved
renowned full-time Marketing Communications programme, and the the CIM Professional Postgraduate
course team has a wealth of experience of working in the marketing Diploma in Marketing, either
sector, as well as being experienced tutors. through the new 2009 syllabus or
The course is designed to enable you to make the transition into the 2004 Diploma. Students who
strategic management, and work across more functions at a senior have achieved these awards will
management level. You will develop the skills and knowledge to be given 60 Accreditation of Prior
make a significant contribution to your organisation’s corporate and Certified Learning (APCL) credits
business strategy, present concisely at board level, contribute to board and transferred onto the Masters
decisions, and demonstrate a high level of leadership and influence. course. The decision for this
We have a student-centred approach to teaching and learning, and process lies with the course leader
the assessment strategy includes group and individual assignments, in conjunction with the WBS
examinations, work-based learning and personal development APCL co-ordinator.
planning (PDP). This ensures that you draw on your own work Some candidates may be able
experience and organisation to aid your personal development. to apply for APCL credits against
Course content CIM qualifications already in
Core modules – the first four modules constitute the CIM Chartered their possession and/or modules
Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing (Stage 1): Analysis and Decision passed on other Marketing Masters
• Emerging Themes • Managing Corporate Reputation • Marketing degrees. In all cases, the decision
Leadership and Planning rests with the admissions tutor or
course leader.
After successfully completing the remaining five modules you
Normally, students need to have
will achieve your Marketing Strategy and Communications MSc:
enrolled on the course before a
Advertising Management and Brand Delivery • Buyer Behaviour
claim for APCL can be assessed.
• Direct and Interactive Marketing • Integrated Marketing
A maximum of 50 per cent of
Communications Campaign Planning Project/Dissertation • Research
credits for a named award can
Methods and PDP (parts 1 and 2)
be obtained by APCL, (ie 90 out
You may either opt to take the IMC Campaign Project or a more of 180 required at Masters level).
traditional dissertation. The IMC Campaign Project is a one-to-one, It is assumed that candidates who
supervisor-supported module that gives you the opportunity to identify have completed a CIM Diploma
and work for ‘legal’ organisations of your choice. You will need will possess English language
to apply your course learning to a real-life situation by drafting a ability equivalent to an IELTS score
budgeted and time-scaled campaign plan for a chosen organisation. of at least 6.5. In some cases the
For a more marketing strategy based or marketing management University may ask the candidate to
approach you may choose a dissertation in the area of marketing obtain or demonstrate evidence of
strategy and communications. this level of proficiency in English,
Related courses prior to acceptance.
Chartered Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing • Marketing
Communications MA • Marketing Management MA/MSc
114
Chartered Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing (Stage 1)
MARKETING
In a rapidly changing environment, where the emphasis on Length of course
professional standards and competence is key to survival, this course Four-month, part-time
offers you the opportunity to update your knowledge and skills and (weekends and evenings)
enhance your career progression. The course, from the Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM) and delivered by the University of Location
Westminster, is aimed at marketing professionals who are middle/ Central London (Marylebone)
senior managers aspiring to attain roles at director level and beyond, Fees and funding
and who wish to improve their professional credibility as a marketer. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
You may currently be a marketing manager, business development
manager or work in strategic marketing or brand management, and Associated careers
are looking to make the transition into higher level management. It is anticipated that students will
The CIM’s Chartered Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing focuses on enter into senior management
strategic issues. On completing this course, you can progress on to our positions (probably at board
Marketing Strategy and Communications MSc. Delivery of the course level) in marketing, marketing
is designed to accommodate your availability through a combination communications and media
of weekends, evenings and summer school classes and tutorials. The organisations around the world.
course uses a combination of lectures, seminars, case studies, group Entry requirements
work, webinars and podcasts in order to promote a student-centred Normally you will be expected
learning experience. to have the CIM Professional
During the course, you will have access to a range of specialist Diploma in Marketing (either
guest speakers as well as the expertise of our academic staff. 2003 syllabus or 2009 syllabus)
You will develop a work-based project which will demonstrate your or the CIM Advanced Certificate
insight, knowledge and experience. By the end of the course, you in Marketing, or a first degree in
will be ready to make the transition into strategic management, and marketing, or a degree in business
make a significant contribution towards an organisation’s corporate with half of the credits gained in
and business strategy. You will be able to contribute to board marketing. You should also have a
decisions, work cross-functionally at a senior management level, range of relevant work experience
and demonstrate a high level of leadership and influence. gained through working in senior
Course content positions in the marketing and
Core modules: Analysis and Decision • Emerging Themes marketing services sector. For more
• Managing Corporate Reputation • Marketing Leadership information on this course, please
and Planning visit westminster.ac.uk/wbs
Related courses
Marketing Strategy and Communications MSc
115
“I couldn’t do what I’m
CREATIVE ARTS
doing now without my

Masters course.”
“I really enjoyed doing my degree in classical, piano and music

technology in Ireland, but I always wanted to go into the music business
side of things, so I came to London to do the Music Business Management
MA at Westminster. The course, and the connections it has with the music
industry, were what drew me to the University, and London is clearly the
place to be to get involved in the music industry – a lot of the teaching
staff have an industry background.
3 The course was very well-rounded, it prepared you for going into
the entertainment industry, not just into music. On a weekly basis I was
meeting the movers and shakers in the music industry, and being able to
network with them, which was really crucial – it led to my original job
here at Disney.
3 I had a lot of straightforward music knowledge from my undergraduate
studies, and my Masters gave me the business skills I needed to be in
project management, married with the creative element as well. So things
like financial accounting, law and looking at marketing in much greater
detail have been really beneficial, and I use them in my job every day.
I couldn’t do what I’m doing now without my Masters course.”
albert hogan, Ireland
music Business Management MA
116
RESEARCH IN CREATIVE ARTS
CREATIVE ARTS
The Centre for Research and Education in Arts and Media (CREAM) is Westminster’s internationally
reputed research group in the creative arts. In the latest Research Assessment Exercise CREAM was ranked
as London’s top art and design research department, with 100 per cent of our research internationally
recognised, and 75 per cent rated as excellent or world leading.
The Centre ranges across the disciplines of photography, film, digital media, ceramics, visual arts and
music. Our researchers are internationally recognised for their work in a variety of subjects areas, including
art criticism, ceramic history and installation, documentary and experimental film, music composition, new
media arts, photographic history, theory and practice, and sculptural and architectural installation. We
have won numerous awards from research councils, foundations, and industry.
There are currently around 35 researchers and 30 doctoral students based at the Centre. Among
them are editors of five leading arts and scholarly journals, including Art Monthly, and our researchers
have exhibited and curated work at a variety of national and international venues including Tate Modern,
Tate Britain and the V&A. CREAM has an international and multicultural profile and (together with our
colleagues in Westminster’s top-rated media research centre CAMRI) has established an Africa Media
Centre and an India Media Centre.
CREAM focuses on cross-disciplinary research that shapes debates about practice, and many of our
doctoral students are doing their PhD by practice. We are a pioneer of practice-based moving image
PhDs in the UK, and a founder member of the international AVPhD network. CREAM offers excellent
academic and pastoral support for its talented international cohort of students. Supported by the active
contribution of our lively community of artists and researchers, the doctoral programme in CREAM is at
the cutting edge of theory and practice based research. If you are interested in pursuing a PhD with
CREAM, contact Dr Tom Corby (E: corbyt@westminster.ac.uk).
For more information about Creative Arts courses, visit the School of Media, Arts and
Design website at westminster.ac.uk/mad
117
Art and Media Practice MA
ART AND DESIGN
This innovative project-based course focuses on new fusions of art Length of course
practice. It encourages you to develop your creative work across One-year, full-time; normally
a broad spectrum of art and media practices within the context of two-year, part-time, but up to
contemporary critical debates. five years
Responding to demand for practice-based opportunities, the course
has built on the diversity of our creative and critical expertise in Location
combinations of three key areas: Harrow
• time-based work, including film, video, animation, sound and Fees and funding
performance, interactive digital media, CD-ROM, websites and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
interactive installation
• art in the public domain (whether physical, virtual, or social), Associated careers
which explores sustainability and environment, fusions between Animator, camera person,
traditional and new technologies, and socially engaged and editor, freelance artist or media
situated practices practitioner, lecturer, researcher,
• working across two, three and four dimensions, in areas teacher, web or graphic
including painting, digital imaging, design photography, designer, or other work in
installation, ceramics, sculpture and moving image. the cultural industries.

Your project forms the centre of your studies, and you devise and You will need a good first degree
develop it supported by research-active supervisors from the School or equivalent, or a substantial body
of Media, Arts and Design, visiting speakers, technical facility of personal work. You are assessed
centres, seminars, presentations and tutorials. You will learn to on your portfolio of work (digital or
develop a professional-quality project that proceeds from research physical) and project proposal, and
and experimentation to public manifestation. Your individual skills interviewed in person or by phone.
will be enhanced by an excellent supporting programme of technical You should have an understanding
workshops. You will need to be highly self-motivated, and undertake of critical issues in art or media
individual research from the start. The core elements of the course are: debates and be able to contribute
to discussions and written work in
Project 1 (40 credits) and Project 2 (60 credits) – experimentation
English at an appropriate level (an
and development of a creative project, followed by its completion
IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent).
and siting in the public domain with all the support described above
as well as the following:
Research Methods (20 credits) – introduction to a wide range
of research processes suitable for practice-based projects, from
standard referencing and web search to action research and
visual experimentation.
Thinking Practices (20 credits) – a forum for ideas and debates that
inform art and media practices, using blogging, group discussions
and presentations. See blog, at thinkingpractices.wordpress.com
Critical Review (20 credits) – an opportunity to develop a self-reflective
perspective, from the analytical to the poetic, through the development
of critical writing focused on the personal project.
Option Module (20 credits) – chosen from a wide variety of courses in
the University, providing it is at MA level.
Related courses
Design for Communication MA • Photographic Studies MA
118
Design for Communication MA
ART AND DESIGN

This course reflects the multidisciplinary nature of contemporary Length of course
communication, bringing together key subject disciplines in visual One-year, full-time
communication including graphic design, animation, digital media
and illustration. Taught by practising designers, and with input from Location
industry professionals, the course aims to help you develop analytical Harrow
skills and generate conceptual thinking that will prepare you for Fees and funding
high-level professional practice. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
There is a broad scope of activities on the course, from traditional
graphic skills to future communication delivery methods. It is an Associated careers
ambitious programme for students who want to realise their creative Graduates from this course will
potential and self-reliance, working as freelance or small business be well placed to work across all
operators in the challenging and changing world of the creative sectors of the design and visual
communication industries. communications industries. You
will have the knowledge and
Course content background to consider setting up
This is an industry-focused course. It encompasses issues central to your own design company, or to
contemporary design practice such as design authorship and social work on a freelance basis within
engagement, through a process of analysis, experimentation, and the this lively and expanding sector,
practical testing and implementation of creative ideas. It also offers building on your expertise and
strong links to new media industries, working in collaboration with potential to be influential within
them and using their advice and expertise in the ongoing development the visual communication industry.
of the programme.
Entry requirements
Core modules: Business for Design • Critical Debates in Design
You should normally have a good
• Design Project A • Design Project B • Design Research Methods
first degree or a professional
• Major Project/Exhibition
qualification in an area of art,
Related courses design or visual media. Students
Art and Media Practice MA with other first degrees will be
considered, but will be required to
show evidence that they possess
some knowledge of, and a practice
in visual art or design. Home
applicants will be asked to attend
an interview with the course team.
Overseas students will be asked
to submit a portfolio either by post
or electronically. It is essential that
applicants have a good command
of spoken and written English
language (an IELTS score of 6.5
or equivalent).
119
Fashion Business Management MA
FASHION
The course aims to provide the strategic decision-making, leadership Length of Course
and problem-solving skills required for entrepreneurial and visionary One-year, full-time
retail leaders of the future. It is firmly in the University’s tradition of
fashion in its commitment to excellence in developing highly effective, Location
talented and committed professional fashion graduates. Harrow and central
Working closely with fashion industry professionals, fashion London (Cavendish)
organisations and industry role models and mentors, you will receive Fees and funding
a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
This will enable you to have a wider, clearer and more relevant
understanding of the business you are already involved in. The course Associated careers
offers inside knowledge of industry strategies and cultures on a The course is designed to attract
global basis, combined with a strong underpinning of key business applicants with a recognised
skills and essential fashion industry management knowledge. design, retail management
or distribution/manufacturing
Course content background. With guidance from
This course equips you for a business management career in the the academics and professionals
domestic or international fashion industry. Delivered by a teaching in this field, graduates may enter
team with a wide range of experience both in industry and academia, senior management positions and
the course offers an innovative and relevant fashion business move up the career ladder.
curriculum that focuses on preparing your entry into senior roles in
business and management within the industry. Entry requirements
Entry to the course is based on a
Core modules: Finance • Leadership • Managing Change
combination of formal qualifications
• Marketing • Strategy • Supply Chain Management and Sourcing
and significant industry experience.
The Major Business Project completes the course, providing you with You should have a First or Upper
the opportunity to present original research. Second in your first degree in any
subject, as well as a minimum of
two years’ working experience
in the fashion industry after
graduation, although three years’
experience is preferred.
120
Directing for Film and Television MA
FILM
This intensive course is devised, mentored and taught by experienced Length of Course
practising film and television directors, industry professionals and One-year, full-time or two-year,
academics. It is intended for innovative and talented emerging part-time, starting January
directors who are seeking to explore and develop an individual
approach and the necessary skills to direct film and TV. The course Location
enables you to study with other emerging and experienced directors, Harrow
within a supportive, critical and creatively challenging environment. Fees and funding
The course is all about directing. You learn by undertaking practical Associated careers
modules, through exercises and directorial challenges, shot on Mini You will develop a thorough
DV with professional actors, and you are mentored by experienced, knowledge of the concepts of
practising directors and other industry practitioners. These video directing and develop your own
workshops are deconstructed and reviewed through staff and fellow contacts within the industry. These
student feedback. Teaching and learning also takes place through elements lay the foundations
practical workshops, lectures, seminars, master classes and group or for future professional practice,
individual tutorials. equipping you to launch or continue
Each student directs a 10-12 minute Major Project short film over the your career as a director in film and
summer on a film or digital format determined by content and budget. TV. The research skills, the process
Students receive seed funding for their Major Project, but the budget is of developing, software skills, as
primarily from individual financing. well as the teamwork skills can all
The two theory modules are provided by academics with considerable be applied to other professional
teaching and research expertise from Westminster’s internationally roles within the industry.
acclaimed and long-established Film and Television: Theory, Culture Entry requirements
and Industry MA; the two theory modules are chosen from this course. Applications will be considered
Core modules: Developing Material • Major Project • Performance, from film graduates with one year’s
Mise En Scene and Storytelling • Theory Module 1 and 2 industry experience, or placement
study from UK, EU or overseas,
Related courses while recent film graduates without
Film and Television: Theory, Culture and Industry MA experience will be considered on
• Screenwriting and Producing for Film and Television MA merit. Film-related graduates who
can demonstrate innovation in
their approach to storytelling and
screen narrative, and candidates
from other backgrounds (such as
fine art) who have been working
with the moving image can
also apply. Candidates whose
professional experience may be
credited as equivalent to the above
qualifications through the University’s
APEL systems will be considered on
a case-by-case basis.
121
Film and Television: Theory, Culture and Industry MA
FILM
This is the longest-running postgraduate course in the country in Length of course

the study of film and television, and it retains its strong reputation One-year, full-time or two
within the film sector. In addition to theoretical, cultural and critical to five years, part-time
dimensions, the course offers an overview of the international film
industry – both historic and contemporary. It investigates production, Location
distribution, exhibition and marketing, from mainstream commercial Harrow and central London (Regent)
productions to alternative, experimental and independent film, video Fees and funding
and digital work. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Past and present students are employed in the film and TV sectors,
as small-scale producers and film and video makers, or working Associated careers
for larger organisations and TV companies as script consultants, Graduates have found employment
programmers, executives and film educators. Students have taken in small- and large-scale film and
the course to develop and expand their teaching careers, and several television companies, as producers,
have progressed to doctoral studies in the UK and abroad. researchers, distributors, exhibitors
and in organising film festivals,
Course content on film-related magazines and
The course is built on a series of taught modules, each requiring journals, in all levels of film and
written research essays or projects for assessment, and all students TV education, and as academic
embark upon a 10,000-word research thesis in an area of their researchers and doctoral students.
specialist interest to complete their studies. This is an option-based
course offering students the opportunity to choose from the range of Entry requirements
modules from three pathways – culture, industry and theory – though You should possess, or be
you are not required to follow any particular pathway in the choice of expecting, a good undergraduate
modules you make. degree or, exceptionally, previous
relevant experience. You will need
Full-time students fluent written and spoken English to
You will take six taught modules, three in Semester 1 and three in study at postgraduate level. If your
Semester 2, from some of the following: first language is not English, you
Culture – European Cinema since 1945 • Issues in British Film will need an IELTS score of 6.5
Culture • Television Drama • Television Comedy or equivalent.
Industry – Cinema: Distribution and Exhibition • Experimental Film,
Distribution and Exhibition • The Hollywood Studio System • The
World Film Business
Theory – Authorship, Genre and Realism • Documentary Film:
Issues and Progressions • Experimental Film Theory and Practice
• Structuralism and Psychoanalysis
All students have a free choice from among the modules on offer in
each semester. Not all of these modules are liable to be on offer in
any one year but you will have plenty of modules to choose from.
The Research Thesis Module (10-12,000 words) consists of some
preparatory sessions in Semesters 1 and 2, and is completed of it
during the summer period.
Part-time students
You have from two to five years to complete the degree. You must
complete six taught modules and can take one module at a time from
those on offer, or ‘double up’ and complete your studies more rapidly.
Some modules will be on offer in the evenings at Regent Campus, for
greater convenience to part-time students, while other modules will be
available during the day at the Harrow Campus. No taught module is
compulsory; the only core (compulsory) module for you to take is the
final Research Thesis module, which you research, write and complete
after you have completed the taught modules. You have two semesters
to complete the Research Thesis module.
Related courses
Directing in Film and Television MA • Screenwriting and Producing for
Film and Television MA
122
Screenwriting and Producing for Film and Television MA
FILM
This course builds on the University’s highly prestigious Film and TV Length of course
Production BA Honours that has produced generations of industry One-year, full-time or
professionals. The ethos of the course is to shorten the odds of getting two-year, part-time
your films made and distributed. All our staff are active film makers,
including Oscar winners, and our visiting lecturers are made up of Location
the best and most successful in the business, such as Tim Bevan, David Harrow
Parfitt, and Bruce Robinson. Fees and funding
This is a course designed for those with talent and commitment See westminster.ac.uk/fees
– those determined to make the most of their abilities – whether as Bursaries are available to
screenwriters, producers, script editors, directors or agents. successful EU applicants
Pitching, treatments, step outlines, short scripts, feature film scripts, Creative producers, screenwriters,
collaborative story development, production folders, slate building directors, script editors; the course
strategy: our course insists that you park your student identity at the is appropriate for anyone intending
door. Once you start, you’re a professional and enjoying opportunities to tell stories in the medium of film
that many independents would kill to get. We develop work in small and TV.
groups and pitch direct to UK and US production companies and
agents. We learn through practice and illustration (watching movies, Entry requirements
analysing scripts, rewriting ‘successful’ screenplays) and never indulge You should have a good first
in theory for its own sake. degree, a relevant professional
qualification, or substantial
Core modules: Art and Screenplay Writing • Contemporary
screenwriting, drama, creative
Production Practice • Major Project Research • Major Project
writing, script-editing or production
Development • Major Project Completion • Narrative Forms
experience. You will normally be
• Script Editing • Specialist Skills in Screenwriting
interviewed, submitting a portfolio
The course starts in January with a 13-week semester. Self-directed of relevant work. Collaborative
work follows during the summer, and then a further 13-week semester applications will be encouraged
dominated by aggressive rewriting. For the part-time course, there will where, for example, a prospective
be a progression from taught modules incorporating small assignments screenwriter and producer wish to
in the first year, towards the major projects (feature film scripting apply and work together on joint
and development) in the second. You will develop work in small projects. In this instance, jointly
collaborative groups, and pitch directly to production companies. produced material may also be
Partnerships between writers and producers on major projects are considered as part of the portfolio,
actively encouraged. although you will be individually
Related courses assessed at the interview.
Directing for Film and Television MA • Film and Television: Theory,
Culture and Industry MA
123
Audio Production MA
MUSIC
This well-established Masters is the world-leading course in audio Length of Course

production, highly regarded both nationally and internationally. One-year, full-time or
It is accredited by the leading industry bodies, including APRS, two-year, part-time
and is the JAMES National Regional Centre – London, an Apple-
accredited training centre and a Skillset Media Academy. Designed Location
to meet and exceed professional standards, Audio Production MA Harrow
students can reach the highest level in the creative use of audio, Fees and funding
exploring how creative ideas and new technologies can be See westminster.ac.uk/fees
combined, enhanced and redefined.
This innovative course develops your creative abilities in Associated careers
audio across music production, sound design, radio, TV, film Audio and audiovisual producer,
and multimedia, all supported by a robust understanding of the sound designer, composer, sound
technologies involved. The course allows you to explore and expand engineer, programmer, location
as a creative artist while achieving control and experience of recordist, Foley artist, audio
professional audio environment. As the major media education site and audiovisual post production
in Europe, the University’s Harrow Campus includes 13 professional specialist, ADR, radio production,
recording studios (three surround studios), a new teaching recording interactive design teams, education.
studio, Music Lab and an array of TV, post-production, radio, film and Entry requirements
multimedia facilities built and equipped to the highest standards. You will need to have a portfolio
Course content of audio and/or audiovisual
Applied Innovation and Interactive Design introduces you to production works, which
associated programming packages for multimedia applications, and demonstrates your ability to work
explores innovative sound design techniques for a range of interactive in audio at a high level. You
media platforms including web applications, computer games and should be able to discuss how
small apps. the course enables you to build
towards a new area of creative
Audio Visual Production and Cultural Theory (Semester One and
activity and employment. A good
Two) focuses on the creative applications of technology, theories
first degree is desirable, although
and professional production practices. It develops into a study brief
applicants with strong portfolio and
incorporating the construction of a radio drama, radio programme,
professional industry experience
film trailer assembly and surround mix, and a substantial piece of
will be considered.
sound-to-picture work, including location recording, music and audio
post for film and broadcast media.
Entrepreneurship and Finance for Creative Industries is a shared
module with students on the Music Business Management MA course.
It gives you the opportunity to develop team practice while acquiring
theoretical and practical knowledge of media economics, financial
management, and entrepreneurship in the creative industries.
Music Production and Cultural Theory (Semester One and Two)
develops your professional practice through in-depth understanding
of both practical and theoretical aspects of music recording and
production processes, including mixing, remixing and mastering in
stereo and surround.
Programming and Audio Design for Animation offers a detailed
approach to the digital manipulation of audio data, location recording
and Foley, creation of sound and synth libraries, and sound design for
animation, enabling you to produce work to industry standards.
The Masters stage:
This is your opportunity to negotiate a large-scale, self-determined,
original and inventive project, based upon several areas explored
in the taught stage of the course.
Related courses
Music Business Management MA
124
Music Business Management MA
MUSIC
This course is recognised as a world leader in music business Length of course
management education, preparing students to become the next One-year, full-time or
generation of music industry leaders and music entrepreneurs. two-year, part-time
All teaching staff on the course are currently working in the music
industry, and every week there are a number of high-level industry Location
guests. The course is intense and the students are expected to be Central London (Marylebone)
self-motivated and open minded. Fees and funding
Working with music industry leaders and organisations, the course Associated careers
has developed a unique curriculum that combines a strong Graduates have gone on to
underpinning of key business skills (finance, leadership, organisational work in a wide variety of creative
management, marketing and entrepreneurialism), with essential music industries, from mobile marketing
industry management knowledge (strategic innovation and technology, through to the Arts Council. Many
intellectual property and copyright, and international perspective, of our graduates are working in
with a focus on the live industry and digital content exploitation). the music industry, from Universal
Teaching is mainly through lectures and group work, and you will be Music Group to iTunes and Spotify.
assessed via a combination of course work, individual assignments, Our international students are
group projects, and mid-term tests. In each module there is a minimum working around the globe in music
of two assignments. The final project is a report of a minimum of companies, including EMI Holland
12,000 words. and PIAS European office, and
Core modules: Intellectual Property and Copyright Management MTV Brazil.
• Issues and Challenges in the Creative Industries • Leadership and Entry requirements
Organisational Management • Live music management • Music Applications are considered on
Business Finance • Music Business Management Project • Music the basis of either a combination
Marketing Management – The History of the Music Industry of formal qualifications and
experience, or significant industry
Related courses experience. Applicants should be
Audio Production MA • Fashion Business Management MA able to demonstrate experience
working in the music industry,
an aptitude for music business
management and an enthusiasm
for learning more about music
and related industries. Applicants
should have a minimum of
an Upper Second Class
undergraduate degree.
125
Photographic Studies MA
PHOTOGRAPHY
This highly successful photography course offers a dynamic Length of Course

environment for critical theory and practice of photography at One-year, full-time or
Masters level. You will develop a high level of expertise and two-year, part-time (optional
scholarship in writing, thinking and visual practice. The course three- to five-year routes)
explores relationships between visual practice and photographic
theory, and offers a flexible scheme for combining these components. Location
You will engage with thinking about photography as a general social Harrow
and historical phenomenon across art, popular culture and the mass Fees and funding
media, as well as the social, ethical and critical issues involved in See westminster.ac.uk/fees
photographic representation.
Associated careers
Course content Graduates from the course go on
Throughout the course you will work on projects designed to to a wide range of careers in the
develop and extend your practice and skills. Critical theory modules arts, media and photographic
contextualise the practice of photography and enable you to develop industries. Many work as artists
personal areas of research interest, extending and often transforming and photographers across various
your own visual practice. You complete your study with a major body types of industry and social
of visual work, a dissertation, or a theory/practice option. contexts, while others develop
Core modules: Aesthetics and Rhetoric • Contemporary Debates different career paths as picture
• Image and Language • Text and Body • Uncommon Practices editors, curators and developers
Option modules: Practice Research then the Major Project • Theory of innovative projects involving
Research then the Dissertation (the Theory/Practice module can be photography. Some also take up
taken instead of the Major Project or Dissertation) careers in teaching and develop
research work to doctoral level.
Related courses
Photojournalism MA Entry requirements
Successful applicants typically have
first-degree courses in photography,
fine art, art history, cultural and
media studies, or a variety of
related professional experiences.
A lower class of degree may
be accepted in exceptional
circumstances, provided applicants
can demonstrate their ability to
meet the demands of the course.
An interview is commonplace,
a portfolio of practical work is
essential, and evidence of written
research skills may be requested.
126
Photojournalism MA
PHOTOGRAPHY
This course provides a unique combination of professional practice Length of course
and critical understanding for photographers, journalists and related One-year, full-time or
professionals interested in working in the field of editorial and two-year, part-time
documentary photography. The course builds on the international
stature of the University’s Photographic and Journalism Departments. Location
It is designed to equip you with a sound command of the working Central London (Marylebone)
methods that will sustain your career in photography – whether as Fees and funding
a photographer, picture editor, curator or writer. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course is especially useful for photographers, media
professionals and graduates who wish to broaden their skills and Associated careers
knowledge in the field of editorial and documentary photography. The course gives you a number of
key skills that will make you highly
Course content employable in the media and
The emphasis of the course is on contemporary approaches to publishing industries, whatever area
editorial photography including picture editing, critical and journalistic you choose as your speciality, be
writing, the production and design of a magazine, and a major it photography, book or magazine
project for the editorial market. The primary course resources are publishing, picture researching,
those in the Margaret Harker Photographic Centre as well as excellent photo editing, design or writing.
onsite video facilities, which are equipped to the highest professional You will create work of very
standards for both analogue and digital production. high standard to enhance your
Core modules: History and Theory of Photographs on the Published professional portfolio.
Page • Photography for Publication • Photojournalism: The Picture
Entry requirements
Story • Magazine Editorial Production • Major Project or Dissertation
You should possess a good first
• Writing Photography
degree from a recognised
Related courses university or institution of higher
Journalism (International) – Print, Broadcast and Cultural MA education, or relevant working
• Photographic Studies MA experience to an equivalent level
that equips you for postgraduate
study. We welcome mature
applicants with a background in
the media or related areas. Those
whose first language is not English
should have an IELTS score of 7 or
equivalent plus sufficient academic
or professional background.
127
“My Masters has certainly
ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
opened up the global job

market to me, and given me
more options in terms of my
role and location.”
“ Before I came to the University of Westminster, I worked for a mobile

communications provider as a graduate telecoms engineer in Nigeria,
having completed my compulsory national service.
3 My main reason for studying the Mobile, Personal and Satellite
Communications MSc at Westminster was to advance my career in the
telecoms industry, which was expanding rapidly in Nigeria at the time.
But it was equally important to get a globally recognised qualification
that would give me more access to the job market around the world.
3 One of the most enjoyable things about my time at Westminster was
the chance to interact with and learn from so many individuals with such
diverse backgrounds. Despite our different backgrounds we had a lot in
common in terms of our interests, aspirations and challenges.
3 My Masters has certainly opened up the global job market to me,
and given me more options in terms of my role and location. I now
work in the technology division of an investment bank in London.”
Adeyemi Toluhi, Nigeria
Mobile, Personal and Satellite Communications MSc
128
RESEARCH IN ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

The School hosts a number of research groups funded by several schemes including European Commission
programmes, research council initiatives, and knowledge transfer projects with UK industry and overseas.
Ongoing joint activities with other British and European universities encompass research collaboration
and student and staff exchange. We run an extensive research study programme in electronic
engineering, computer systems and networks, healthcare modelling and simulation, and information
systems. For more information, contact Dr Andrzej Tarczynski (E: tarczya@westminster.ac.uk) or visit
westminster.ac.uk/schools/computing/research
APPLIED DSP AND VLSI RESEARCH GROUP
This group conducts research in ultra-low-power signal processing systems, design and implementation of
hardware processors, sigma-delta-based A/D-D/A converters, unsupervised signal processing algorithms
alleviating RF impairments in communication receivers, reconfigurable system design, image-processing for
biomedical applications, and global navigation satellite systems.
CENTRE FOR PARALLEL COMPUTING
The group conducts research in cluster and grid computing, distributed systems, and parallel processing.
Specialist topics include interoperability, performance, security, service management and user support of
grid computing, parallel and distributed simulation, and parallel traffic simulation.
COLLECTIVE INTELLIGENCE AND SEMANTIC SYSTEMS

ENGINEERING RESEARCH GROUP
Research focuses on engineering of flexible, scalable and large-scale semantic systems capable of
harnessing complexity. It relies on collective intelligence and the metaphor of digital ecosystems as the
key pillars for challenges faced by complex semantic systems such as the Semantic Web, Web 2.0/3.0,
cross-lingual querying, parsing and information retrieval, semantic multimedia, semantic software
and service systems.
COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUNETICS RESEARCH GROUP
Research is conducted in intelligent reconfigurable radio networks for software radio applications, seamless
personalised telecommunication services, smart homes and ambient intelligence, remote physiological and
lifestyle monitoring, mobile health, and healthcare compunetics.
COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE GROUP
Research is based on design, development and improvement of efficient ‘intelligent’ algorithms and tools,
including hybrid intelligent systems, for a variety of applications including: data mining; decision support
systems; exploratory data analysis in quality food analysis; industrial modelling and control; medical
signal/image processing; and robotics (control, vision and navigation).
COMPUTER VISION AND IMAGING RESEARCH GROUP
Research includes a number of European and nationally funded projects in automated computer
vision-based analysis, content-based search engines for image and video databases, interactive
television, visually mediated man-machine interfaces, automated surveillance (visual verification and
access authorisation), and gesture and face recognition.
DATA AND KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING RESEARCH GROUP
Research activities focus on the modelling of healthcare processes, knowledge-management systems for
hospital environments, quantitative healthcare and business analysis application of database technology
to management processes, and on the area of software life-cycle support security and risk assessment in
requirements capture for healthcare information systems design.
DISTRIBUTED AND INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS RESEARCH GROUP
Research addresses issues high on the agendas of EC, EPSRC and DTI, such as next-generation grid
systems, autonomous computing, performance modelling and analysis, high-performance computing,
mobile distributed systems, and message-passing environments. Current activities are part of the
CoreGrid, GridComp, and AutoGrid projects.
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGIES RESEARCH GROUP
Research activities in this area include computer-aided instruction systems, video conferencing, research
in the cognitive aspects of human learning, and the generation of computer-aided explanations of the
teaching subjects.
129
HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE MODELLING RESEARCH GROUP
Research is conducted in operational research and modelling in the healthcare context. Specialist topics
include modelling of A&E, neonatal and geriatric services, development of decision support tools for
monitoring clinical performance, estimating cost and length of stay in long-term care, and modelling bed
occupancy and length of stay.
SOFTWARE INTEROPERABILITY RESEARCH GROUP
This group conducts research in interoperability in pervasive software environments, integrated solutions
with ontologies, context awareness data/knowledge sharing in ubiquitous computing, medical informatics,
electronic healthcare records, and information systems in the NHS.
SOFTWARE SYSTEMS ENGINEERING RESEARCH GROUP
This group conducts research in development and application of sound engineering principles in the context
of software systems development and research. Specialist topics include distributed systems, software
components, database research, and web search.
SYSTEM ANALYSIS RESEARCH GROUP
This centre conducts research in signal processing, control engineering and system modelling. Specialist
topics include non-uniform-sampling-based digital signal processing, as well as optimisation methods and
artificial intelligence in signal and system analysis.
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS RESEARCH GROUP
Research is conducted in RF, microwave and millimetre wave circuit design for wireless broadband
communication systems, wireless collision avoidance systems, development of numerical tools and
computer-aided design techniques for modelling electromagnetic systems, and linearisation of multi-carrier
power amplifiers.
SHORT COURSES AND CPD

Our short courses are part of a Professional Development scheme running at Harrow and central London.
They are self-contained courses taking three hours per week in evening mode, or seven hours on selected
Saturdays. The courses are at both introductory and advanced levels.
We currently offer a wide range of courses covering a variety of disciplines, programming techniques
and software packages, as well as a number of accredited courses such as Cisco Certified Network
Associate, Microsoft Office Specialist, and the ECDL. We have provided courses for a number of clients
in both private and government organisations. Our courses are offered in a variety of delivery modes,
including one evening a week for ten weeks during term time, weekend courses, summer schools and
intensive block mode delivery. Standard university CATS credits are awarded for successful completion
of the assessment of some courses.
For more information and a full list of our courses, contact the Professional Development Unit
(T: +44 (0)20 7911 5945, E: ecs-cpd@westminster.ac.uk, or visit westminster.ac.uk/schools/computing/
short-courses). If your first language is not English, you will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent.
For more information about Electronics and Computer Science courses, visit the
School of Electronics and Computer Science website at westminster.ac.uk/computing
130
Business Information Systems MSc
BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

This innovative course responds to the latest developments in Length of course
business practice. It examines the broader issues of business One-year, full-time or
imperatives and technology responses that have changed the way two-year, part-time
information systems are perceived. It also addresses the key aspects
of contemporary business information systems, from requirements Location
analysis, system modelling and design to the development of modern Central London (Cavendish)
software solutions and databases that can be incorporated into fully Fees and funding
operational information systems. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
You will explore the latest technologies and industry standards,
with a particular emphasis on the web, internet applications, Associated careers
enterprise information systems, service-oriented and component- Graduates can expect to
based development, and similar areas. By examining issues such as find employment as business
security, privacy and ethics in information systems, you will enhance intelligence consultants, business
your understanding of societal use of information systems. The course systems analysts and designers,
provides an excellent vehicle for challenging postgraduate study, enterprise consultants and
which will develop your skills for employment and professional life. managers, ETL marketers, and
ETL/OLAP programmers and
Course content application developers.
The course contains three pathways/themes which, if followed, enable Recent graduates have found
you to specialise your studies in contemporary information systems, employment with a range of
enterprise-wide information systems, and application development. organisations including Accenture,
The project consolidates the taught subjects of the course, while giving the British Council, Centaur
you the opportunity to pursue in-depth study in your chosen area. Holdings PLC, Deutsche Bank,
Core modules: Architectures, Design and Deployment of IS Foreign and Commonwealth
• Business Information System Postgraduate Project Module Office, GlaxoSmithKline,
• IT Business Models • Methods for Research and Industry Home Office, IBM, Logica,
• Requirements and System Modelling Merrill Lynch, Nationwide,
Option modules: Business Systems Programming • Computing PricewaterhouseCoopers,
for Business and Management • Database Languages • Data Standard and Poor’s, University
Management and Repositories • Enterprise Utility Computing of Hertfordshire, Taylor Woodrow,
• Semantic and Collaborative Technologies • Social Systems and a number of local authorities.
• Systems Interoperability • Warehousing and OLAP Entry requirements
• Web-Enabled Database Applications You are expected to have a good
Teaching methods include lectures, student-led activity and smaller, Honours degree (at least a Lower
instructor-led groups. Your course work will range from presentations Second) from a UK university
and group investigations to software development or research review. (or overseas equivalent) in an
IT/computing discipline, or in
Related courses another discipline that either is
Business Intelligence and Analytics MSc • Database Systems MSc closely related to IT/computing
(eg economics and business
studies), or provides important
underpinning for/insight into it
(eg sciences or engineering). You
may also be considered according
to work experience and other
qualifications. If your first language
is not English, you will need an
IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent.
131
Business Intelligence and Analytics MSc
This course addresses the need to propel information-gathering and Length of course
data organisation, and exploit potential information and knowledge One-year, full-time or
hidden in routinely collected data to improve decision-making. The two-year, part-time
course is technology focused, and stretches the data mining theme
to the broader agenda of business intelligence. Location
You will focus on developing solutions to real-world problems Central London (Cavendish)
associated with the changing nature of IT infrastructure and Fees and funding
increasing volumes of data, through the use of applications and case See westminster.ac.uk/fees
studies, while gaining a deep appreciation of the underlying models
and techniques. You will also gain a greater understanding of the Associated careers
impact technological advances have on nature and practices adopted Graduates can expected to find
within the business intelligence/analytics practices, and know how to employment as consultants, decision
adapt to these changes. modelling or advanced data
analysts, and members of technical
Course content and analytics teams supporting
Embedded into the course are two key themes. The first will help management decision making
you to develop your skills in the use and application of various in diverse organisations. Typical
technologies, architectures, techniques, tools and methods. These employers include local authorities,
include warehousing and data mining, distributed data management, PLCs (such as GlaxoSmithKline,
and the technologies, architectures, and appropriate middleware Prudential, Santander and Unilever),
and infrastructures supporting application layers. The second theme public sector organisations (such as
will enhance your knowledge of algorithms and the quantitative the NHS and primary care trusts),
techniques suitable for data analysis and mining in a broad range retail head offices, the BBC, the
of application areas. The project consolidates the taught subjects Civil Service, and the host of banks,
covered, while giving you the opportunity to pursue in-depth study brokers and regulators that make up
in your chosen area. the City, along with all the specialist
Core modules: Data Mining • Postgraduate Project Module support consultancies in IT and
• Research Methods and Professional Practice • Statistics and market research and forecasting,
Operational Research all of whom use data for the full
Option modules: Business Optimisation • Computing for Business range of decision making.
and Management • Database Languages • Data Management Entry requirements
and Repositories • Data Warehousing and OLAP • Project You are expected to already
Management • Risk Modelling and Simulation for Business and have quantitative skills, with an
Industry • Web Mining interest in developing these further
Teaching approaches include lectures, tutorials, seminars and to support postgraduate activity
practical sessions. You will also learn through extensive course work, in analysing, evaluating and
class presentations, group research work, and the use of a range of reporting on a range of real-world
industry standard software such as SAS, SPSS, iThink, Simul8, MS data-intensive problems. You will
SQL Server 2005 Analysis Services and Oracle Data Mining Suite. have a suitable Honours degree
Taught modules may be assessed entirely through course work, from a UK university (or equivalent
or may include a two-hour exam at the end of the year. qualification) in a scientific or
engineering discipline with some
Related courses exposure to the use of IT, or in an
Business Information Systems MSc • Database Systems MSc area of computer science or IT
with a strong interest in quantitative
analysis. If you do not have a
formal qualification, but you are
already in employment, you may
be considered if your role
involves the data mining and
decision support techniques and
technologies deployed in the
course. If your first language is not
English, you will need an IELTS
score of 6.5 or equivalent.
132
Database Systems MSc

This course, which is accredited by the British Computer Society, Length of course
has been designed to enhance your professional abilities, and One-year, full-time or
deepen your knowledge and understanding of emerging, two-year, part-time
state-of-the-art database technologies. It will equip you with
the range of highly marketable, hands-on skills required in Location
data modelling, and in designing, managing, monitoring and Central London (Cavendish)
administering corporate database systems divisions, information Fees and funding
centres and web-enabled database applications. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course combines academic study with Oracle certification
training, and you will be encouraged to take the associated Oracle Associated careers
exams and become an Oracle Certified Associate. It is suitable for Graduates can expect to find
recent graduates who wish to study for a higher qualification employment as business systems
and/or gain relevant technical and professional skills in database analysts and designers, data
systems. It’s also a strong course for practitioners who want to analysts, database administrators,
enhance their professional abilities, develop their careers, and database application developers,
update their technical skills, knowledge and understanding of database systems consultants,
state-of-the-art and emerging technologies. information resources managers,
systems designers and systems
Course content integrators. Recent graduates have
The course addresses new technologies, and advanced theories joined a variety of organisations,
and techniques, along with their application, implementation and including Bank of America, the
integration with legacy systems. You will analyse new demands Metropolitan Police, Network Rail,
and the application of new technologies in the management of data and a number of local authorities.
and information resources, and examine emerging technologies
shaping the way data is now processed, accessed, retrieved, Entry requirements
structured and modelled. You are expected to have a good
Honours degree (at least a Lower
The course offers three specialist pathways or themes which, if
Second) from a UK university
followed, can lead you to different areas of the database systems
(or overseas equivalent) in an
environment. One pathway leads to roles related to database
IT/computing discipline, or in
administration and the ability to deliver and administer web-enabled
another discipline that either
database solutions. A second pathway leads to roles related to
provides important underpinning
database application development, and the ability to deliver
for /insight into IT/computing, or it
web-enabled information systems solutions. The third pathway
is closely related to it (eg sciences
focuses on the role of data architect, and the skills and knowledge
or engineering). You may also be
needed to organise and design data and manage projects in a
considered according to work
way that harnesses potential emerging technologies.
experience and other qualifications.
Core modules: Business Information System Postgraduate Project If your first language is not English,
Module • Business Systems Programming • Database Languages you will need an IELTS score of
• Data Management and Repositories • Methods for Research 6.5 or equivalent.
and Industry
Option modules: Database Admin and Management • Data
Warehousing and OLAP • Enterprise Utility Computing • IT Business
Models • Project Management • Semantic and Collaborative
Technologies • Systems Interoperability • Web-Enabled Database
Applications • Web Mining
Teaching methods include lectures, student-led activity and smaller,
instructor-led groups, and you are encouraged to gain greater
understanding of topics through practical activity, and simulating live
developments. Assessment usually involves a combination of exam
and course work, leading to a product such as a presentation, group
investigation, technical solution, a piece of software or a research
review. The Oracle training materials that we use will prepare you to
take the associated Oracle Certification exams.
Related courses
Business Information Systems MSc • Business Intelligence and
Analytics MSc
133
Information Technology Security MSc
In contemporary society, the importance of gathering, organising Length of Course

and manipulating data is well known. Virtually every business One-year, full-time, or two-year,
activity, public and private, requires the storage of large quantities part-time, block mode
of information in a format that is readily available and easily
updated. Securing the integrity, privacy and confidentiality of this Location
knowledge is essential. Central London (Cavendish)
This innovative and flexible course gives you the skills to assess Fees and funding
faults and risks in an IT environment, develop a sound ethical IT See westminster.ac.uk/fees
security policy and security management structure, and manage
and control computer networks with due regard for IT security. Associated careers
As well as building IT security into new software and hardware Some of the senior staff supporting
system implementations, you will be able to ensure user compliance this course offer permanent posts to
with agreed security policy, and prevent and – if necessary graduates. For others, an e-group
– manage crises. has been set up for all past and
The course is taught in block mode of one week’s intensive teaching present students. This enables the
in dedicated postgraduate rooms, followed by a period of about one two groups to talk to each other,
month when assignments are completed. It’s a course structure that is and puts employers in touch with
very popular with both employees and employers. students when a position needs
filling. It is a feature that is much
Course content appreciated by those seeking either
Core modules: Postgraduate Project Module • Research Methods new employment or advancement
and Professional Practice • Security Awareness • Threats and in the IT security field.
Counter-Measures
Entry requirements
Option modules, choose from: Biometrics Security Systems
You will have a suitable Honours
• Computer Forensics Fundamentals • Computer Forensics Tools
degree from a UK university (or
• Evidence and Procedure • Risk Analysis
equivalent qualification); this does
Alongside the state-of-the-art Learning Resource Centre, you will also not necessarily need to be in a
benefit from 20 computer laboratories equipped with more than computing discipline, or have a
600 workstations, five dedicated network development and testing substantial computing component,
rooms, an advanced multimedia laboratory, and video conferencing but you must be computer-oriented.
backbone line to the national Super-Janet network. Those employed in an industrial or
Related courses academic context with an interest in
Computer Forensics MSc • Computer Networks MSc IT security will also be considered.
• Computer Science MSc • Mobile, Wireless and Broadband If your first language is not English,
Communications MSc you will need an IELTS score of 6.5
or equivalent.
134
Computer Forensics MSc
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Computer crime is increasingly widespread and sophisticated, and Length of course
there is a growing need for computing professionals qualified to deal One-year, full-time or
with it. This course combines technical computer forensic skills with two-year, part-time
the requirements of an expert witness. You will gain experience of a
range of current and certified forensic tools, as well as investigating Location
relevant professional, legal and ethical issues. Central London (Cavendish)
You will benefit from a broad and varied array of state-of-the-art Fees and funding
technologies, including: See westminster.ac.uk/fees
• EnCase, FTK and open source forensic tools and a dedicated
forensics computer laboratory Associated careers
• Sunray servers connected to a 1GB fibre optic network with The course is intended for those
links to both the Super-Janet 4 network and the London involved with, or wishing to be
Metropolitan Network, connecting the Greater London involved with, corporate computer
education and research community forensics or law enforcement
• a Uni-Backbone network that supports IP Multicasts to deliver computer forensics. Successful
a constant stream of interactive, multimedia-rich content graduates will be able to
• over 20 laboratories providing access to Unix, Novell and NT safeguard the chain of digital
servers, all supported by high-bandwidth networks evidence of potentially illegal or
• specialist technicians to ensure you can get the most out of improper activity, from detection,
these technologies. safe collection and preservation,
through to analysis and presentation
Course content in a court of law. Employment
You will examine a variety of tools available on the open market, opportunities range from supporting
and the use of forensic tools to retrieve data from electronic sources. the police and associated law
You will also consider the analysis of professional and ethical issues enforcement agencies to computer
relating to computer forensics, and the development of professional security and computer audit roles in
competencies, such as report writing and presenting evidence in court. commercial companies.
Core modules: Advanced Computer Forensics • Computer Forensics
Entry requirements
Project • Computer Forensic Technology • Computer Forensic Tools
You are normally expected to
• Computer Systems Security • Data Recovery and Analysis
have a good Honours degree
• Evidence and Procedure (CSI and Expert Witness Requirements)
(at least Upper Second Class) in
• Fundamentals of Computer Systems Forensics • Research Methods
a computing-related discipline
• The Computer Forensics Profession
from a UK university or overseas
Teaching methods include lab-based sessions, student-led tutorials and equivalent. If your first degree
lectures by internal staff and guest speakers from industry. Our courses does not have a strong computing
are offered by friendly, highly experienced staff, and benefit from the content, you will need to
diverse specialist knowledge and skills within the departments of the demonstrate that you have sufficient
School. Assessments will be carried out mostly through practical or knowledge or industry experience
research-based course work and in-class tests. of computing. Your work experience
Related courses and other qualifications may also
Information Technology Security MSc • Software Engineering MSc be taken in to account.
You must submit a statement of
purpose with your application in
which you should present your key
interests and career aspirations,
how you believe the course can
help you to achieve these, and
what relevant personal qualities
and experience you will bring
to the course. You may be invited
by the admissions tutor to an
informal interview.
If your first language is not
135
Computer Science MSc
This redesigned course focuses on the specific emerging domains Length of course
within computer science and software engineering where there is One-year full time, two to
increasing industry demand and a skills shortage. It will enable you five years part-time
to develop the skills and knowledge you need to build your career
in these new and important areas of computer science, significantly Location
enhancing your employment opportunities while also providing a Central London (Cavendish)
solid core of good software engineering practice that will enhance Fees and funding
and reinforce your existing skills. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Among the areas you will cover is the development of sophisticated
touch surface devices such as the iPad and the iPhone, which requires Associated careers
skills in native programming techniques, graphics and animation, Graduates will typically be part of
and mobile application development. The course includes modules a team working on sophisticated
that provide the knowledge and practical techniques to develop n-tier applications, as a designer,
applications for these new devices covering the rich, user-centric, programmer, systems administrator
multiple-touch client software and the web-based service that this or systems analyst (among others).
software consumes. Graduates will also find positions
The course also covers the increasing important area of resource within new and established
virtualisation, services and systems administration. Businesses are businesses that specialise in
now regularly using virtualised systems and techniques to lower costs mobile applications. Other roles
and complexity and increase availability in computing environments. are possible in computer science
This course has a pathway of modules that will impart the principles research for either a commercial
and practice and provides a solid foundation for students wishing to enterprise or academic institution.
gain entry into this specialism. Further PhD study opportunities
within the University of Westminster
Course content are also an option.
The core modules are Research Methods, Software Engineering
Context, and the Computer Science Project. In addition you will pursue Entry requirements
a pathway of your choice, selected with the guidance and advice of You will normal have a good
our academic staff. You can chose up to five of the following pathways honours degree in a subject
modules: 3D Animation • 3D Graphics • Enterprise Application related to computer science from
Development • iPhone Application Development • Mobile Application a UK university, or equivalent
Development • Pervasive Computing and Interactive Systems qualification. Suitable subjects
• Resource Virtualisation • Service-Oriented Architectures and Web might include computing, computer
Services • Systems Administration science or software engineering,
joint degrees including one of these
Related courses subjects, or possibly other science
Software Engineering MSc or maths-based subjects that include
significant amounts of computer
science material.
English, and you have not had your
secondary or tertiary education
in English, you will need an IELTS
score of at least 6.5 (or equivalent).
It’s important that you will be
able to complete the course and
benefit from it, so other factors
such as continuous professional
development, training and your
current role may also be taken
into account.
136
Software Engineering MSc

The continuing shortage of qualified software engineers means that Length of course
graduates have been very successful in gaining software-related One-year, full-time or two to
jobs by integrating their existing and newly acquired skills. If you five years, part-time
do not have a formal computing background, this course will give
you greater skills and understanding of the development of software Location
applications, from initial requirements through to implementation, Central London (Cavendish)
with an emphasis on programming. Alternatively, if you do have a Fees and funding
significant background in software engineering, the course will enable See westminster.ac.uk/fees
you to build on your existing knowledge.
You will benefit from a broad and varied array of state-of-the-art Associated careers
technologies, including: Graduates are employed in a wide
• Sunray servers connected to a 1GB fibre optic network with variety of roles related to software
links to both the Super-Janet 4 network and the London development, including internet
Metropolitan Network, connecting the Greater London programmer, programmer, software
education and research community designer, systems administrator and
• a Uni-Backbone network that supports IP Multicasts to deliver web application programmer. The
a constant stream of interactive, multimedia-rich content common theme of these roles is
• over 20 laboratories providing access to Unix, Novell and NT the need to understand and apply
servers, all supported by high-bandwidth networks techniques related to the stages
• specialist technicians to ensure you can get the most out of of the software life-cycle process.
these technologies. Graduates also go on to undertake
a research degree related to the
Course content object-oriented paradigm.
The main theme of the course is software development using
object-oriented design methods such as Unified Modelling Entry requirements
Language (UML), and object-oriented programming languages such You will normally have a good first
as C++ and Java. The course is aimed at programmers rather than degree (at least a Lower Second).
managers, and is constantly updated to reflect the current trends in This may contain a significant
software engineering. amount of computing or software
engineering, and you may wish to
Core modules: Algorithms • Object-Oriented Programming
reinforce and build on your existing
• Research Methods • Software Design • Software Engineering
knowledge. Alternatively, this may
Context • Software Project
be in a subject not containing a
Option modules, two from the following: Database Systems significant amount of computing
• Enterprise Development • iPhone Application Development or software engineering, in which
• Mobile Application Development • Systems Administration case you will be expected to
There are a variety of teaching methods used on the course, with a demonstrate prior interest in,
particular emphasis on the practical nature of the subject. Formal or aptitude for, programming
lectures are used to convey basic facts and information, while tutorials and working with computers.
in smaller student groups usually adopt a problem-solving approach. Under exceptional circumstances,
Lab sessions are practical, and there are also student presentations if you do not have a degree,
or student-led seminars. Significant use will be made of web-based you may be considered if you
teaching materials. A variety of assessment methods are used to have extensive professional
supplement formal exams, and course work assessments form an experience of programming
important part of the learning process. and software engineering.
Related courses English, you will need an IELTS
Computer Science MSc score of 6.5 or equivalent.
If you satisfy the basic academic
entry requirements you are invited
to one of the University’s Open
Evenings, where you can meet
the course leader and discuss any
issues regarding the course.
137
Computer Networks MSc
ELECTRONIC, NETWORK AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING
The unprecedented growth in commercial and information Length of course

management uses of the internet and world wide web is only the One-year, full-time or two to three
visible tip of the vast scientific, computing, technical and engineering years, part-time, block mode
developments that are occurring in the field. As a result of this
growth, new computer science and engineering disciplines must Location
emerge. The programming techniques and technological requirements Central London (Cavendish)
of this rapidly developing field are new territory, not only for those Fees and funding
who have worked in this sector for some time, but also to many See westminster.ac.uk/fees
recent computer science graduates.
There is now a long-term and growing market for professionals Associated careers
possessing a clear overview of current information and The course emphasises the
communication networks capabilities, standards and trends along underlying concepts and operating
with a firm grasp of specifics in areas ranging from data network principles of networked systems
protocols to network security issues. Whatever developments and their programming, giving
occur there will always be a need for the designer and engineer you access to a wide range of
who has knowledge and experience of both the engineering and careers centred on computer
implementation of a distributed or network system, and the ability networks. Some former graduates
to work at the higher levels of abstraction and programming of are self-employed, while others
networked and distributed computing. As a graduate of this course, belong to large organisations in the
you will have the knowledge and skills to meet those needs. public and the private sectors.

Core modules: Communication and Computer Networks You should have qualifications
• Network Configuration and Operation • Network equivalent to a good Honours
Programming • Individual Project degree from a UK university in
computer engineering, computer
Option modules: Broadband Wireless Networks • Cellular
science with a knowledge
Wireless Networks • Communication Principles • Distributed
of computer hardware, or in
Systems • Network Modelling and Simulation • Network Security
electronic engineering with some
You will be able to use up-to-date learning resources including programming experience. Relevant
a well-stocked library with traditional and electronic media, work experience will be taken into
general-purpose network computing facilities, and dedicated account. If your first language is
laboratories which provide for activities ranging from program not English, you will need an IELTS
development to operating system configuration and communication score of 6.5 or equivalent.
system experimentation.
Related courses
Embedded Systems MSc • Microelectronic System Design MSc
• Mobile, Wireless and Broadband Communications MSc
138
Embedded Systems MSc

The demand for embedded system engineers in all areas of Length of course
engineering is flourishing, as embedded systems find yet more One-year, full-time or two to three
applications in everyday life. All electronic and software products years, part-time, block mode
are now embedded systems, with everyday examples including
digital cameras, media players, ATM machines and robotic Location
surveillance tools. These applications require a high level of skill Central London (Cavendish)
in hardware and software engineering and an understanding of Fees and funding
the practical realities of real systems. They also require knowledge See westminster.ac.uk/fees
in specialist subjects including Digital Signal Processing (DSP),
communications, mechatronics and requirements engineering. Associated careers
This course will equip you with the key skills required to work Graduates will typically find
with embedded systems, including real-time operating systems and employment in the broadcasting,
microcontrollers. It will also develop your knowledge and practical multimedia, internet, science,
experience of media processors, and give you the opportunity to instrumentation, robotics,
study specialised option modules. surveillance, medical and
Many companies need engineers with good software and communications industries.
hardware skills, and demand continues to increase as electronics, Entry requirements
communications, and media (including television, radio and still You should have qualifications
image) systems have converged. Despite this growing demand, equivalent to a good Honours
there is a shortage of good embedded system engineers, as most degree from a UK university in
UK undergraduate courses currently do not produce such people. computer engineering, computer
Course content science with a knowledge
Core modules: Embedded System Design • Individual Project of computer hardware, or in
• Integrated Digital System Design • Real-Time Environments electronic engineering with some
programming experience. Relevant
Option modules, choose three from: DSP and Communication
work experience will be taken into
Processor Design • DSP Design and Applications • Embedded
account. If your first language is
Media Processing • Multirate Signal Processing • SoC and FPGA
Design Project • Video and Image Processing
We are comprehensively equipped with a wide range of computer-
aided design (CAD) facilities and hardware development laboratories.
These include a network of powerful workstations for designing and
simulating electronic systems and integrated circuits, and unique
software for the design and analysis of DSP systems.
We also have a network laboratory for the design and evaluation
of computer network architectures, an FPGA (Field Programmable
Gate Array) laboratory for the latest chip creation technology, and
an Embedded Systems laboratory for the development of systems
using microcontrollers, digital signal processors and general-purpose
microprocessors. These facilities are for the exclusive use of students
and staff, providing resources that are among the best in the country.
You will develop your key transferable skills through a variety of
teaching methods, including presentations, technical discussions,
project work and formal reports, as well as group and one-to-one
tutorials and lectures. Engineering problem-solving skills are enhanced
through the use of software for all aspects of design, documentation
and testing of hardware.
Related courses
Computer Networks MSc • Microelectronic System Design MSc
139
Microelectronic System Design MSc
The breathtaking advances in the field of microelectronics over the Length of course
past 20 years has made the implementations and realisations of One-year, full-time or two to three
real-time fast and power-efficient computer systems, digital signal years, part-time, block mode
processing (DSP) systems, communication systems, biomedical systems
and systems for consumer goods a reality. Circuit complexities of Location
millions of transistors are now common, and advances in silicon Central London (Cavendish)
processing and geometry reduction are set to continue for many Fees and funding
years to come. To be able to take advantage of these advances in See westminster.ac.uk/fees
microelectronic technology, there will always be a need for suitably
qualified engineers with experience and know-how of the latest Associated careers
technological developments, and the tools to support them. This course will enable you to
This course aims to give you the skills and knowledge to make become a valuable engineer
a worthy contribution in the VLSI and microelectronic industry, in the fast-moving broadband
where the outlook remains optimistic despite the problems in the communications and IT industry.
world economy. The delivery of the technical content benefits The main emphasis is to merge
from the experience of our teaching teams, who are involved broadband communication and
in cutting-edge industrial research and development work. The information networks. You will
course provides a breadth of view, and experience of implementation therefore benefit from the wide
details via suitably selected real-life problem-solving, project and choice of career opportunities
simulation work. that are currently growing in these
market sectors.
Course content
Core modules: Individual Project • Integrated Digital System Design Entry requirements
• Microelectronic Circuit Design • SoC and FPGA Design Project You should have qualifications
equivalent to a good Honours
Option modules, choose three from: DSP and Communication
degree from a UK university in
Processor Design • DSP Design and Applications • Embedded Media
electronic engineering or a good
Processing • Embedded System Design • Multirate Signal Processing
Honours degree in computer
• Real-Time Environments • Video and Image Processing
science, mathematics or other
We are comprehensively equipped with a wide range of computer- technological subject with a
aided design (CAD) facilities and hardware development laboratories. knowledge of mathematics and
These include a network of powerful workstations for designing and digital systems. Relevant work
simulating electronic systems and integrated circuits, and unique experience will be taken into
software for the design and analysis of DSP systems. account. If your first language
We also have a network laboratory for the design and evaluation is not English, you will need an
of computer network architectures, an FPGA (Field Programmable IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent.
Related courses
Computer Networks MSc • Embedded Systems MSc
140
Mobile, Wireless and Broadband Communications MSc

The demand for engineers in both wide-area and local-area Length of course
communication networks is currently flourishing, and is expected One-year, full-time or two to three
to continue growing as multimedia data transmissions find more years, part-time, block mode
applications in everyday life. The latest communications standards
have been hugely influential in accelerating dissemination of Location
mobile telephony, internet-on-the-move, video and audio streaming Central London (Cavendish)
and mobile computing. They have achieved truly compatible Fees and funding
international communications for everyone, and society is displaying See westminster.ac.uk/fees
a voracious appetite for communications on a scale that surpasses
even the most optimistic projections of a few short years ago. Associated careers
The expansion of communications companies is prodigious. While The course is suitable for
most of the headlines focus on large corporate entities, there is a engineering and science graduates
strong upsurge of small and medium enterprises devoted to niche interested in specialising in this
products and services fuelling the communications machine. This flourishing area. It has been
has led to a colossal demand for engineers skilled in these emerging particularly tailored to suit engineers
communications technologies, and has shaped this MSc. There is now from industry who are either already
a long-term and growing market for graduates possessing a clear working in the field, or are likely to
overview of current communications capabilities in both cellular and be involved in related projects in
broadband wireless networks. This course sets out to give you just the future.
such a breadth of view, and press home experience of implementation Entry requirements
details via problem-solving, project and simulation work. You should have qualifications
Course content equivalent to a good Honours
The core modules build on the fundamental methods in digital degree from a UK university in
communications, to cover the latest technologies in cellular networks, electronic engineering or a good
high-speed wired networks and broadband local-area networks. Honours degree in computer
Option modules enable you to study further communication and science, mathematics or other
networking topics, or the enabling technologies of embedded technological subject with a
computer systems, microelectronic design and digital signal knowledge of mathematics and
processing. Projects will be carefully chosen to integrate your signal processing. Relevant work
interest either with the active research thrust within electronics, experience will be taken into
or with relevant activity in your own workplace. account. If your first language is
Core modules: Broadband Wireless Networks • Cellular
Wireless Networks • Communication and Computer Networks
• Communication Principles • Communication Systems
• Individual Project
Option modules, choose three from: DSP Design and Applications
• Embedded System Design • Multirate Signal Processing
• Network Modelling and Simulation • Network Security
• Real-Time Environments • Wireless System Design
We are comprehensively equipped with a wide range of computer-
aided design (CAD) facilities and hardware development laboratories.
These include a network of powerful workstations for designing and
simulating electronic systems and integrated circuits, and unique
software for the design and analysis of DSP systems.
We also have a network laboratory for the design and evaluation
of computer network architectures, an FPGA (Field Programmable
141
Multimedia MSc
HUMAN INTERACTION AND MULTIMEDIA
This course has been designed to produce ‘hands on’ professionals Length of course
with a broad range of career possibilities in the multimedia industry, One-year, full-time or two to three
either working as multimedia designers/producers, or as part of a years, part-time, block mode
development team. This sector is expanding rapidly in all areas,
and a report by Forrester Research in 2008 predicted that the Web Location
2.0 Social Media market will be generating revenues of $4.4 billion Central London (Cavendish)
by 2013. Other reports estimate that companies will spend $120 Fees and funding
billion in 2010 on online and digital strategies (search engines to See westminster.ac.uk/fees
videos) in the USA alone.
The course has been designed to address the needs of these Associated careers
emerging areas, and ensure graduates can adapt to the changing Graduates may find employment
needs of the sector. Many companies also visit the University during in multimedia production houses,
the year to give presentations, including Apple and Adobe, and corporate environments (marketing,
in some cases businesses look to recruit students directly from communications, IT and training),
the MSc course. educational institutions, the
media and film industry, and in
Course content entertainment. Possible roles include
The course emphasises the key multimedia principles, theories and multimedia authoring specialist,
concepts, as well as exposing you to the industry standard languages project/production manager,
and tools including Flash, HTML, AJAX, After Effects and Xcode. You website developer, and usability
will examine a number of areas, including human computer interaction designer. We have excellent
and the user experience, project management, web development, links with the multimedia industry
scripting for interactivity, and analytics. The course will enable you to (particularly in education), and
develop the knowledge and skills required in a number of careers as previous graduates have been
well as preparation to continue to a PhD. employed by companies such as
Core modules: Multimedia Management • Multimedia Scripting for 2Simple, 20:20 Media, Moving
Interactivity • Project • Research Methods and Professional Practice Picture Company, Oxford University
• User-Centred Interface Design Press, and Tiscali. Successful
Option Modules: 3D Animation • 3D Graphics • Digital Editing and graduates may also apply for a
Motion Graphics • iPhone Application Development • Pervasive research degree in a relative area.
Computing and Interactive Platforms • Web Development • Web Entry requirements
Marketing and Analytics The course is open to computer
literate graduates with a good first
degree (minimum Second Class
Honours) or equivalent in a related
discipline such as graphic design,
computer science, digital imaging
or journalism. Alternatively you may
have in-depth work experience
in a related field or already be
employed in the sector and are
undertaking the program to further
enhance your career plans. The
relevance of the applicant’s first
degree or industrial experience
and suitability for the course will
be usually determined by interview
and, where relevant, portfolio.
International applicants will be
required to meet the standard
University of Westminster’s
postgraduate entry requirements for
English of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
142
“My postgraduate study has
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY

propelled me so far ahead
of my colleagues, it is one of
the main reasons that I am
achieving so much.”
“ I was working as a journalist for a local supplement of the Times of India,

and as assistant editor on a leading children’s magazine, when I applied
to study as a postgraduate at the University of Westminster.
3 The first thing which attracted me was the range of subjects offered
under the International Relations and Contemporary Political Theory MA.
The planning and structure of the course was also appealing and, as an
overseas student, I wanted a University which offered me proper choice
and variety. Westminster certainly offered that.
3 As a student at Westminster I had complete freedom in terms of choice
and creativity, and I loved the balance between work and fun, as I learnt
a lot from both.
3 I’m now a Research Analyst in the Strategic Foresight Group think tank
in Mumbai, and I focus particularly on South Asian geopolitics. I’m also
the Director of a leading Media School in Mumbai – the youngest
Director in India. Without the Masters on my CV, neither of these jobs
would have been possible. My postgraduate study has propelled me so
far ahead of my colleagues when it comes to my career, and is one of
the main reasons that I am achieving so much at the age of 25.”
Joyanto Mukherjee, India
International Relations and Contemporary
Political Theory MA
143
RESEARCH IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY
POLITICS AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The Department has a well-established international reputation for innovative and cutting-edge research.
Current research focuses on international relations, international security and state building, United States
politics, citizenship and human rights, European Union politics, democracy in the Muslim world, and
governance and sustainability.
Our students study with research-active academic staff and a wide range of international visiting
scholars. Our researchers also collaborate with leading university departments around the world.
The Department offers a vibrant PhD programme within a research-focused academic environment,
research training workshops and access to the International Relations Forum and the Centre for the
Study of Democracy, which convene regular seminars, conferences, workshops, and major public
lectures. For more information, contact Professor Roland Dannreuther (E: dannrer@westminster.ac.uk)
or visit westminster.ac.uk/dpir
DIPLOMATIC STUDIES
The Diplomatic Academy of London adopts an interdisciplinary approach in its research areas, which deal
with global issues and their relevance to diplomatic practice. These include the impact of IT on diplomatic
missions and other government departments, emerging patterns of diplomacy, regional integration, conflict
resolution and crisis management, the role of religion in international relations, environmental diplomacy,
and the role of the media and NGOs in the formulation of foreign policy. Our publications integrate
theoretical and professional approaches to the practice of diplomacy, and explore their relevance to
specific economic, strategic and foreign policy issues of concern to the global diplomatic community.
For more information, visit westminster.ac.uk/dal
SHORT COURSES/CPD
The Department of Politics and International Relations offers consultancy on a range of topics and issues, as
well as an annual short course for politics teachers. There are also short courses available from the London
Liberal Arts Summer School. Contact Dr Sacha Darke (T: + 44 (0)20 7911 5000 ext 2114, E: s.darke@
westminster.ac.uk). For more information about International Relations courses visit westminster.ac.uk/dpir
The Diplomatic Academy of London provides short courses and consultancy on a range of issues relating
to diplomacy and security. For more information, visit westminster.ac.uk/dal
For more information about International Relations and Diplomacy courses, visit the
School of Social Sciences, Humanities and Languages website at westminster.ac.uk/sshl
144
Diplomatic Studies MA

This course, offered by the Diplomatic Academy of London (DAL), Length of course
develops your conceptual understanding of the practices and One-year, full-time or two-year,
procedures of modern diplomacy, and enhances your ability to part-time (January start available)
work effectively within the diplomatic community. It is designed for
diplomats, officials of various overseas ministerial departments, Location
members of international and regional organisations, and staff of Central London (Regent)
non-governmental organisations and multinational corporations, Fees and funding
as well as those who wish to pursue a diplomatic career in the See westminster.ac.uk/fees
future, or work for other government departments or multinational
corporations. Courses offered by the DAL are highly valued for their Associated careers
relevance and focus on career development. In a rapidly changing international
environment there is an increasing
Course content demand for graduates and
Core modules: Diplomacy: Practice, Procedures and Dynamics professionals who have the
• Dissertation • International Security Studies relevant knowledge and skills
Option modules include: Diplomacy in Islam • European Union in diplomacy, the media and
Studies • Foreign Policy Analysis • Information and Media Studies international security. The
• Information Technology in the Information Society • Intelligence and Diplomatic Studies course
National Security Studies • Intercultural Communication • International has attracted members of the
Law and Diplomacy • International Protocol and Etiquette (subject to London diplomatic corps, staff
approval) • International Trade and Finance • Language et Pratiques of overseas ministries for foreign
Diplomatiques (Diplomatic Discourse, in French) • Political Economy affairs, international and regional
of Globalisation • Public Diplomacy (subject to approval) organisations, NGOs and
multinational corporations, as well
Related courses as graduates who wish to pursue
International Liaison and Communication MA • Modern Islamic a diplomatic career, or work for
Studies MA other government departments or
multinational corporations.
Entry requirements
Normally, you must have either
a first degree from a recognised
UK or overseas institution, a
postgraduate degree, or a
professional qualification in
a relevant discipline, such as
politics, economics, law or
languages. Alternatively, you may
have knowledge and skills at a
university degree standard, normally
through five years’ relevant work
experience. If your first language
IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent,
and you may need to attend an
interview and pass a language test.
The University offers pre-sessional
summer courses if you need to
improve your English.
145
International Environmental Policy and Politics MRes
This course will equip you with the knowledge, skills and experience Length of course
needed to analyse, evaluate and manage a wide range of issues One-year, full-time or two-year,
of environmental policy and politics at a senior level. It gives you a part-time (January start available)
comprehensive grounding in cutting-edge research, and develops the
skills and tools needed for effective leadership in research design, Location
policy analysis and expert decision making. Central London (Regent)
Our MRes course is designed both for professionals with at least Fees and funding
three years’ work experience, and recent graduates wishing to See westminster.ac.uk/fees
specialise in international environmental policy and politics and/
or preparing for doctoral research. You will build on your existing Associated careers
academic and/or work experience, and acquire new skills. An MRes qualification will equip
you with high-level research and
Course content policy expertise and give you a
The course comprises three key elements – two semester-long taught competitive advantage on the
modules, and one major, year-long dissertation module. Both taught growing environmental job market.
modules incorporate in-depth theoretical perspectives, methodology It will also give you access to
training, and the empirical analysis of relevant practical issues. international research projects,
The dissertation module provides you with an opportunity to develop networks and events. You will have
and carry out your own extensive research project. a solid academic grounding in
You will receive an in-depth induction immediately following your theoretical and empirical analysis
enrolment, giving you all the information you need to make the most and research methodology, and
of your Westminster MRes. You will be able to network with fellow many transferable skills and
students, faculty members, and visiting practitioners and academic learning experiences. These include
experts through regular research seminars, public lectures and social effectively initiating and developing
events throughout the year. research and policy strategies;
The course is equally suitable whether you study full- or part-time. using appropriate theoretical
The two taught modules (which together make up 40 out of 180 frameworks and methodological
module credits) are delivered in late afternoon/early evening sessions, tools; evaluating various theoretical
making it easier to organise your studies around other commitments. and empirical data; analysing and
interpreting information; synthesising
Core modules: International Environmental Policy and Political and presenting information for
Analysis • International Environmental Politics and Governance  different users; and preparing
• Research Dissertation recommendations and proposals for
You will have access to the research carried out by the team of policy and decision making.
internationally recognised researchers leading the course, including
staff from the Governance and Sustainability Research Programme Entry requirements
(in collaboration with researchers at the Smithsonian Institution, Our MRes course is designed both
Washington DC, and Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore); the Policy for professionals with at least three
Studies Institute; the Centre for Urban and Regional Governance; and years’ work experience, and recent
the Westminster Water Science Group. You will also have access to graduates wishing to specialise in
our regular research seminar series, symposia and conferences. international environmental policy
and politics and/or preparing
The MRes offers a rich, flexible and personalised learning and for doctoral research. If your first
research environment, which develops and supports student-centred, language is not English, you will
independent and active learning. The course teaching combines need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
traditional lectures, small-group seminars and research training equivalent, and you may need to
workshops with one-to-one tutorials and research supervision, attend an interview and pass a
and class teaching is supplemented with online learning support language test. The University offers
(through Blackboard). A variety of assessment methods are used, pre-sessional summer courses if you
including written essays, oral and written class presentations, and need to improve your English before
the dissertation by research. There are no formal exams. starting your course.
146
International Liaison and Communication MA

It has always been understood that operating effectively in an Length of course
international environment requires good communicative ability. One-year, full-time or two-year,
With the growth in global interaction, it is increasingly apparent part-time (January start available)
that effective mediation and liaison skills require a combination of
wide-ranging background knowledge, cultural sensitivity, and ability Location
in two or more languages. Central London (Regent)
This course, which is offered by the Diplomatic Academy of Fees and funding
London (DAL), is designed for professionals working with languages See westminster.ac.uk/fees
in areas such as military liaison, diplomacy, security organisations
and intergovernmental institutions. It is particularly suitable for Associated careers
specific interest groups such as defence and military attaches, Successful graduates have operated
peacekeeping officers, journalists, foreign correspondents, personnel as liaison professionals in the fields
from international agencies, and graduates aspiring to a career in of business, diplomacy, the media,
international liaison and communication. national and international security,
peacekeeping, and other arenas
Course content where joint international operations
By the end of the course you will be able to use the knowledge take place.
gained through a detailed study of diplomatic, intelligence and policy
questions, and combine this with a high level of linguistic competence. Entry requirements
This will enhance your ability as a presenter of information and as a You will normally be a graduate or
mediator between communities. The course is designed to help you have equivalent professional status.
develop your professional specialism and enhance your skills within You must offer two languages,
an appropriate conceptual framework. including English; you must be
an habitual user or fluent in one
Core modules: Dissertation • Information and Media Studies
language, and be capable of
• Intelligence and National Security Studies • Intercultural
listening, speaking and reading
Communication • Research Project – Bilingual Presentation
in the other language to at least
Option modules: Communication Strategies • Defence Diplomacy Council of Europe Level B2/C1.
(subject to approval) • Diplomacy in Islam • Discourse, Content You must also demonstrate valid
and Information Retrieval • European Union Studies • Foreign reasons for wishing to study the
Policy Analysis • Information Assessment and Evaluation course, understanding of the nature
• Information Technology in the Information Society • International and demands of the course and
Liaison • Language et Pratiques Diplomatiques (Diplomatic Discourse, the conceptual and intellectual
in French) • Leadership and Management in a Military Context foundations needed to study at
• Military Institutional Studies • Text Drafting Skills postgraduate level, and you may
Teaching staff be invited to an interview. If English
Dr Dibyesh Anand • Professor David Chandler • Dr Abdelwahab is not your first language, you will
El-Affendi • Dr Aidan Hehir • Dr Patricia Hogwood • Dr Maria Holt need an IELTS score of 6.5 (or
• Professor Simon Joss • Dr Tom Moore • Professor Chantal Mouffe equivalent). The University offers
• Professor John Owens • Professor Bhikhu Parekh • Professor Ali pre-sessional summer courses if you
Paya • Dr Celia Szusterman • Dr Paulina Tambakaki need to improve your English before
starting your course.
Related courses
Bilingual Translation MA • Conference Interpreting MA • Diplomatic
Studies MA
147
International Relations MA
The internationally recognised Department of Politics and International Length of course

Relations hosts this course, offering an innovative, disciplined and One-year, full-time or
intellectually challenging framework for the study of issues and two-year, part-time
perspectives within international relations. You will consider various
aspects of international order and politics, including the dynamics of Location
international social and political power relationships and conflicts, Central London (Regent)
and state building. These topics are studied comparatively in relation Fees and funding
to governmental, political and social processes, and in the contexts of See westminster.ac.uk/fees
various historical continuities, discontinuities and contrasts.
Associated careers
Course content This course will provide you with
Core modules: Dissertation and Research Methods • International numerous key skills and knowledge
Relations Theory 1: Theoretical Perspectives • International Relations that will prepare you for your future
Theory 2: Beyond International Relations? • International State career in a variety of different fields.
Building: Exporting Democracy? Our graduates go on to careers
The Dissertation module must be submitted after you have taken all within various international and
other modules. national government departments,
In addition to the core modules, you must also choose three option international organisations and
modules* from the following: Controversies in United States Foreign business, and the media. Many
Policymaking and Processes • Democracy and Islam • Environmental have also gone on to study for
and Urban Governance: International Perspectives • European doctorates within the Department
Immigration Policy in International Perspective • International and at other universities around
Humanitarian Law • Introduction to Contemporary Chinese Societies the world.
and Cultures • Latin America and Globalisation • Modernity, Entry requirements
Postmodernity and the Islamic Perspective • Perspectives on Post-Cold You should have a First Class or
War Chinese Foreign Policy • Politics, Public Life and the Media Upper Second Class Honours
• either Post-colonial International Relations? Theories and Concepts degree or equivalent; equivalent
or Global Change: Toward a New Non-Western Order? qualifications from overseas are
• either The European Union as an International Actor welcome. If you hold or are
or The Governance of the European Union expecting to gain a good first
degree in an unrelated subject,
• either The State, Politics and Violence you may need to complete the
or The Human Sciences: Perspectives and Methods University’s Summer School module
• either Theories of International Security in international relations, or an
or Contemporary Controversies in International Security: Intervention, equivalent approved by the course
Terrorism and Self-Defence admissions tutor. Your application
* one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted must be supported by a reference
by another Masters course. written on institutional notepaper
by an academic familiar with your
Teaching staff abilities. Applications from mature
Dr Dibyesh Anand • Professor David Chandler • Dr Abdelwahab candidates are welcomed. If your
El-Affendi • Dr Aidan Hehir • Dr Patricia Hogwood • Dr Maria Holt first language is not English, you
• Professor Simon Joss • Dr Tom Moore • Professor Chantal Mouffe will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
• Professor John Owens • Professor Bhikhu Parekh • Professor Ali equivalent. The University offers
Paya • Dr Celia Szusterman • Dr Paulina Tambakaki pre-sessional summer programmes
Related courses
Globalisation, Development and Transition MA • International
Relations and Contemporary Political Theory MA • International
Relations and European Politics MA • International Relations and
Global Change MA • International Relations and Security MA
148
International Relations and Contemporary Political Theory MA

This course offers an innovative, intellectually challenging and Length of course
integrated approach to international relations, and issues and One-year, full-time or two-year,
perspectives on contemporary political and social theory. It is part-time (January start available)
hosted by the internationally recognised Department of Politics and
International Relations. Location
You will consider various aspects of international order and politics, Central London (Regent)
including the dynamics of international social and political power Fees and funding
relationships as well as the role of violence, peace and war in the See westminster.ac.uk/fees
rise of the modern state, and competing perspectives on the human
sciences. You will study these topics comparatively in relation to Associated careers
governmental, political and social processes, and in the contexts of This course will provide you with
various historical continuities, discontinuities and contrasts. numerous key skills and knowledge
that will prepare you for your future
Course content career in a variety of different
Core modules: Dissertation and Research Methods • International fields. Our graduates hold posts
Relations Theory 1: Theoretical Perspectives • The Human Sciences: within various international and
Perspectives and Methods • The State, Politics and Violence national government departments
The Dissertation module must be submitted after you have taken all and organisations. Many have also
other modules. gone on to study for doctorates
In addition to the core modules, you must also choose three option within the Department and at other
modules* from the following: Controversies in United States Foreign universities around the world.
Policymaking and Processes • Democracy and Islam • Environmental Entry requirements
and Urban Governance: International Perspectives • European You should have a First Class or
Immigration Policy in International Perspective • International Upper Second Class Honours
Humanitarian Law • Introduction to Contemporary Chinese Societies degree or equivalent; equivalent
and Cultures • Latin America and Globalisation • Modernity, qualifications from overseas are
Postmodernity and the Islamic Perspective • Perspectives on Post-Cold welcome. If you hold or are
War Chinese Foreign Policy • Politics, Public Life and the Media expecting to gain a good first
• either International Relations 2: Beyond International Relations? degree in an unrelated subject,
or International State Building: Exporting Democracy? you may need to complete the
• either Post-colonial International Relations? Theories and Concepts University’s Summer School module
or Global Change: Toward a New Non-Western Order? in international relations, or an
equivalent approved by the course
• either The European Union as an International Actor admissions tutor. Your application
or The Governance of the European Union must be supported by a reference
• either Theories of International Security written on institutional notepaper
or Contemporary Controversies in International Security: Intervention, by an academic familiar with your
Terrorism and Self-Defence abilities. Applications from mature
* one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted candidates are welcomed. If your
by another Masters course. first language is not English, you
will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
Teaching staff equivalent. The University offers
Dr Dibyesh Anand • Professor David Chandler • Dr Abdelwahab pre-sessional summer programmes
El-Affendi • Dr Aidan Hehir • Dr Patricia Hogwood • Dr Maria Holt if you need to improve your English
• Professor Simon Joss • Dr Tom Moore • Professor Chantal Mouffe before starting your course.
• Professor John Owens • Professor Bhikhu Parekh • Professor Ali
Paya • Dr Celia Szusterman • Dr Paulina Tambakaki
Related courses
International Relations MA • International Relations and European
Politics MA • International Relations and Global Change MA
• International Relations and Security MA
149
International Relations and European Politics MA
European integration plays a central role in contemporary Length of course

international relations. At the start of the 21st century, the European One-year, full-time or two-year,
Union (EU) stands as one of the world’s leading economic and part-time (January start available)
political powers. Its international activities span international
trade, diplomacy, security, conflict prevention, and overseas aid Location
and development. Central London (Regent)
This course approaches the study of European integration and EU Fees and funding
politics through classic and contemporary literatures in the fields See westminster.ac.uk/fees
of international relations and comparative politics. It combines
a rigorous theoretical grounding with professionally relevant Associated careers
knowledge and debate on leading issues. The internationally This course will provide you with
recognised Department of Politics and International Relations hosts numerous key skills and knowledge
this course, offering an innovative, interdisciplinary and intellectually that will prepare you for your future
challenging framework for the study of the EU in a global context. career in a variety of different
fields. Our graduates hold posts
Course content within various international and
Core modules: Dissertation and Research Methods • Governance national government departments
of the European Union • International Relations 1: Theories and and organisations. Many have also
Perspectives • The European Union as an International Actor gone on to study for doctorates at
The Dissertation module must be submitted after you have taken all Westminster and other universities
other modules. around the world.
In addition to the core modules, you must also choose three option Entry requirements
modules* from the following: Controversies in United States Foreign You should have a First Class or
Policymaking and Processes • Democracy and Islam • Environmental Upper Second Class Honours
and Urban Governance: International Perspectives • European degree or equivalent; equivalent
Immigration Policy in International Perspective • International qualifications from overseas are
Humanitarian Law • Introduction to Contemporary Chinese Societies welcome. If you hold or are
and Cultures • Latin America and Globalisation • Modernity, expecting to gain a good first
Postmodernity and the Islamic Perspective • Perspectives on Post-Cold degree in an unrelated subject,
War Chinese Foreign Policy • Politics, Public Life and the Media you may need to complete the
• either International Relations 2: Beyond International Relations? University’s Summer School module
or International State Building: Exporting Democracy? in international relations, or an
• either Post-colonial International Relations? Theories and Concepts equivalent approved by the course
or Global Change: Toward a New Non-Western Order? admissions tutor. Your application
must be supported by a reference
• either The State, Politics and Violence written on institutional notepaper
or The Human Sciences: Perspectives and Methods by an academic familiar with your
• either Theories of International Security abilities. Applications from mature
or Contemporary Controversies in International Security: Intervention, candidates are welcomed. If your
Terrorism and Self-Defence first language is not English, you
* one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
by another Masters course. equivalent. The University offers
Teaching staff if you need to improve your English
Dr Dibyesh Anand • Professor David Chandler • Dr Abdelwahab before starting your course.
El-Affendi • Dr Aidan Hehir • Dr Patricia Hogwood • Dr Maria Holt
• Professor Simon Joss • Dr Tom Moore • Professor Chantal Mouffe
• Professor John Owens • Professor Bhikhu Parekh • Professor Ali
Related courses
International Relations MA • International Relations and Contemporary
Political Theory MA • International Relations and Global Change MA
• International Relations and Security MA
150
International Relations and Global Change MA

This course examines the changes within international relations Length of course
brought on by the rise of non-Western states, especially China and One-year, full-time or two-year,
India. It will engage with conventional and post-colonial theories part-time (January start available)
that enable a critical analysis of global change brought on by the
predicted rise of the non-West, and domestic and international politics Location
of India and China, in comparative perspective. Central London (Regent)
You will consider the extent to which the expected rise of China Fees and funding
and India poses fundamental challenges to the West-dominated See westminster.ac.uk/fees
international order. You will also examine how culture, ethnicity,
gender, immigration, multiculturalism, race, religion and other Associated careers
identity-related issues have an impact on international relations and This course will provide you with
are affected by them. numerous key skills and knowledge
Core modules: Dissertation and Research Methods • Global Change: fields. Our graduates hold posts
Toward a New Non-Western Order? • International Relations 1: within various international and
Theories and Perspectives • Post-colonial International Relations? national government departments
Theories and Concepts and organisations. Many have also
The Dissertation module must be submitted after you have taken all gone on to study for doctorates at
other modules. Westminster and other universities
In addition to the core modules, you must also chose three option around the world.
modules* from the following: Controversies in United States Foreign Entry requirements
Policymaking and Processes • Democracy and Islam • Environmental You should have a First Class or
and Urban Governance: International Perspectives • European Upper Second Class Honours
Immigration Policy in International Perspective • International degree or equivalent; equivalent
Humanitarian Law • Introduction to Contemporary Chinese Societies qualifications from overseas are
and Cultures • Latin America and Globalisation • Modernity, welcome. If you hold or are
Postmodernity and the Islamic Perspective • Perspectives on Post-Cold expecting to gain a good first
War Chinese Foreign Policy • Politics, Public Life and the Media degree in an unrelated subject,
• either International Relations 2: Beyond International Relations? you may need to complete the
or International State Building: Exporting Democracy? University’s Summer School module
• either The European Union as an International Actor in international relations, or an
or The Governance of the European Union equivalent approved by the course
admissions tutor. Your application
• either Theories of International Security must be supported by a reference
or Contemporary Controversies in International Security: Intervention, written on institutional notepaper
Terrorism and Self-Defence by an academic familiar with your
* one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted abilities. Applications from mature
by another Masters course. candidates are welcomed. If your
Teaching staff will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
Dr Dibyesh Anand • Professor David Chandler • Dr Abdelwahab equivalent. The University offers
El-Affendi • Dr Aidan Hehir • Dr Patricia Hogwood • Dr Maria Holt pre-sessional summer programmes
• Professor Simon Joss • Dr Tom Moore • Professor Chantal Mouffe if you need to improve your English
• Professor John Owens • Professor Bhikhu Parekh • Professor Ali before starting your course.
Related courses
Political Theory MA • International Relations and European Politics
MA • International Relations and Security MA
151
International Relations and Security MA
The question of security now dominates contemporary international Length of course

politics. Issues such as the ‘War on Terror’, pre-emptive self-defence One-year, full-time or two-year,
and humanitarian intervention constitute seminal international part-time (January start available)
concerns that have implications for all states and all peoples. This
course provides you with a detailed understanding of the nature of Location
the contemporary security agenda, its origins, theoretical foundations Central London (Regent)
and future trajectory. Fees and funding
You will examine the theories of international security and those See westminster.ac.uk/fees
key security issues that have dominated security discourse in the
post-Cold War era. You will also develop your analytical skills in Associated careers
order to facilitate understanding of the seminal contemporary security This course will provide you with
issues in a broader theoretical and historical framework. numerous key skills and knowledge
Core modules: Contemporary Controversies in International Security: fields. Our graduates hold posts
Intervention, Terrorism and Self-Defence • Dissertation and Research within various international and
Methods • International Relations 1: Theories and Perspectives national government departments
• Theories of International Security and organisations. Many have also
The Dissertation module must be submitted after you have taken all gone on to study for doctorates at
other modules. Westminster and other universities
In addition to the core modules, you must also choose three option around the world.
modules* from the following: Controversies in United States Foreign Entry requirements
Policymaking and Processes • Democracy and Islam • Environmental You should have a First Class or
and Urban Governance: International Perspectives • European Upper Second Class Honours
Immigration Policy in International Perspective • International degree or equivalent; equivalent
Humanitarian Law • Introduction to Contemporary Chinese Societies qualifications from overseas are
and Cultures • Latin America and Globalisation • Modernity, welcome. If you hold or are
Postmodernity and the Islamic Perspective • Perspectives on Post-Cold expecting to gain a good first
War Chinese Foreign Policy • Politics, Public Life and the Media degree in an unrelated subject,
• either International Relations 2: Beyond International Relations? you may need to complete the
or International State Building: Exporting Democracy? University’s Summer School module
• either Post-colonial International Relations? Theories and Concepts in international relations, or an
or Global Change: Toward a New Non-Western Order? equivalent approved by the course
admissions tutor. Your application
• either The European Union as an International Actor must be supported by a reference
or The Governance of the European Union written on institutional notepaper
* one of your options may be an approved free choice module hosted by an academic familiar with your
by another Masters course. abilities. Applications from mature
candidates are welcomed. If your
Teaching staff first language is not English, you
Dr Dibyesh Anand • Professor David Chandler • Dr Abdelwahab will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
El-Affendi • Dr Aidan Hehir • Dr Patricia Hogwood • Dr Maria Holt equivalent. The University offers
• Professor Simon Joss • Dr Tom Moore • Professor Chantal Mouffe pre-sessional summer programmes
• Professor John Owens • Professor Bhikhu Parekh • Professor Ali if you need to improve your English
Paya • Dr Celia Szusterman • Dr Paulina Tambakaki before starting your course.
Related courses
Political Theory MA • International Relations and European Politics
MA • International Relations and Global Change MA
152
Modern Islamic Studies MA

This course addresses issues relevant to the various roles which Length of course
Muslim nations and communities have been increasingly playing in One-year, full-time or
the modern world at political, economic, diplomatic, doctrinal and two-year, part-time
other levels. In view of the profile Islamic issues have been assuming
in world affairs, the course (offered by the Diplomatic Academy Location
of London) will enable you to undertake Islamic studies in the UK, Central London (Regent)
benefiting from the historical British engagement with the Arab and Fees and funding
Muslim world as well as from London’s central location and unique See westminster.ac.uk/fees
and well-publicised research facilities.
Associated careers
Course content There is a realisation that
The course distinguishes itself from others in the field by highlighting specialisation in Islamic issues
these issues within a broad contemporary and dynamic framework. generates interest and opportunities
Its holistic and integrative approach, combining theoretical and for employment and/or further
practical methodologies, will further distinguish it from more study. Areas for further professional
traditional approaches steeped in theology, history or Middle Eastern and/or academic advancement
studies. With its emphasis on modern and practical realities, this include foreign affairs, international
course challenges and engages with diplomatic issues and conflict relations, diplomacy, security,
resolution techniques. religious bodies, community
Core modules: Dissertation • Islam and International Security relations, interfaith organisations,
• Islamic Culture and Civilisation • Islamic Law and the Modern World non-governmental organisations
Option modules: Democracy and Islam • Diplomacy in Islam (NGOs), development, business,
• Information Technology in the Information Society • Intercultural the media, and intercultural
Communication • Islam and Interfaith Dialogue • Islam and Muslims communication.
in the Contemporary Media • Islamic Banking and Finance Entry requirements
• Modernity, Post Modernity and the Islamic Perspective You should hold a University
degree or equivalent in a relevant
Related courses discipline, or a postgraduate
Diplomatic Studies MA • International Liaison and Communication MA diploma from a recognised
educational institution, or
a recognised professional
qualification in a relevant discipline.
Alternatively, you may have the
relevant knowledge and skills
equivalent to first-degree level,
normally by means of a five-year
period of relevant work experience.
Knowledge of Arabic is desirable
but not essential. If your first
need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
equivalent. The University offers
153
“My postgraduate qualification,
JOURNALISM AND MASS COMMUNICATIONS
and the experience of the whole

year, has given me an excellent
path into the mainstream British
journalism industry.”
“ Before I came to Westminster, I’d completed my BA in Communication

Studies with International Relations at the University of Malta. That gave
me a good understanding of social and political science, and I was also
very passionate about EU integration and European politics.
3 The main reason for studying Journalism (International) – Broadcast MA
at the University of Westminster was to advance my career. Coming from
a social science background, one of the best professions I can embark on
is journalism. Westminster has a good reputation in media-related fields,
and I had several other offers to study on similar courses, but I made up
my mind to come here.
3 My postgraduate qualification, and the experience of the whole year,
was an important step for my career, as it has given me an excellent path
into the mainstream British journalism industry. I got my first chance to see
the real professional world while at the University, having got into the BBC
Step Up Training Scheme 2008. The progress of my career since then
has been based on my continuing journalistic development, and the
contacts that I have built up from my time at Westminster.”
Yixiang Zeng, china
Journalism (International) – Broadcast MA
154
RESEARCH IN JOURNALISM AND MASS COMMUNICATIONS

Westminster has a long-established international reputation in media research. We gained a top five rating
in media in each of the first three official Research Assessment Exercises (RAE) in 1992, 1996 and 2001.
In the most recent RAE in 2008, our Communication and Media Research Institute (CAMRI) was rated the
top media and communication research centre in the UK (see p164).
CAMRI has strengths in media policy, economics and industries, media history, media audiences, and
interactive and social media. Our work has a very strong international dimension, with members who are
experts on media in India, China, Africa and the Arab world, as well in the study of audiences in Europe.
CAMRI hosts four regional media centres – the China Media Centre, the largest centre in Europe devoted
to the study of Chinese media, the Arab Media Centre, and (along with our art and design colleagues in
CREAM) the India and Africa Media Centres. Today CAMRI has 25 researchers and around 50 doctoral
students, located in the Department of Journalism and Mass Communication. Members of CAMRI have
produced many high level research publications, for example: Carnage and the Media (Jean Seaton
2005); Creative Explorations (David Gauntlett 2007); Diasporic Cultures (Roza Tsagarousianou 2007);
Globalization, Development and the Mass Media (Colin Sparks 2007); Life on Air: a History of Radio 4
(David Hendy 2007); and Women and Media in the Middle East (Naomi Sakr 2004).
Members of CAMRI are responsible for editing seven scholarly journals, and our researchers influence
media policy in Britain and abroad. For example, Professor Hugo de Burgh has been active in the All-Party
Parliamentary Group on China and the Select Committee for Trade & Industry (2005-06), and Professor
Steven Barnett was appointed as key advisor to the House of Lords on communications issues.
CAMRI has awards and other financial support from diverse sources. We have received research
project, travel and seminar grants, and research leave awards from the ESRC, AHRC and British Academy,
and three research fellowships from RCUK. European-led networks and seminars have been funded by
the ESRC and the EU. The International Broadcasting Trust, the Rowntree Foundation, and the BBC have
commissioned independent research.
The Doctoral Programme is an integral and thriving part of CAMRI. We currently have 21 members of
staff supervising 50 full- and part-time students, whose diverse projects reflect our wide range of interests
and expertise. We are very keen to provide an atmosphere which is both intellectually stimulating and
rigorous, but at the same time collegiate and supportive.
For the past ten years we have hosted twice-yearly symposia held in conjunction with the PhD
programmes in Goldsmiths, LSE and City University. They are organised in exactly the same way as
any academic conference, consisting of 15-minute presentations into themed panels, with questions and
comments from the audience, and further written feedback to students from the chair of each session, who
are drawn from staff from the four participating departments.
During term time CAMRI also holds weekly research seminars attended by both students and staff.
These are presentations by invited speakers, followed by Q&A sessions, and students are encouraged to
participate in these seminars to introduce them to the wider research community. We have hosted, and
continue to be an active participant in, the European Media and Communication Doctoral Summer School.
Doctoral researchers are also involved in a host of other activities, such as the regular monthly doctoral
research workshops managed by students, and the production of Westminster Papers in Communication
and Culture, an interdisciplinary, peer-reviewed media and cultural studies journal published by CAMRI
which has an established and growing international reputation.
In their first year all CAMRI students attend a semester-long PhD research module, which deals with the
processes, ethics and methods of conducting research at doctoral level, and in which they can share their
own views, concerns, problems and expertise with their peers.
If you are interested in applying for a PhD in media and communication at Westminster contact the
director of the CAMRI doctoral programme, Dr Anthony McNicholas (E: mcnichc@westminster.ac.uk).
For more information about Journalism and Mass Communications courses,

visit the School of Media, Arts and Design website at westminster.ac.uk/mad
155
Communication MA
This highly regarded course offers a rigorous analysis of the Length of course
political, economic, cultural and sociological factors which shape One-year, full-time or two
the practices and outcomes of mass media. It is designed both for to five years, part-time
those who already work in or want to work in the media, and for
those who want to go on to pursue further academic research in Location
media and communication. Harrow
You will receive a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education Fees and funding
and skill base, enabling you to have a wide, clear and comprehensive See westminster.ac.uk/fees
understanding of the fields of communication and the mass media.
Associated careers
Course content Graduates have found jobs in
This course offers you the opportunity to study and research at middle and upper management
graduate level the main ways in which social scientists have analysed in media industries, as well as
the role of the mass media and communication, and how to develop, the broader private sector
evaluate and apply research to evaluate these theories. (eg consulting and advertising
Core modules: Approaches to Media and Communication Research firms) and public sector (eg
• Dissertation • Dissertation Preparation • Theories of Communication government ministries, regulatory
Option modules, choose from: Chinese Media • Development and authorities), international
Communications Policy • Electronic Communications: International organisations and NGOs.
and Comparative Regulatory Context • European Communications Entry requirements
Policy • Global Media • International Media Business • Media You should normally possess a
Audiences • Political Analysis of Communications Policy • Political good first degree (Upper Second
Communication • Political Economy of Communication • Sex, Class Honours) or equivalent,
Violence and Politics • Technology and Communications Policy and/or have relevant professional
The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on an experience. If English is not your
aspect of communication you agree with your supervisor. first language, you should have
Based on continuous assessment, the course is taught in lectures and an IELTS score of at least 6.5
seminars by the team from Westminster’s top-rated Communication (or equivalent). As far as possible,
and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). You will be part of a bustling, telephone interviews are
multicultural academic department which boasts a strong research conducted before offers of
culture, and you will be able to attend the regular talks by outside admission are made.
speakers (academics and practitioners) on a variety of communication
and mass media issues.
Related courses
Communications Policy MA • Global Media MA • Media
Management MA • Public Relations MA
156
Communications Policy MA

This course is designed to give you an overview of policy issues and Length of course
processes in the media, information and telecommunications sectors. One-year, full-time or two
It draws on experience from the UK, Europe, the USA, Asia Pacific, to five years, part-time
Latin America and developing countries. The course encourages
diversity and is designed to have international appeal. It gives you Location
a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality education and skill base, Harrow
enabling you to have a wide, clear and comprehensive understanding Fees and funding
of communication and the mass media. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Suitable for those from a wide variety of disciplinary backgrounds, Graduates have found jobs in
the course is designed to give you a comprehensive understanding middle and upper management
of issues related to the convergence of broadcasting, in media industries, as well as
telecommunications and the internet. Option modules allow you the broader private sector
to specialise in the regulation of content and distribution channels, (eg consulting and advertising
and in the policy of specific regions of the world. firms) and public sector (eg
Core modules: Approaches to Media and Communication Research government ministries, regulatory
• Dissertation • Dissertation Preparation • Political Analysis of authorities), international
Communications Policy organisations and NGOs.
Option modules, choose from: Chinese Media • Development and Entry requirements
Communications Policy • Electronic Communications: International You should normally possess a
and Comparative Regulatory Context • Electronic Communications: good first-degree qualification
Markets, Competition and Regulation • European Communications (Upper Second Class Honours) or
Policy • Global Media • International Media Business • Media equivalent, and/or have relevant
Audiences • Political Communication • Political Economy of professional experience. If English
Communication • Sex, Violence and Politics • Technology and is not your first language, you
Communications Policy • Theories of Communication should have an IELTS score of at
The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on an least 6.5 (or equivalent). As far
aspect of communication you agree with your supervisor. as possible, telephone interviews
Based on continuous assessment, the course is taught in lectures and are conducted before offers of
seminars by the team from Westminster’s renowned Communication admission are made.
and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). You will be part of a bustling
multicultural academic department which boasts a strong research
culture, and you will be able to attend the regular talks by outside
Related courses
Communication MA • Global Media MA • Media Management MA
• Public Relations MA
157
Global Media MA
From Al Jazeera to Hollywood, from News Corporation to China Length of course

Central TV, the media increasingly operate in a global context. One-year, full-time or two
This course offers a comprehensive interdisciplinary approach to to five years, part-time
global media. It examines key developments in the media and
communications industries associated with the logic of globalisation, Location
and explores the complex nature of the globalisation process in Harrow
the media. You will receive a relevant, well-grounded, high-quality Fees and funding
education and skill base, enabling you to have a wide, clear and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
comprehensive understanding of communication and the mass media.
Associated careers
Course content Graduates have found jobs in
This course is designed for those who work in, or want to work middle and upper management
in, the media industries. It aims to deepen your knowledge and in media industries, as well as
understanding of the international media and the issues. the broader private (eg consulting
Core modules: Approaches to Media and Communication Research and advertising firms) and public
• Dissertation • Dissertation Preparation • Global Media sectors (eg government ministries,
Option modules, choose from: Chinese Media • Development regulatory authorities), international
and Communications Policy • Electronic Communications: organisations and NGOs.
International and Comparative Regulatory Context • European Entry requirements
Communications Policy • International Media Business • Media You should normally possess a
Audiences • Political Analysis of Communications Policy good first-degree qualification
• Political Communication • Political Economy of Communication (Upper Second Class Honours) or
• Sex, Violence and Politics • Technology and Communications equivalent, and/or have relevant
Policy • Theories of Communication professional experience. If English
The dissertation is a 15,000-word piece of original research on an is not your first language, you
aspect of communication you agree with your supervisor. should have an IELTS score of at
Based on continuous assessment, the course is taught in lectures and least 6.5 (or equivalent). As far
seminars by the team from Westminster’s renowned Communication as possible, telephone interviews
and Media Research Institute (CAMRI). You will be part of a bustling are conducted before offers of
multicultural academic department which boasts a strong research admission are made.
culture, and you will be able to attend the regular talks by outside
Related courses
Communication MA • Communications Policy MA
• Media Management MA • Public Relations MA
158
Journalism (International) – Broadcast, Online and Print MA

This challenging, highly practical course is designed for international Length of course
students who wish to develop their journalism skills in English. It One-year, full-time
attracts students from all over the world, including both experienced
journalists and new graduates looking to pursue a journalism career. Location
In addition to delivering ‘hands-on’ learning, the course enables Harrow
you to study the political, commercial and ethical issues which affect Fees and funding
journalists worldwide. You will choose to follow one of three strands See westminster.ac.uk/fees
– Broadcast, Online or Print – for your journalism practice. All
students are introduced to web journalism on the course, and can Associated careers
contribute to Westminster News Online (wnol.info), our student Though designed to prepare
journalism multimedia website; you can also contribute to our local students for a career in journalism,
news website, the HA1 (www.theha1.co.uk). this course could also lead to
a career in public relations,
Course content communications, or any other
There’s a strong emphasis on learning through ‘hands-on’ practice, professional pathway which
using our professional-standard facilities, and preparing students requires effective communication
for the new world of multi-platform journalism. All students take the skills. In the past few years MA
Principles of Journalism module, to gain an understanding of the basic students have been able to go
skills, considerations and techniques of contemporary journalism and as ‘embedded journalists’ on
new media. You will also study Issues in Journalism: Freedom, Human Royal Navy and NATO training
Rights and Democracy, a purely theoretical module. exercises, sometimes on board
The core modules for your chosen strand will include the following: ship, as well as visits on exchange
Broadcast strand – Broadcast News and Current Affairs to Moscow State University’s
(Radio and TV) • Documentary Skills for Radio and TV Faculty of Journalism, and to
Online strand – Broadcast News and Current Affairs (Audio and video the European Commission and
for the web) • Online Journalism • Web Production for Westminster Parliament in Brussels.
News Online (wnol.info)
Entry requirements
Print strand – Newspaper Journalism • Magazine Production (these
You should hold a good first
modules also develop your skills in page design and layout)
degree (Upper Second Class
In Semester Two there is a choice of two options to be taken Honours) from a UK university
alongside your strand modules, including: International Media (or recognised equivalent), and
Business • Online Journalism • Sociology of News have some journalism work
or you can take a Specialist Journalism Option, from: Arts and experience. You will also need a
Entertainment Journalism • Business and Finance Journalism good understanding of the media
• Environmental Journalism • Health and Medical Journalism and current affairs. Unless a large
• Investigative Journalism • Sports Journalism • Travel Journalism part of your education has been
You can also choose one module from our other theory-based MA in English, you will need an IELTS
courses. Political Communication, Sex, Violence and Politics or Media score of 7.0 (or equivalent) in
Audiences have proved popular choices, as have options from the speaking and in writing.
Film and Television MA. Applicants should submit
The MA is taught over two semesters, followed in the summer two short assignments with their
months by the largely self-directed Final Project, and there’s also application – the first on why
an opportunity for work placements. Some students choose a you have decided on a career in
15,000-word dissertation instead of a practical project. journalism (250 words maximum),
and the second an analysis
Related courses of the print or broadcast media
Journalism – Print and Online Journalism or Broadcast Journalism in your home country (300
MA/Postgraduate Diploma • Photojournalism MA words maximum).
159
Journalism – Print and Online Journalism or Broadcast Journalism
MA/Postgraduate Diploma
This course is aimed at students planning a career in journalism, Length of course

and is designed to equip you with the practical and intellectual One-year (MA), or eight-month
skills necessary for a career in either print and/or online media, (Postgraduate Diploma), full-time
or in broadcast journalism. The course has a practical focus, and
you are expected to develop story ideas and contacts, and gather Location
your own material for journalistic course work. You will be given Harrow
full training in using our up-to-date media resources, newsrooms Fees and funding
and studios, ensuring that you graduate from the course as a See westminster.ac.uk/fees
multiskilled journalist.
Our journalism teaching staff are highly experienced journalism Associated careers
professionals. As well as being a Skillset Media Academy, the Though designed to prepare
broadcast pathway of the course is accredited by the Broadcast students for a career in journalism,
Journalism Training Council (BJTC); turn to p164 for more details. this course could also lead to
Graduates go on to work with a variety of leading media a career in public relations,
organisations including the BBC, ITN, Conde Nast, the Financial communications, or any other
Times and The Guardian. We have twice received the BJTC award professional pathway which
for excellence in teaching, and many of our students have won requires effective communication
journalism awards. skills. In the past few years MA
students have been able to go
Course content as ‘embedded journalists’ on
There’s a strong emphasis on learning through ‘hands-on’ practice, Royal Navy and NATO training
using our professional-standard facilities, and preparing students for exercises, sometimes even on
the new world of multi-platform journalism. board ship, as well as visits
Core modules for all students are: Multimedia Journalism Skills on exchange to Moscow State
• Media Law and Current Affairs University’s Faculty of Journalism,
Broadcast Pathway students study: Presentation Skills • Radio and and to the European Commission
TV News Writing, Reporting and Production • Radio Features and and Parliament in Brussels.
Documentaries • The Final Radio Documentary Project Entry requirements
Print and Online Pathway students study: Magazine Project • News You should hold a good first
and Feature Writing • Page Design • Sub-Editing • Web Journalism degree (Upper Second Class) from
(Westminster News Online)• The Final Journalism Portfolio a UK university (or recognised
Specialist Journalism option modules for both pathways currently equivalent), and have some
include: Arts and Entertainment Journalism • Business Financial journalism work experience,
Journalism • Environmental Journalism • Health and Medical whether a short placement or more
Journalism • Investigative Journalism • Sports Journalism extensive professional experience.
• Travel Journalism You should have knowledge and
experience of the UK media and
We also offer TeeLine Shorthand training, and opportunities for journalism industry.
work placements. You should also submit two short
Students can also contribute to one of University’s two multimedia assignments with your application
news sites, Westminster News Online (wnol.info) and HA1 – the first on why you have
(www.theha1.co.uk), and broadcast their work on Smoke Radio, decided on a career in journalism
the University’s multi-award-winning internet radio station. (250 words maximum), and the
As well as regular classes taught by experienced journalists on second should be either an analysis
our staff, we also invite guest speakers from across the media and of the print or broadcast media
specialists to critique student work. in the UK, or an analysis of how
a recent news story was covered
The MA is taught over two semesters, followed by the largely in different media (300 words
self-directed final project. Some students choose to write a maximum).Unless a large part
15,000-word dissertation in place of a practical project. of your education has been in
Related courses English you will need an IELTS score
Journalism (International): Print, Broadcast and Cultural MA of 7.5 (or equivalent) in speaking
• Photojournalism MA and in writing.
160
Media Management MA

Media professionals and media firms are united in their need to Length of course
acquire the commercial, strategic and managerial skills to prosper in One-year, full-time
an industry undergoing fundamental change. This course is designed
to address these needs, developing entrepreneurial leaders equipped Location
to deal with the complex and novel challenges presented by new Harrow
technologies, consumer behaviour, and evolving business models. Fees and funding
The course will enable you to identify and analyse strategic and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
operational problems and opportunities, understand, quantify and
access national and international media markets, and use foresight Associated careers
and planning techniques to understand and respond to change. Graduates of the course are
As well as being able to manage complex media projects, you will working in mid-level and
also have the skills to engage in strategic direction setting, deploy senior positions in analysis and
business-planning skills, and excel in leadership and implementation. consultancy, business development,
content distribution, creative team
Course content leadership, managerial roles
Modules taught on the course provide a rounded set of managerial within media organisations, project
and commercial skills, rooted in an understanding of today’s media management, regulation and
and content industries, and building on our role as a leader in UK policy, and strategy analysis and
media research. Practice-based assignments such as the integrating direction setting.
business-planning project play an essential role in enabling you to
apply ideas and learning in a creative fashion. The course consists Entry requirements
of eight credit-bearing modules and an additional key skills module Applicants typically have a good
which includes the use of quantitative methods and software tools. Honours degree (Upper Second or
equivalent) in a relevant discipline,
Core modules: Dissertation • Media Management: Strategy, Context
and significant relevant professional
and Tools • Media Markets • Media Operations • Organisational
experience. You will generally
Analysis for Media Managers • Responding to a Changing Media
be expected to have at least a
Environment • Strategy Implementation in the Media Firm • The
year’s experience of working in
International Media Firm in Transition
an editorial, creative or business
function. If English is not your first
language, you should have an
IELTS score of 6.5 (or equivalent).
161
Medical Journalism Graduate Diploma/Postgraduate Diploma
Building on the success of our unique one-year Medical Journalism BA Length of course
course for third or fourth year medical students, we are now offering Eight-month, full-time
a similar course aimed at a wider range of health professionals. If
you are a nurse, a pharmacist, a psychologist or trained in any other Location
therapeutic occupation, you may have considered broadening your Harrow
base of skills to include journalism. This could be aimed at either a Fees and funding
wider audience, particularly as health stories play an increasing part See westminster.ac.uk/fees
in the news agenda, or at a more specialised or ‘in-house’ audience.
This course is designed to equip you with the practical and Associated careers
intellectual skills necessary for a career or part-time employment in Though designed to prepare
medical journalism. You will be working alongside our postgraduate students for a future in medical
journalism MA students, mainly those who are specialising in print journalism, this course could also
and online journalism, but also developing some broadcasting skills lead to working in public relations,
alongside the Broadcast MA students, studying on an MA accredited in charity sector communications,
by the Broadcast Journalism Training Council. or any other professional
The course has a strong practical focus, and you are expected to pathway which requires effective
develop story ideas and contacts, and gather your own material for communication skills.
journalistic course work. You will be given full training in using our Entry requirements
up-to-date media resources, newsrooms and studios, ensuring that For the Postgraduate Diploma you
you graduate from the course as a multiskilled journalist, able to should hold a good first degree
work across different platforms. (Upper Second Class) and/or a
Our teaching staff are highly experienced journalism professionals, health-related qualification. For the
and you will have specialist tuition from a leading medical journalist. Graduate Diploma you should have
Many of our Medical Journalism BA graduates have successfully a health-related qualification and
combined their medical careers with journalistic work. work experience. You should be
Course content able to demonstrate a knowledge
There’s a strong emphasis on learning through ‘hands-on’ practice, and understanding of the media
and on making you aware of multi-platform journalism. The specially and journalism industry, preferably
adapted modules you will study are: Health and Medical Journalism in the UK. Unless a large part of
• Magazine Project • Media Law and Current Affairs (Medical) your education has been in English,
• Medical News and Feature Writing • Multimedia Journalism Skills you will need an IELTS score of
(Medical) • Web Journalism (Westminster News Online) 7.5 (or equivalent) in speaking
and in writing. Applicants should
You will be able to learn TeeLine shorthand and undertake a work
submit two short assignments with
placement at a medical publication. You will also contribute to one
their application – the first on why
of University’s two multimedia news sites, Westminster News Online
medical and health journalism is
(wnol.info) and HA1 (www.theha1.co.uk), and there’s the opportunity
important (250 words maximum),
to broadcast on Smoke Radio, the University’s multi-award-winning
and the second an analysis of the
internet radio station.
coverage of a recent health story
(300 words maximum).
162
Public Relations MA

This challenging and highly regarded course encourages you to Length of course
reflect on the dynamic public relations profession. The course was One-year, full-time or
the first of its kind in London, the centre of Europe’s public relations two-year, part-time
industry. Public relations is a fast-moving field, sensitive to changes
both in technology and in society, and as an international industry it Location
is at different stages of development in different countries. The course Harrow and central London
will equip you to seize the opportunities presented by change, rather (Marylebone and Cavendish)
than simply following in the slipstream. Fees and funding
We offer an exciting curriculum that combines rigorous academic Associated careers
study with the practical professional skills that are much in demand by This course is particularly relevant if
employers. You will put together a professional pitch, stage a press you want to start, or to progress, a
conference and create blogs. You will also explore issues affecting the career in public relations or one that
industry such as professional ethics and the impact of new media. involves communications with either
The course is designed to help you broaden, enhance and update internal or external stakeholders.
your practical skills, while engaging in serious study of the key issues Many of our alumni now work at a
faced by the PR industry. It is also designed to produce better strategic senior level in PR, both in-house and
managers. The course provides relevant aspects for people working in leading PR agencies including
in the public and voluntary sectors in the UK and overseas, and for Burson Marsteller, Edelman, Hill
those planning careers in PR consultancies, the private sector and the and Knowlton, and Ketchum.
growing market of digital PR.
Entry requirements
Core modules: Contemporary Theory and Issues in PR • Dissertation You should normally have a
Research Skills • Planning a Public Relations Campaign • Public good first-degree qualification
Relations and the Media • Understanding Public Relations (Upper Second Class Honours) or
Option modules, choose from: Consumer PR • Corporate PR • Fashion equivalent, although professional
PR • Marketing Principles • New Media and PR • NGO and Charity qualifications or substantial
Campaigns and PR • Political Communications • Public Affairs appropriate work experience may
be acceptable instead. The course
Related courses relies heavily on you being able
Communication MA • Media Management MA to write and present effectively in
English, and if English is not your
first language, you need to have
a minimum IELTS score of 7.0 (or
equivalent), plus sufficient academic
or professional background.
163
Research Assessment Exercise
The University of Westminster is recognised as one of the top-rated

media research institutions in the country, according to the Government-
sponsored Research Assessment Exercise, released in December 2008.
The Communications and Media Research Institute at the University
submitted the work of 16 researchers. Sixty per cent of this research
was judged to be at the very highest level – “world-leading in terms of
originality, significance and rigour” – and received the top, ‘four star’
ranking. All of the work was judged to be “recognised internationally”
and 90 per cent of it was rated “internationally excellent”.
For comparison, only 17 per cent of research across all universities
and all subjects was judged to be “world leading”. At the Universities of
Oxford and Cambridge, an average of 32 per cent of research received
a ‘four star’ ranking.
All members of the CAMRI team lecture regularly, take seminars and
supervise dissertations.
Skillset Media Academy
The University of Westminster is a Skillset Media Academy, and is

recognised as one of the top media-teaching institutions in the UK.
The Skillset Media Academy Network is a national footprint of
colleges and universities that work with industry in developing the
new wave of media talent. It has been devised by Skillset, the
Government-backed industry training body, and is made up of 22
academies, drawing together creative education partnerships from 43
colleges and universities across the UK. The institutions in the network
are centres of excellence in television and interactive media.
Skillset established the Academies in response to a call from the
media industries to develop lasting partnerships with further and
higher education institutions. The Academies provide an answer to the
industry need for fresh talent and innovation, and set new standards in
higher education for the design and delivery of practice-based courses.
For more information on the benefits of taking a course at a Skillset
approved course, see courses.skillset.org/pick_the_tick
Broadcast Journalism Training Council
The Broadcast Journalism Training Council (BJTC) is a partner

organisation with Skillset, backed by the broadcasting industry,
to ensure high standards for training students to be journalists.
The University of Westminster is accredited by the BJTC for both
undergraduate and postgraduate courses. The council has twice
acknowledged the University’s excellence with awards for Teaching
and Innovation (2007 and 2008).
For more information on the benefits of taking a BJTC course,
visit www.bjtc.org.uk/
164
“The course offered an
LAW
excellent balance between
the practical and theoretical
perspectives of the law.”
“I was working at a boutique law firm in Beirut. I appreciated the type of

work that I was given at the time, but I was determined to advance my
career into the international arena and began researching my options.
3 Further study in London, one of the most established legal centres in the
world, was an attractive choice, and after researching a number of LLM
courses in the UK, I was very impressed by those offered at the University
of Westminster.
3 I very much enjoyed my time at the University of Westminster, both on
the academic side and the social one. I remember the days I spent with
my classmates in the library at Little Titchfield researching case law and
legal articles.
3 Coming from a civil law background, studying common law at
Westminster was extremely useful. It improved my understanding of the
legal systems in the world, and the course offered an excellent balance
between the practical and theoretical perspectives of the law. Overall it
was a great experience which, I believe, greatly benefited my career.”
Naji Hawayek, Lebanon
International Commercial Law LLM
165
RESEARCH IN LAW
LAW
In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise we submitted the work of 28 of our staff; 85 per cent of the
School’s research was judged to be of international quality, with 35 per cent of that valued as being of
international excellence. This reflects the extraordinary growth in the research profile of Westminster’s
School of Law over the last 15 years. A key component of our reputation for quality research and our
dynamic research environment is the strength of our research degree students.
We offer both MPhil and PhD research degrees in law and law-related topics, with training and
supervision in these two research degrees on both full-time and part-time tracks. We currently have over
25 registered research students, one of the biggest law research degree programmes in London. Research
students have their own dedicated office space with computing and telephone facilities and a community
area. They are also encouraged to attend the weekly research seminar series, which is devoted to speakers
from both within and outside the University. Where possible we attempt to involve research students in
teaching, and aid them in gaining a Postgraduate Certificate in Education in order that they are properly
qualified teachers. This enables them to graduate with a rounded portfolio of skills and qualifications.
Our PhD programme is administered by the Graduate Centre in the Department of Advanced Legal
Studies. Our research centres produce a wide range of work within core areas of law, including:
commercial, banking and corporate law; criminal law; European Union law; international law; maritime
and transport law; and the legal profession. Our research also takes place within interdisciplinary fields
such as: law and geography; law and literature; law and philosophy; law and society; and law, gender
and sexuality. We welcome applications from prospective research students who are interested in any
aspect of law and legal institutions. More information is available at westminster.ac.uk/law
AHRC RESEARCH CENTRE FOR LAW, GENDER AND SEXUALITY (CENTRELGS)
Founded in 2004, this Centre involves a partnership between the law schools at the universities of Kent at
Canterbury (the main physical base for the Centre), Keele and Westminster. The overall aim of CentreLGS
is to pioneer work that analyses, investigates and deepens understanding of the relationship between law,
gender and sexuality.
CENTRE FOR CAPITAL PUNISHMENT STUDIES (CCPS)
Formed in 1993, CCPS has established a forum for research and debate on the death penalty. This forum
aims to encourage students, scholars and practitioners worldwide to participate in the work of the Centre.
CCPS has maintained a programme of lectures, seminars and conferences and is engaged in a number of
research projects.
166
CENTRE FOR INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL LAW STUDIES
LAW
During 2010 a new research centre on International Commercial and Financial Law studies will be
established. As well as providing a research presence in this field in London, the Centre will manage the
teaching of our highly successful LLM degrees in Corporate Finance Law and International Commercial Law.
CENTRE FOR INTERNATIONAL LAW AND THEORY
This Centre brings together diverse yet overlapping strands in the study of international law, with a strong
emphasis on interdisciplinarity and critical theoretical analysis. The Centre focuses on the link between the
applied and the theoretical, as it seeks to facilitate common scholarly activities and projects, and provide
the sort of supportive context within which radical new research can flourish. Drawing on our strengths
in international law, governance, criminology, economics, human rights and legal theory, the Centre
encourages collaboration both at a national and international level, through public guest lectures, open
fora such as conferences, workshops and seminars, internships, guest invitations, and online publications.
CENTRE FOR LEGAL PROFESSION AND LEGAL SERVICES
Westminster’s School of Law has been at the forefront of research into the legal profession and related
areas. This group builds on the School’s strongest bodies of research in the legal profession, access to
justice, dispute resolution, globalisation, legal ethics and legal education. Funders include the ACCA,
the ACLEC, the ESRC, the Law Society and the Nuffield Foundation.
CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF LAW, SOCIETY AND POPULAR CULTURE
We have an established reputation in the broad field of law and popular culture, which includes sport,
film, media and music. This reputation has been achieved through curriculum development, academic
publications, conference papers and links with a broad range of professionals. The Centre has recently
secured funding for a Knowledge Transfer Partnership with Brentford Football Club.
LONDON UNIVERSITIES MARITIME LAW AND POLICY GROUP (LUMLP)
This is a non-profit-making collaborative network of London academic institutions with research interests
in Maritime Law and Policy, which discusses, disseminates and develops research in this area. LUMLP
members are drawn from a wide range of academic and research institutions, professional groups,
commercial organisations and individuals sharing a common interest in maritime law and policy.
For more information about PhD study and opportunities, please contact Dr Oliver Phillips
(E: o.phillips01@westminster.ac.uk) or Professor Reza Banakar (E: r.banakar@westminster.ac.uk).
For more information about Law courses, visit the School of Law
website at westminster.ac.uk/law
167
Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA
LAW
The course is designed for the development of both non-lawyers and Length of course
lawyers who are concerned about the origins and causes of conflicts One-year, full-time or
and disputes, the social, psychological, political, economic, and two-year, part-time
legal implications of conflicts and disputes, and how they might be
prevented, managed, transformed and resolved. Location
The course will enable you to study in depth the procedural Central London (Regent)
and substantive issues in the subject. It examines the regulation of Fees and funding
individuals and groups in the context of conflicts and disputes of See westminster.ac.uk/fees
all kinds, and focuses on a range of issues, including culture and
identity; confrontation and hostility; co-operation and confrontation; Associated careers
control, compliance and conformity; decision making; families and The course has proved ideal
communities; groups and systems; intervention by third parties; and for individuals with a gap year
law and regulation. You will also consider pervasive elements such between career stages (such
as altruism, beliefs, ethics, human rights, justice, morality, peace, as between an undergraduate
reconciliation, truth and victims. degree course and a professional
or commercial course or
Course content appointment); and for anyone from
The course modules provide a balance between mainstream dispute the European Union and other
resolution processes, the Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) category countries wanting to improve their
of dispute resolution, and modules which are innovative and thought- English for career purposes.
provoking. They also focus on both the acquisition of knowledge and Graduates from the course
the acquisition of skills. have gone on to pursue a wide
The Perspectives on Conflicts and Disputes module provides a platform range of professional activities
from which all the other modules develop, and the Research Theory around the world, including as
and Practice module provides an essential platform for the dissertation arbitrators, diplomats, judges,
module. The Dissertation is an opportunity to develop your research, lawyers, linguists, managers
reasoning and writing skills. The 15,000-word dissertation is on a (including conflict managers) and
relevant topic chosen by you and approved by the module leader. mediators, working for a number of
To graduate with the MA, you will need to pass seven modules (three organisations including governments
core and four option modules) carrying a total of 180 credits. and the United Nations. Others
have gone on to further study at
Core modules: Perspectives on Conflicts and Disputes • Postgraduate PhD level.
Dissertation • Research Theory and Practice
Option modules: Access to Justice • Comparative Law • Conflict Entry requirements
Resolution: Negotiation • Family Mediation: Theory and Practice You should have a good UK
• International Commercial Arbitration • International Commercial Honours degree in any non-law
Mediation • Mediation: Concepts, Evolution and Practice subject or in law (or equivalent
• Negotiation: Theory, Contexts and Practice • Online Dispute from a non-UK university) and
Resolution • Regulating Risk Environments • Restorative Justice: satisfactory references. Other
Cultures, Integration and Law qualifications or experiential routes
can sometimes be agreed. If your
Not all the option modules will be available each academic year. first language is not English, you
Students can also choose one approved option module from another will need to have an IELTS score of
Masters course. 6.5 (or equivalent). The University
Related courses offers pre-sessional summer
Corporate Finance Law LLM • International Commercial Law LLM programmes for applicants who
need to improve their English before
starting the course.
168
Corporate Finance Law LLM
LAW
Knowledge of corporate finance law is essential for lawyers, Length of course
bankers and financiers who are keen to develop professional skills One-year, full-time or minimum
in fundraising, deal structures and transactional management. of two years, part-time (January
This course will appeal to both recent graduates and practitioners start available)
considering various fields of work, including law, investment banking,
corporate finance, private equity, securities and investments. Location
The emphasis is on learning how the financial markets work, Central London (Regent)
from the primary markets involving the issuance of equity, debt Fees and funding
and derivatives, to the secondary markets involving trading and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
investments, as well as very large financial transactions in the
international capital markets. You will gain an enhanced qualification Associated careers
suitable for a professional working or planning to work in a The course will benefit those
technically demanding and dynamic global industry. seeking to work in any of the range
of disciplines involved in corporate
Course content finance law, including corporate
You will develop a comprehensive understanding of the practical finance, corporate law, investment
processes and innovative products of the international corporate banking, private equity, venture
finance market, including equity and debt capital, derivatives, capital, corporate banking, and
structured finance, risk management and investment portfolio accountancy, as well as in related
products. The course will also enhance your legal, quantitative and fields. Outstanding students are
soft skills relevant to this area of practice. Two 18-hour executive recommended to apply to top law
residential weekend programmes are taught by 12 professionals firms and major investment banks.
and University academics.
Entry requirements
Core modules: Investment Banking Principles and Practices • Legal
You will need to hold an Upper
Aspects of Corporate Finance • Project or Dissertation
or Lower Second Honours degree
Option modules, choose four or five option modules from the (or non-UK equivalent) with an
following list: Corporate Strategy and Competition Law • Deal average of 55 per cent or above
Mechanics, Financial Markets and Operations • Derivatives and in law or related subject. We
Structured Finance Law • International Corporate Governance will also consider applicants
• International Energy Finance Law • International Finance Law who lack standard qualifications
and Economics • International Project Finance Law • International but have significant professional
Taxation • Investments for Managers, Theory, Regulations and Social or managerial experience in a
Responsibility • Islamic Finance and Securitisation • Legal Aspects relevant field. If your first language
of International Finance • Money Laundering and Corporate Fraud is not English, you will need an
• Multinational Corporate Entities • Payment and Trade Finance IELTS score of 6.5 or equivalent.
Related courses The University offers pre-sessional
Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA • International summer programmes if you need
Commercial Law LLM to improve your English before
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk
169
Entertainment Law LLM
LAW
This course combines academic analysis and commercial practice Length of course
elements of entertainment law. The diverse nature of entertainment One-year, full-time or a minimum
law will enable you to follow a number of specialisations, of two years, part-time
underpinned by the issues of contract and intellectual property.
The course will suit graduates from a law background, or those Location
from a non-law background who have significant relevant experience. Central London (Regent)
You will develop your knowledge and understanding of the key fields Fees and funding
within the entertainment business, the impact of the law on them. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
You will also develop the skills you need to succeed in a career in
entertainment law. Associated careers
Entertainment Law graduates
Course content develop careers in a whole
Core modules: Dissertation or Project in Entertainment Law range of professions within the
• Entertainment Contracts • Intellectual Property in the Entertainment entertainment industry. Perhaps
Business • Research Theory and Practice the most popular of these are
Option modules may include: Controlling Creativity: Censorship roles in music, media and
of Entertainment Products • Merchandising in the Entertainment communications, and sports law.
Business • Sports Law • Technology Rights and the Law • The Media, The subject gives a modern edge
Ownership, Control and Regulation to traditional law subjects and is
well respected by employers.
Entry requirements
You should hold an Honours degree
(Upper or Lower Second Honours
degree, with average of 55 per
cent or above) in law, but we will
consider mature applicants without
standard qualifications who have
significant professional experience
in the relevant field. Please contact
us for an informal discussion if you
fall outside the standard category.
If law is not the subject of your
first degree, evidence of law-based
modules or relevant experience
should be supplied. If your first
170
European Union Law LLM
LAW
This specialist course in European Union (EU) law will equip you with Length of course
a deep knowledge and understanding of EU law, as well as specific One-year, full-time or a minimum
areas of this unique legal system. The variety of options will allow you of two years, part-time
to follow areas that are of most academic and professional interest to
you. The option modules allow you to study all major areas of EU law, Location
ranging from internal market, through EU criminal law and human Central London (Regent)
rights, to external relations (with particular emphasis on the legal
aspects of recent EU enlargements). One of the aims of this course is Fees and funding
to develop your analytical skills and your ability to apply EU law in See westminster.ac.uk/fees
everyday domestic and judicial practice. Associated careers
Course content The course will give you the
As a graduate of the course, you will have enhanced knowledge of knowledge and skills you need
EU institutional and substantive law. to develop your career in the Bar,
consultancy, the public sector,
Core modules: Dissertation • Foundations of European Union Law
legal and professional training,
• Research Theory and Practice
the diplomatic service,
Option modules include: Criminal Law of the European Union international organisations, and
• Enlargements of the European Union • External Relations of the national and EU institutions.
European Union • Internal Market of the European Union
• International and European Refugee Law • International Entry requirements
Environmental Law • Introduction to EU Competition Law • Procedural You are required (other than in
Law of the European Union • Protecting Human Rights in Europe exceptional circumstances) to hold
an Upper Second Class Honours
degree (or equivalent) in law or
a relevant field. Foreign students
(unless their first degree was taken
in English) are required to have an
IELTS score of 6.5 (or equivalent).
summer programmes if you need
to improve your English before
171
International and Commercial Dispute Resolution Law LLM
LAW
This course is designed for the development of international and Length of course
commercial lawyers and non-lawyers who are concerned about the One-year, full-time or
origins of public and private international conflicts and disputes, two-year, part-time
the causes of cross-border and municipal commercial conflicts and
disputes, and how those disputes might be prevented, managed, Location
transformed and resolved. Central London (Regent)
The course gives you the opportunity to study in-depth the main Fees and funding
procedural and substantive issues in dispute resolution. You will See westminster.ac.uk/fees
focus on the regulation of individual, corporate and public conduct
in international and commercial conflicts and disputes. The wide Associated careers
range of topics you will cover includes competition and co-operation; The course has proved ideal
courts, tribunals and panels; decision making; democracy and for individuals with a gap year
governance; hazards and risk; institutional organisation; lawyers between career stages (such
and non-lawyers; leadership; and norms and regulation. You will as between an undergraduate
also consider pervasive elements such as equity, ethics, human rights, degree course and a professional
jurisprudence and justice. or commercial course or
appointment); and for anyone from
Course content the European Union and other
The course modules provide a balance between mainstream countries wanting to improve their
international and commercial adjudication (litigation and arbitration), English for career purposes.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) processes such as mediation and Graduates from the course have
negotiation, and modules which are innovative and thought-provoking. gone on to pursue a wide range
They also focus the acquisition of both knowledge and skills. of professional activities around
The Perspectives on Conflicts and Disputes module provides a platform the world, including as advocates,
from which all the other modules develop, and the Research Theory attorneys, arbitrators, barristers,
and Practice module provides an essential platform for the dissertation civil servants, diplomats, insurers,
module. The Dissertation is an opportunity to develop your research, judges, lawyers, linguists, managers
reasoning and writing skills. The 15,000-word dissertation is on a and commercial directors,
relevant topic chosen by you and approved by the module leader. mediators, and solicitors. Others
To graduate with the LLM, you will need to pass seven modules (three have gone on to further study at
core and four option modules) carrying a total of 180 credits. PhD level.
Core modules: Perspectives on Conflicts and Disputes Entry requirements

• Postgraduate Dissertation • Research Theory and Practice You should have a good UK
Option modules: Access to Justice • Comparative Commercial Honours degree in any non-law
Arbitration: Law and Practice • Comparative Law • Foreign Direct subject or in law (or equivalent
Investment Arbitration • International Commercial Arbitration from a non-UK university) and
• International Commercial Litigation • International Commercial satisfactory references. Other
Mediation • Mediation: Concepts, Evolution and Practice qualifications or experiential routes
• Negotiation: Theory, Contexts and Practice • Online Dispute can sometimes be agreed. If your
Resolution • Peaceful Settlement of International Disputes • Private first language is not English, you
International Law: Substantive Commercial • Regulating Risk will need to have an IELTS score of
Environments • Restorative Justice: Cultures, Integration and Law 6.5 (or equivalent). The University
offers pre-sessional summer
Not all the option modules will be available each academic year. programmes for applicants who
Students can also choose one approved option module from another need to improve their English
Masters or LLM course. before starting the course.
172
International Banking Law LLM
LAW
This intellectual and rigorous course is highly practical, and will Length of course
enable you to develop your understanding of the context and One-year, full-time or
institutional framework of international banking and finance law. two-year, part-time
You will explore the role of regulation in international banking and
finance, the relevance of banking contracts and relationships, the Location
wider financial law framework, and the role of banks in international Central London (Regent)
trade and investments. There is also a strong focus on developing Fees and funding
your transferable skills, including effective learning, communication See westminster.ac.uk/fees
skills, written presentation, analysis and problem solving,
independent study, research and time management. Associated careers
This course will benefit those
Course content seeking legal, professional,
Core modules: Dissertation • International Banking Law managerial, operational or
and Regulation research opportunities in asset
Option modules: Commercial Conflict of Laws • Deal Mechanics: management, capital markets,
Financial Markets and Operations • Derivatives and Structured commodities, compliance/legal
Finance Law • EU Competition Law • EU Internal Market Law consultancy, corporate banking,
• Insolvency Law • International Corporate Governance derivatives, foreign exchange
• International Project Finance Law • International Tax Law and money markets, insurance,
• Islamic Finance and Securitisation • Investment Banking Principles acquisitions, private banking/
and Practice • Law of International Sales • Legal Aspects of wealth management, private equity
International Finance • Money Laundering and Corporate Fraud and venture capital, retail banking,
• Payment and Trade Finance • Research Methods, Practice and risk management, trade finance,
Theory • World Trade Organization (WTO) Law central banks and international
financial organisations. Outstanding
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) students are recommended to
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London apply to top law firms and major
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who investment banks.
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See The minimum qualification is
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk a Second Honours degree (or
equivalent from a non-UK institution)
in law or a related subject. We
will consider mature applicants
who lack standard qualifications
but have significant professional
or managerial experience in a
relevant field. If your first language
173
International Commercial Law LLM
LAW
This course offers you the opportunity to develop strong academic Length of course
and practical skills in a highly competitive and intellectually satisfying One-year, full-time or a minimum
area of law. You will study the importance of international contracts, of two years, part-time
the workings of the multinational company, the financial backdrop to
international commerce, international disputes, and the regulation of Location
international business. Central London (Regent)
The courses is ideally suited to those who come from a law, Fees and funding
business, management, economics, or social science background. You See westminster.ac.uk/fees
will benefit from a strong programme of visiting speakers, excellent
online materials and learning resources, and a professional and Associated careers
practical focus in a department with a strong research profile. There is Former students have found
also an exciting calendar of social and educational visits, and greater employment in accountancy,
flexibility for part-time students. banking and finance, commodities,
There are both day and evening optional modules, with the core corporate and commercial
modules running in the evening. law, export-import, information
technology, insurance, international
Course content and national trade and marketing
All students are required to offer 180 credits to qualify for the degree. bodies, international organisations,
Core modules: Dissertation (60 credits) or Project Paper (40 credits) shipping and freight, tax, and the
• Foundations of International Commercial Law (20 credits) public sector.
Option modules (20 credits each) include: Commercial Conflict of Entry requirements
Laws • EU Competition Law • Financial Markets and Operations You will normally be expected to
• International Carriage of Goods • International Commercial have at least a good Second Class
Arbitration • International Commercial Mediation • International Honours (or equivalent) degree
Corporate Governance • International Sale of Goods • International in law, business, economics and
Tax Law • Investment Banking • Law of the EU Internal Market • Law other related fields. You will also
of Marine Insurance • Legal Aspects of Corporate Finance • Legal be considered without standard
Aspects of Electronic Commerce • Legal Aspects of International qualifications provided you are
Finance • Money Laundering and Corporate Fraud • Multinational sufficiently motivated to study
Corporate Entities • Payment and International Trade Finance Law effectively on a Masters programme
• Protection of Industrial Property Rights (including Intellectual and have had a significant amount
Property) Law • Research Theory and Practice • World Trade of relevant experience. If your first
Organization (WTO) Law • Human Rights Law, Business and Ethics language is not English, you will
Related courses need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
Conflict Prevention, Dispute Resolution MA • Corporate Finance equivalent. The University offers
Law LLM pre-sessional summer programmes
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) before starting your course. English
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London for Academic Purposes is also
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who available during Semester One.
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees.
See p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk
174
International Law LLM
LAW
This specialist international law course provides an innovative focus Length of course
on contemporary legal and political issues in the international One-year, full-time or
community. It takes an interdisciplinary approach to international two-year, part-time
law, exploring both social science and legal perspectives.
It will enhance your understanding of the key principles of public Location
international law, the key developments within the public international Central London (Regent)
law framework (with specific reference to human rights, humanitarian Fees and funding
law and international crime), and the process of globalisation and its See westminster.ac.uk/fees
significance for international law. The diverse range of subjects means
it is appropriate for students from a range of subject backgrounds, Associated careers
including law, social sciences, humanities and international relations. On completion of the course,
you will be able to specialise
Course content in a wide range of careers or
Core modules: Dissertation • Public International Law • Research academia. Graduates have
Theory and Practice worked for organisations such as
Option modules include: Comparative Human Rights Law • Human Amnesty International, the United
Rights and Sexuality • International Criminal Law • International Nations or in legal departments
Environmental Law • International Energy and Climate Change Law within international organisations.
• International Human Rights Law • International Humanitarian Law Opportunities for further research
• International Law and Development • International Law of the or teaching are also available.
Sea • International Law and Terrorism • Peaceful Settlement of
Entry requirements
International Disputes • The Right to Reparation for Serious Violations
You should hold a Lower Second
of Human Rights and Humanitarian Norms • United Nations Law
Honours degree (or equivalent
Related courses from a non-UK institution) with an
International Relations MA average of 55 per cent or above,
in law, social science, international
relations or a related subject.
Applicants who lack standard
qualifications but have significant
professional experience in the
relevant field or related professional
qualifications may be considered.
score of 6.5 or equivalent. The
University offers pre-sessional
summer programmes if you need to
improve your English before starting
your course.
175
Legal Practice LLM
LAW
This course enables you to make further use of your Legal Practice Length of course
Postgraduate Diploma (LPC). It will interest LPC graduates wishing One-year, part-time
to enhance their qualifications and practitioners wishing to gain
a more in-depth understanding of the principles underlying their Location
daily work. Two pathways are available, allowing you to use credits Central London (Regent)
from the LPC and obtain 60 additional credits to achieve a Masters Fees and funding
qualification. You can tailor the course to particular interests, choosing See westminster.ac.uk/fees;
to focus either on producing a dissertation or incorporate some some module choices may
element of teaching. The course also enables you to obtain Continuing incur an additional fee.
Professional Development (CPD) points for your study.
Associated careers
Course content LPC graduates will conclude their
Pathway 1 – Dissertation only studies with enhanced qualifications
You begin with introductory sessions on practical research skills. and advanced research skills.
The dissertation allows extended study in an area of your choice, Pathway 2 will provide specialist
provided it is linked to legal practice or is relevant to legal knowledge of an area of legal
practitioners. Following the submission of your final research outline, practice. Both pathways are
you will have regular meetings with your dissertation supervisor, who therefore intended to enhance
will provide guidance on your direction of study, comment on your your employability. The experience
methods and approach, and on the content of the developing work of advanced research may offer
and final presentation. You then build upon your research to alternative careers outside legal
develop knowledge, concepts and theories which you will explore practice. Practitioners will be
in a 15,000-word dissertation. This pathway is entirely assessed on able to gain a more in-depth
the basis of the dissertation. understanding of the principles
underlying their daily work.
Pathway 2 – Dissertation and taught module
You begin with introductory sessions on practical research skills, Entry requirements
before choosing one 20-credit module from our LLM modules and Applicants would normally have
attending LLM classes. Formal lectures develop a framework of passed the LPC. If you do not have
essential knowledge within each module, while tutorial sessions might the LPC you must demonstrate
include small-group work, problem-based tutorials, review sessions, equivalent qualifications and
workshops or debates, as well as student presentations. You will be practical experience to achieve
assessed in your chosen module. In Semester Two you plan, research, credits required for admission.
write up and submit an 8,000-word dissertation worth 40 credits. You If you have passed the Law
will be expected to choose a topic for your research dissertation linked Society Finals or Bar Vocational
to the areas covered in your option module, and to ensure that your Course and can demonstrate
topic is relevant to legal practice. You must pass the dissertation and evidence of recent practice
the option module to be awarded the LLM. together with CPD, you may be
considered for admission.
Related courses If you follow Pathway 1 you will
Legal Practice Postgraduate Diploma (LPC) need to demonstrate that you have
given some consideration to your
intended dissertation. If you follow
Pathway 2 you should demonstrate
your interest in a particular LLM
course. If your first language is
not English, you will need an
your course.
176
Law (CPE) Graduate Diploma
LAW
This intensive conversion course is designed for non-law graduates Length of course
of any discipline, or overseas law graduates who wish to qualify One-year, full-time or two-year,
as either barristers or solicitors. The course begins with a two-week part-time (two evenings a week)
foundation in the English Legal System and an introduction to the law
and legal professions. You will then go on to study a number of key Location
areas of law and legal practice, and one further area of law, which Central London (Regent)
will be assessed by dissertation. Fees and funding
If you successfully complete the course, you will become eligible See westminster.ac.uk/fees
for entry on to the Legal Practice Course (LPC) or the Bar Professional
Training Course (BPTC). We have been successfully running this Associated careers
conversion course since 1977, and our students have taken a variety The course is designed for
of first degrees at a wide range of universities. This, together with the graduates who wish to qualify as
substantial number of staff who are solicitors and barristers, helps to a solicitor or barrister. The full-time
produce a stimulating learning environment. course also enables overseas
students to gain an English law
Course content qualification in one year.
You are required to study the following foundation subjects: Contract
• Criminal Law • Equity and the Law of Trusts • Land Law • Law of Entry requirements
the European Union • Public Law • Tort You will need a minimum of a
Lower Second Honours degree in
You will also study one additional area of law of your choice which
a non-law degree, or equivalent
is assessed by a short dissertation. To introduce you to some of the
postgraduate degree. If your first
skills lawyers need, we run a series of weekly timetabled classes in
Interviewing Skills, Mooting and Negotiating Skills.
Related courses equivalent. The University offers
Legal Practice Postgraduate Diploma (LPC) pre-sessional summer programmes
177
Legal Practice Postgraduate Diploma (LPC)
LAW
This is the compulsory vocational course for anyone intending to Length of course
become a solicitor, and is regulated by the Solicitors’ Regulation One-year, full-time or two-year,
Authority. We have offered the LPC since its introduction in 1993, part-time (evening), or two-year,
and under the previous grading regime adopted by the SRA we flexible learning (in conjunction
held six ‘commendable practices’ – the highest grades that were with NCLT).
achievable by an LPC provider.
The SRA validated Westminster to deliver the latest version of the Location
LPC with effect from September 2009, and we are continuing to build Central London (Regent)
on our proven track record in delivering a high-quality course at Fees and funding
affordable rates. Fee discounts are offered to students with a strong See westminster.ac.uk/fees
academic record.
Associated careers
Course content The Legal Practice Course (LPC) is
The full-time course begins with an intensive foundation period which the compulsory vocational course
will introduce you to the underlying areas of law and practice such for intending solicitors.
as Professional Conduct and Client Care, Taxation, Financial
Services, and Solicitors’ Accounts. It also covers the course skills Entry requirements
of Writing, Drafting, Advocacy, Interviewing and Advising, and You must currently be enrolled as
Practical Legal Research. a student member of the Solicitors’
Regulation Authority (SRA) and hold
You will go on to study the three Stage 1 LPC core practice areas –
a current Certificate of Completion
Business Law and Practice, Property Law and Practice, and Civil and
of the academic stage of training.
Criminal Litigation – together with Wills and Administration of Estates.
The latter is usually available
You can then chose whether to stay with us to complete Stage 2
where you have graduated with a
of the course. This will involve completing three of the following
qualifying law degree, passed a
option modules (subject to availability): Clinical • Commercial Law
Common Professional Examination
• Commercial Litigation • Commercial Property • Corporate Finance
or a Diploma in Law. The SRA may
• E-Commerce • Employment • Entertainment and Media • Family
accept other qualifications.
Law • Housing Law • Immigration Law • Personal Injury and Clinical
The University requires a
Negligence • Private Acquisitions
minimum of a Lower Second
Students who take the Immigration, Nationality and Refugee Law Class Honours in a qualifying law
module can also seek exemption from Level One of the Legal Service degree or equivalent postgraduate
Commission’s Immigration and Asylum Accreditation Scheme. We qualification. If your first language
are the only LPC provider currently authorised to recommend its is not English, you will need an
students to the LSC for Level One exemption in this way. Students IELTS score of 7.0 or equivalent.
seeking Level One exemption through Westminster will need to The University offers pre-sessional
pay an additional fee. summer programmes if you need to
The part-time (evening) course mirrors the full-time course in content improve your English before starting
and provides a convenient and affordable route to becoming a your course.
solicitor. Students study Property and Litigation in Year 1 (as part of
Stage 1 of the course), together with one Stage 2 module. Students
complete both Stages 1 and 2 of the course in Year 2 by studying
Business and Wills together with two further modules.
Westminster is also working in partnership with Central Law Training
and the University of the West of England in providing a flexible
learning, two-year, part-time course.
Related courses
Graduate Diploma in Law (CPE)
178
Institute of Legal Executives (ILEX) course
LAW
Training to be a legal executive offers a flexible and accessible Length of course
route to a career as a lawyer. You can start on the ILEX course at This will vary according to the
one of a number of different levels, depending on your qualifications. point that you enter and exit the
These range from graduates who can take a one-year Fast-Track course. Contact the University for
Diploma, to those with few formal qualifications who can start at more information.
Level 3. At Westminster we cater for all the different routes that you
might want to take. Location
Our lectures and seminars are delivered by seasoned legal Central London (Regent)
professionals with industry experience, drawn from the ranks of Fees and funding
academics, solicitors and barristers. We use a range of teaching Level 3 Certificate and Professional
methods to facilitate different styles of learning. Diploma in Law and Practice
As a University, the learning resources at the School of Law – £1,000 per annum (10 units
are first class, with IT access to legal and academic materials, a completed in two academic years).
comprehensively stocked law library (three floors of studying space),
Level 6 Professional Higher Diploma
research support and well-trained library staff. Our IT resources are
in Law and Practice – £2,700
not confined to the University premises; our subscription to online
(one practice unit plus three
materials allows you to access these materials remotely, from your
substantive law units plus two
home or student.
professional skills units completed
Course content over two academic years).
On all levels of the ILEX course you will receive pastoral care and Fast-Track Diploma for Law
regular access to a personal tutor. This is a supplement to the guided Graduates – £1,350 (two
tuition described below and is there to help ensure that you achieve practice units plus one
your full potential on the course. professional skills unit completed
Level 3 Certificate in Law and Practice – Year 1 over one academic year).
The course runs on Mondays (5.30-9pm) during term time. You will Level 6 Single Subject Certificate
receive tuition in relation to Introduction to Law and Practice, Client – £550 for each law/practice
Care Skills, Criminal Law, Criminal Litigation and Legal Research. unit and £250 for each
Level 3 Professional Diploma in Law and Practice – Year 2 professional skills unit.
The course runs on Wednesdays (5.30-9pm) during term time. You
Associated careers
will receive tuition in relation to Civil Litigation, Employment Law, Land
Qualification as a legal executive
Law, Law of Contract and Law of Tort.
is becoming increasingly valuable.
Fast-Track Diploma for Law Graduates Legal executives can therefore
This is suitable for students who have a qualifying law degree. One now become partners in law
of the practice units you select must relate to your law degree. The firms, judges, and work in the full
practice units on offer include Civil Litigation, Conveyancing, Criminal gamut of legal organisations, from
Litigation and Family Practice. Additionally, you will be required to multinational commercial law firms
take Client Care Skills. Subjects are timetabled during term time on to local authorities and ‘high street’
Mondays, Wednesdays and Thursdays (6-8pm). firms. They are well regarded
Level 6 Single Subject Certificate members of the legal profession.
This is suitable for students seeking to boost their knowledge in a
Entry requirements
specific area of law. For practice units on offer, see the Fast-Track
These vary according to the
Diploma above. Substantive law units on offer include Criminal
qualification you wish to take.
Law, Equity and Trusts, European Law, Family Law, Land Law, Law
Contact us for more information.
of Contract, Law of Tort and Public Law. The Professional Skills units
on offer are Client Care Skills and Legal Research. Law and practice
units are timetabled during term time on Mondays, Wednesdays
and Thursdays (6-8pm). Professional Skills are timetabled for 8-9pm
throughout the academic year.
179
Postgraduate Occasional Studies Programme
LAW
This is a highly flexible programme of studies for those who do not Fees
wish to enrol on an LLM course initially. Most LLM modules can be Variable
taken on an individual basis. You can study any particular module
that you are interested in, as long as you meet the minimum entry How to apply
requirements for the course hosting that module. Contact Professor Jason Chuah
(chuahj@westminster.ac.uk), the
This is ideal for students who, for various reasons, are unable to Head of Department
attend the full LLM course. The credits you acquire can count towards
a Postgraduate Certificate (60 credits), a Postgraduate Diploma (120
credits) or the LLM (180 credits). The conditions are that you must
have obtained these credits within the University’s maximum period of
registration, and you cannot exceed the number of attempts laid down
in the University regulations.
For example, if you wish to study Law of International Sales but
cannot because of work commitments, you can sign up as an
occasional student for that module and attend class. When you pass
the assessment set for that module, you will be awarded 20 credits.
If you decide to stop studying, you can then ask for a certificate
of attendance. However, if you decide to carry on, you will have
acquired 20 credits which can count towards the Postgraduate
Certificate (requiring 60 credits), the Postgraduate Diploma
(requiring 120 credits) or the LLM (requiring 180 credits).
180
“The key factor in me
LIFE SCIENCES
successfully applying
for my job was my
postgraduate qualification.”
“After I completed my degree in Biology in my native Spain, I realised

I had an interest in Biotechnology, but I couldn’t decide if I wanted
to work in industry or research. I decided to take the Medical
Biotechnology MSc at the University of Westminster.
3 I was particularly attracted to the University because it provides
a multicultural, modern and lively environment, and it is recognised
internationally for research in this field. Studying for my Masters at
Westminster made me realise how much I enjoy working in research,
and also enabled me to further develop my laboratory skills.
3 After I completed my MSc, I worked at the MRC Prion Unit in London
as a research technician; the key factor in me successfully applying for
this job was my postgraduate qualification.
3 Now I am doing a PhD in the National Institute of Agricultural
Technology in Madrid, where I’m researching African Swine Flu.”
Inma Dalmau-Mena, Spain
Medical Biotechnology MSc
181
RESEARCH IN LIFE SCIENCES
LIFE SCIENCES
Research in the School of Life Sciences encompasses a range of disciplines, from pure and applied
science through to practitioner-based subjects, which are co-ordinated within a number of research
groups. Our research integrates a wide range of areas, from applied microbiology, biotechnology,
molecular genetics and structural biology through to Chinese medicine, human performance, public health
nutrition, and well-being. Members of the School work closely with bio-industry, the NHS, and research
institutions within the UK, Europe and the US to conduct research which is internationally recognised.
For more information on research within the School, contact our Research Director, Professor Taj
Keshavarz (E: t.keshavarz@westminster.ac.uk).
APPLIED BIOTECHNOLOGY
This research group focuses on the application of biotechnology in a range of topical areas including
antibiotics, antibodies, biopolymers, biorefineries, exploitation of plant and algal resources, and innovative
food products. Contact Dr Ipsita Roy (E: royi@westminster.ac.uk).
CELL COMMUNICATION
This group brings together researchers across disciplines to support original research investigating
mechanisms of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cell communication. The breadth of expertise of the group
allows novel approaches to be used for the study of cell communication. Contact Dr Caroline Smith
(E: C.Smith24@westminster.ac.uk).
CELL SURVIVAL
This multidisciplinary group covers research interests in the areas of cancer, fertility, genome stability and
ageing, liver disease, mitochondria and ageing, stem cells, and the identification of radiolytic markers.
Contact Dr Mark Clements (E: clemenm@westminster.ac.uk).
EASTMEDICINE
The EASTmedicine (East Asian Sciences and Traditions in Medicine) Centre is a unique research centre that
investigates East Asian Medicines from an interdisciplinary perspective, drawing on history, anthropology,
and science studies as well as clinically applied research. Current projects include a long-term research
programme investigating the possibility for translating Chinese medical treatment strategies for menopausal
syndrome into NHS clinical settings. Contact Dr Volker Scheid (E: v.g.scheid@westminster.ac.uk).
HEALTH AND WELL-BEING
The group’s interest is broadly health, with particular focus on diabetes and fertility and women’s
health. The mix of practitioners and academic researchers brings together a range of talents and
resources which can be harnessed to enhance the group’s future research. Contact Dr Pamela
Greenwell (E: greenwp@westminster.ac.uk).
182
INFLAMMATION AND INFECTION
LIFE SCIENCES
The remit of this group is to evaluate the role of inflammatory mediators and infectious agents in
disease pathologies. Recent research includes investigation into the role of endogenous mediators in
the control of inflammatory diseases including asthma, COPD and arthritis. Contact Dr Stephen Getting
(E: s.getting@westminster.ac.uk).
LIFE SCIENCES EDUCATION
This group supports and informs strategies to improve the student learning experience, evaluate the
implementation of new strategies, and develop research and scholarship in all aspects of life and health
sciences higher education. Contact Dr Joanne Murray (E: murray.jo@westminster.ac.uk).
PATIENT EXPERIENCE
This group aims to develop highly original perspectives on patient self-management approaches to health,
focusing on how being a patient is meaningful and adds value to our understanding of health, illness and
recovery, how to improve services for service-user benefit, and health-seeking behaviours that contribute to
good community health and positive well-being. Contact Dr Damien Ridge (E: d.ridge@westminster.ac.uk).
PUBLIC HEALTH NUTRITION
Members of the Centre for Public Health and Nutrition have worked as consultants to the leading
international agencies in nutrition (including UNICEF and the World Food Programme) in countries ranging
from Afghanistan to Zambia. Staff have research experience in anthropology, anthropometry, dietetics,
epidemiology and data analysis, food security, infectious diseases, qualitative research methods, and
school feeding and health. Contact Dr Andrew Hall (E: A.Hall04@westminster.ac.uk).
TISSUE ENGINEERING AND REGENERATIVE MEDICINE
Regenerative medicine seeks to address the urgent need for donor organs and replacement tissues.
The group offers a diverse range of expertise in histology, biomaterials, stem cell biology and cellular
mechano-transduction. Contact Professor Mark Eastwood (E: eastwood@westminster.ac.uk).
WESTMINSTER WATER SCIENCE
This group’s main objectives are to advance novel research into water science to protect and manage
water resources, facilitate knowledge transfer for environmental policy making, and advance science
at the interface of biological and physical sciences to influence policy and practice. Contact Dr Sharron
McEldowney (E: mceldows@westminster.ac.uk).
For further information about Life Sciences courses, visit the School of Life Sciences
website at westminster.ac.uk/science
183
Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This course is designed to meet the industry’s growing demand for Length of course
people with expertise in applied microbiology and biotechnology. One-year, full-time or two-year,
You will complement your theoretical studies with ‘hands-on’ part-time, one day per week
experience of fully controlled fermenters that are up to pilot-plant
scale, and are linked to modern monitoring and control systems. Location
You will study a range of subjects in considerable depth, Central London (Cavendish)
including bioactive compounds, industrial bioprocesses, microbial Fees and funding
physiology and fermentation technology, microbial production of See westminster.ac.uk/fees
novel metabolites, monitoring and control of fermentation, topics in
biotechnology, and types of bioreactors. Associated careers
The course is aimed at those
Course content aspiring to be researchers and
Core modules: Bioprocess Design • Bioprocess Technology 1 managers in the biotechnology
• Bioprocess Technology 2 • Biotechnology and Business • Project and pharmaceutical industries or
A: Critical Review and Design Study • Project B: Research Project other biosectors.
and Report • Recent Advances in Biotechnology
Entry requirements
Option modules, choose one from: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy
You should have an Honours
• Bioinformatics in Medicine • Drug Discovery and Pre-clinical
degree in biological sciences,
Development • Environmental Biotechnology • Molecular
biotechnology or a related
Bioinformatics • Molecular Science and Genetics • Molecular
discipline, or an equivalent
Therapeutics • Recombinant DNA Technology
qualification. If your first language
Related courses is not English you should have an
Medical Biotechnology MSc IELTS score of at least 6.5 in all
components (or equivalent). During
the induction stage of the course,
students who do not have English
as their first language will complete
Academic English screening
and any resulting recommended
Academic English support activity.
184
Biomedical Sciences MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This course allows you to plan your own taught programme to match Length of course
your interests and experience by selecting modules from any other One-year, full-time
bioscience Masters course in the School of Life Sciences, with the
advice of the course leader. For example, you could combine modules Location
on microbiology and molecular biology or those on haematology and Central London (Cavendish)
clinical chemistry. Fees and funding
Whatever the combination, you will be able to expand your See westminster.ac.uk/fees
understanding of human diseases, their investigation and therapy,
and develop your competence in the design and execution of a Associated careers
laboratory-based project. The course is accredited by the Institute of You will develop a range of
Biomedical Science (IBMS). transferable skills that will enhance
your employment prospects and
Course content your research opportunities in the
Core modules: Project A: Critical Review and Design Study • Project UK or overseas. Most of the intake
B: Research Project and Report for this course will be international
Option modules: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy • Bioinformatics in students with experience in
Medicine • Cellular Pathology 1 • Cellular Pathology 2 • Clinical biomedical sciences who, following
Endocrinology • Current Topics in Cellular Pathology • Current Topics completion of their studies, will
in Clinical Chemistry • Current Topics in Medical Microbiology return to their home countries to
• Cytopathology • Erythron Pathophysiology • Fluids and Electrolytes pursue promotion or research
• Genetics and Developmental Genetics • Haemostasis • Immunology opportunities. UK students are
and Pathogenicity • Immunopathology • Immunotherapy • Leucocyte welcome, preferably with relevant
Pathophysiology • Medical Microbial Physiology • Medical work experience.
Microbiology and Epidemiology • Metabolic Disorders • Molecular
Entry requirements
Bioinformatics • Molecular Science and Genetics • Molecular
You must have at least a BSc
Therapeutics • Recombinant DNA Technology • Transfusion Science
Honours in biomedical sciences
Related courses or in a closely related subject,
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma • Cellular a professional qualification of
Pathology MSc • Clinical Chemistry MSc • Haematology MSc equivalent status and associated
• Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc • Medical Microbiology work experience, a Postgraduate
MSc • Medical Molecular Biology MSc • Molecular Biology in Certificate in Biomedical Science,
Medicine Postgraduate Certificate or an equivalent qualification
deemed suitable by the course
team. If your first language is
not English you should have an
IELTS score of at least 6.5 in all
Academic English screening,
185
Cellular Pathology MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This course is designed to meet the emerging needs of the Length of course
routine cellular pathology department. It will give you a deeper Two-year, part-time,
understanding of laboratory diagnostic practice, and will introduce one day per week
you to recent advances in cellular pathology. The increasing use
of immunocytochemistry and molecular biological techniques in Location
diagnostics will be integrated components of the course. Central London (Cavendish)
The module contents are enhanced with material delivered by Fees and funding
visiting lecturers who are practising pathologists, clinical scientists See westminster.ac.uk/fees
and expert biomedical scientists. This ensures that taught material
is current and relevant. The course is accredited by the Institute of Associated careers
Biomedical Science (IBMS). This course is designed for those
employed, or seeking to be
Course content employed, in histopathology or
Core modules: Cellular Pathology 1 • Cellular Pathology 2 cytopathology departments, or
• Current Topics in Cellular Pathology • Molecular Science and in academic and industrial
Genetics • Project A: Critical Review and Design Study • Project B: research laboratories.
Research Project and Report
Entry requirements
Option modules: Cytopathology • Immunopathology • Vocational and
You are expected to have at least
Experiential Learning in Biomedical Science
one year’s laboratory experience,
Related courses and be in full-time employment in
Biomedical Sciences MSc • Biomedical Sciences Graduate a relevant laboratory. You must
Diploma/Diploma • Clinical Chemistry MSc • Haematology MSc also normally have either a BSc
• Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc • Medical Microbiology Honours degree in a relevant
MSc • Medical Molecular Biology MSc • Molecular Biology in subject, or an IBMS Fellowship or
Medicine Postgraduate Certificate Primary Examination of the IBMS,
or Postgraduate Certificate in
Biomedical Science, or experience
or qualifications deemed suitable
by the course team.
English you should have an
the induction stage of the course, all
186
Clinical Chemistry MSc
BIOSCIENCES
The course will develop the knowledge and intellectual skills you Length of course
will need as a clinical chemists working in routine and research Two-year, part-time,
settings. To give the right balance, modules include aspects of one day per week
clinical biochemistry and laboratory management but, in contrast
to other similar courses, there is particular emphasis in this MSc on Location
the analytical aspects. The course is accredited by the Institute of Central London (Cavendish)
Biomedical Science (IBMS). Fees and funding
Core modules: Clinical Endocrinology • Current Topics in Clinical Entry requirements
Chemistry • Fluids and Electrolytes • Metabolic Disorders • Molecular You are expected to have at least
Science and Genetics • Project A: Critical Review and Design Study one year’s laboratory experience,
• Project B: Research Project and Report and be in full-time employment in
Option modules: Haemostasis • Immunopathology • Vocational and a relevant laboratory. You must
Experiential Learning in Biomedical Science also normally have either a BSc
Honours degree in a relevant
Related courses subject, or an IBMS Fellowship or
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma • Biomedical Primary Examination of the IBMS,
Sciences MSc • Cellular Pathology MSc • Haematology MSc or Postgraduate Certificate in
• Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc • Medical Microbiology Biomedical Science, or experience
MSc • Medical Molecular Biology MSc • Molecular Biology in or qualifications deemed suitable
Medicine Postgraduate Certificate by the course team. If your first
language is not English you should
have an IELTS score of at least 6.5
in all components (or equivalent).
During the induction stage of the
course, students who do not have
English as their first language
will complete Academic English
screening, and any resulting
recommended Academic English
support activity.
187
Drug Discovery and Development MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This course is designed to give you an insight into aspects of the Length of course
drug discovery and development process, by looking at a number One-year, full-time or
of disease areas including cardiovascular, neuro, arthritic and two-year, part-time
respiratory pathologies. It will give you the opportunity to study the
principles of pharmacology, bioinformatics and toxicology for the Location
development of novel therapeutics for their management. Central London (Cavendish)

Core modules: Bioinformatics in Medicine • Drug Discovery and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Pre-Clinical Development • Drug Metabolism and Toxicology Associated careers
• Molecular Bioinformatics • Project A: Critical Review and Design The course is aimed at those
Study • Project B: Research Project and Report aspiring to be researchers within
Option modules, choose two from: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy university research laboratories
• Biotechnology and Business • Molecular Therapeutics or in the pharmaceutical industry.
During the course you will
Related courses develop a range of transferable
Medical Biotechnology MSc skills that will enhance your
prospects for employment and
research opportunities in the
UK and overseas. The UK and
international students on the course
are expected to have experience in
physiology and pharmacology or
biomedical sciences.
Entry requirements
You must possess at least a BSc
Honours degree in physiology,
pharmacology, biomedical
sciences or in a closely related
subject. Alternatively, you will
need an equivalent qualification or
experience deemed suitable by the
course team. If your first language
is not English you should have an
188
Environmental Biotechnology MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This course will give you greater knowledge and understanding in Length of course
the rapidly developing field of environmental biotechnology. You One-year, full-time, or
will explore the underlying scientific principles of how biotechnology two-year, part-time
can be used to address current environmental issues, and how this
can affect environmental policy, both nationally and internationally. Location
You will be able to follow particular interests through your optional Central London (Cavendish)
module choices. Fees and funding
After graduating from this course, you will have subject-specific See westminster.ac.uk/fees
skills and knowledge integrating science with technology, business
and policy issues. You will also gain research experience at Associated careers
postgraduate level and develop a range of communication and The course is aimed at those
other skills that will enhance your employment and/or further aspiring to be researchers and
postgraduate education prospects. managers within the environmental
biotechnology sector (eg in
Course content water resource management), or
Core modules: Bioprocess Design • Bioprocess Technology 1 looking to work the broad fields
• Biotechnology and Business • Critical Review and Design Study of environmental management,
• Environmental Biotechnology • Environmental Law and Sustainable waste recycling, bioengineering,
Water Management • Research Project and consultancy, including
Option modules: Bioprocess Technology 2 • Recent Advances those working for national and
in Biotechnology international regulatory agencies.
During the course you will develop
Related courses a range of transferable skills that
Water Science, Policy and Governance MSc can enhance your prospects for
employment and further in the
UK or overseas.
Entry requirements
You must have at least a BSc
Honours degree in biological
sciences, biotechnology,
biochemical engineering,
environmental sciences, or in
a closely related discipline.
Alternatively, you will need
an equivalent qualification or
experience deemed suitable by the
course team. If your first language
is not English you should have an
189
Haematology MSc Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc
BIOSCIENCES
These courses are designed to cover all areas related to the use Length of course
of blood as a diagnostic and therapeutic tool. The innovative Two-year, part-time,
and integrated approach to teaching puts the emphasis on new one day per week
technologies and developments in this discipline, and you will study
a range of topics covering the various aspects of haematology and Location
transfusion science, as well as completing a research project. Central London (Cavendish)
The courses are supported by visiting lecturers who are practising Fees and funding
scientists in their field, which ensures that taught material is See westminster.ac.uk/fees
current and relevant. The courses are accredited by the Institute
of Biomedical Science (IBMS). Associated careers
This course will appeal to you if
Course content you are employed (or intend to
The taught element of the courses comprises lecture and seminar be employed) in a haematology,
sessions, and is assessed by a mixture of exams and course work. transfusion or immunology
The Research Project constitutes a further two modules. If you are laboratory, a research institution
employed during your studies, the experimental work for this will be or pharmaceutical company.
carried out at your place of employment, along with a critical review
and design study. Entry requirements
You will normally need a BSc
In order to obtain the MSc in Haematology or Haematology
Honours degree in biomedical
(Transfusion Science), you must pass the core modules and optional
sciences or in a closely related
modules as well as the research elements.
subject, or a professional
MSc Haematology qualification of equivalent status;
Core modules: Erythron Pathophysiology • Haemostasis other appropriate qualifications
• Leucocyte Pathophysiology • Molecular Science and Genetics and experience will be considered
• Project A: Critical Review and Design Study • Project B: Research by the course leader. You are
Project and Report expected to have at least one year’s
Option modules: Immunopathology • Molecular Therapeutics laboratory experience, and be in
• Transfusion Science • Vocational and Experiential Learning in full-time employment in a relevant
Biomedical Science laboratory. Applicants will normally
MSc Haematology (Transfusion Science) be interviewed and assessed for
Core modules: Erythron Pathophysiology • Haemostasis their suitability to join the course.
• Leucocyte Pathophysiology • Molecular Science and Genetics If your first language is not
• Transfusion Science English you should have an
Option modules: Immunopathology • Molecular Therapeutics components (or equivalent). During
• Vocational and Experiential Learning in Biomedical Science the induction stage of the course,
Related courses students who do not have English
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma • Biomedical as their first language will complete
Sciences MSc • Cellular Pathology MSc • Clinical Chemistry MSc Academic English screening,
• Medical Microbiology MSc • Medical Molecular Biology MSc and any resulting recommended
• Molecular Biology in Medicine Postgraduate Certificate Academic English support activity.
190
Integrated Governance in Healthcare Communities MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This is a multi-professional course for those wishing to enhance their Length of course
knowledge and skills within the domain of integrated governance, Two to five years part-time.
evaluation and practice development in health. Practical aspects of Each module requires five days
the course are largely carried out at your workplace, in collaboration attendance at the university,
with employers and colleagues. usually one day each fortnight,
The taught aspect of the course is delivered both by University staff, plus work-based study.
and by visiting lecturers from the NHS, government departments
and other organisations involved in healthcare evaluation, regulation Location
or research. Central London (Cavendish)

To achieve the MSc award you will need to complete seven modules See westminster.ac.uk/fees
and your dissertation. You can also study for a Postgraduate Diploma Associated careers
(six modules) or Certificate (three modules). You will benefit from consolidating
Core modules: Clinical Governance • Dissertation • Health Policy and expanding your current
• Integrated Governance in Health Care • Organisations: Their knowledge base in preparation
Structures and Analysis • Research and Evaluation for developing your career within
Option modules: Clinical Risk Management • Collaborative Working your own or a similar organisation.
within Health and Social Care The knowledge you acquire is
transferable across all areas of
Free choice module: A module from anywhere in the University that is health and social care, enabling
relevant and negotiated with your course leader. you to move between different
Teaching is through a combination of lectures, discussions, individual aspects of public and independent
and small group work. Assessment comprises written assignments health care, social care and the
related to your work-based practice. There are no exams. voluntary sector. Employment may
be found, for example, in posts
within clinical governance, quality
assurance, audit, research and
evaluation, practice development,
and clinical risk management.
Entry requirements
You need to be employed within
a relevant healthcare setting. You
should hold a Bachelors degree or
equivalent, or show evidence of
your ability to work at postgraduate
level. You will be in a role within
your organisation where you have
the opportunity to evaluate practice.
If your first language is not English
you should have an IELTS score
of at least 6.5 in all components
(or equivalent).
191
International Public Health Nutrition MSc
BIOSCIENCES
Nutrition has long been recognised as a vitally important determinant Length of course
of health status within both industrialised and industrialising countries, One-year, full-time, or
but significant changes are occurring in the profile of nutritional two-year, part-time
problems. Many countries continue to face problems of malnutrition
and micronutrient deficiencies, but countries in economic transition Location
also face the public health challenge of rising rates of diet-related Central London (Cavendish)
chronic disease, such as obesity and coronary heart disease. Also, Fees and funding
many industrialised countries now face problems of food insecurity See westminster.ac.uk/fees
among low-income groups. These challenges have led to a growing
international demand for trained public health nutritionists to work Associated careers
in a range of contexts to control and prevent these issues. The course is designed for people
This course (which is subject to approval) will give you the specialist wishing to work, or already
scientific knowledge and practical skills to take an active role in working in, public health contexts
international public health nutrition in a range of different settings. such as government ministries,
Training in statistics, epidemiology, research methods, nutritional UN organisations and
assessment and programme design will enhance your professional non-governmental organisations.
skills and competencies, employability and development as a public Entry requirements
health professional. The course is accredited by the Association for You should have a good Honours
Nutrition as part-fulfilment of the requirements for registration as an degree from a UK university, or
associate Public Health Nutritionist. equivalent from a non-UK university,
Course content in a relevant science or social
Concepts and Principles of Nutrition • Food and Nutrition in Public science subject. Preference is
Health and Policy • Nutrition Assessment • Nutrition Programme given to those with related work
Planning • Research Methods • Research Project in Public Health experience. If your first language
is not English you should have
an IELTS score of at least 6.5 in
all components (or equivalent).
192
Medical Biotechnology MSc
BIOSCIENCES
The demand for process technology specialists in the pharmaceutical Length of course
industries is rising. Research and development of new ‘biological’ One-year, full-time or two-year,
pharmaceuticals is often carried out by small to medium enterprises part-time, one day per week
under contract to large pharmaceutical companies. This course will
give you greater awareness of the molecular biology, fermentation Location
and engineering processes involved in producing current and Central London (Cavendish)
new therapeutic agents, and the ways in which biotechnology Fees and funding
developments are commercialised. You will also receive a broad See westminster.ac.uk/fees
grounding in fundamental subjects central to medical biotechnology.
Associated careers
Course content The course is aimed at those
Core modules: Biotechnology and Business • Project A: Critical aspiring to be researchers
Review and Design Study • Project B: Research Project and Report and managers in the
• Recent Advances in Biotechnology • Recombinant DNA Technology pharmaceutical industry.
Option modules: Bioinformatics in Medicine • Bioprocess
Entry requirements
Technology 1 • Bioprocess Technology 2 • Drug Discovery and
You should normally have an
Pre-clinical Development • Drug Metabolism and Toxicity
Honours degree in biological
• Molecular Bioinformatics • Molecular Science and Genetics
sciences, biotechnology,
• Molecular Therapeutics
biochemical engineering or a
A research project is also required for successful completion of the related discipline. Equivalent
MSc. This may be carried out at your place of employment if you qualifications may also be
study part-time. accepted. If your first language
Related courses is not English you should have an
Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology MSc IELTS score of at least 6.5 in all
193
Medical Microbiology MSc
BIOSCIENCES
This course is designed to give you the chance to study the scientific Length of course
basis of medical microbiology and some of the specialist areas One-year, full-time or two-year,
within it. You will be encouraged to gain greater awareness of the part-time, one day per week
importance and role of medical microbiology within biomedical
sciences, and of the ethical and safety issues relevant to working in Location
the field of medical microbiology. The course is accredited by the Central London (Cavendish)
Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS). Fees and funding
Core modules: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy • Current Topics Associated careers
in Medical Microbiology • Immunology and Pathogenicity Many students joining the course
• Medical Microbial Physiology • Molecular Science and will already be working within
Genetics • Project A: Critical Review and Design Study medical microbiology laboratories.
• Project B: Research Project and Report However, successful completion of
You undertake the Research Project at your own place of work. the course could open opportunities
in both research laboratories and
Related courses pharmaceutical industries.
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma • Biomedical
Sciences MSc • Cellular Pathology MSc • Clinical Chemistry MSc Entry requirements
• Haematology MSc • Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc You will normally have a BSc
• Medical Molecular Biology MSc • Molecular Biology in Medicine Honours degree in biomedical
Postgraduate Certificate sciences or in a closely related
subject, a professional qualification
of equivalent status and associated
work experience, a Postgraduate
Certificate in Biomedical Science
with a medical microbiology
specialism, or an equivalent
qualification deemed suitable
by the course team. Applicants
will normally be interviewed and
assessed for their suitability to join
the course. Applicants for the part-
time mode of study will normally
be working in a relevant area and
should have written support from
their employer both for day release
and to indicate that facilities will be
available in their workplace for the
Research Project.
194
Medical Molecular Biology MSc
BIOSCIENCES
Research in DNA technology, bioinformatics and immunology are Length of course
becoming essential elements in the routine diagnosis and treatment One-year, full-time or two-year,
of a range of disorders, including gene disorders, infectious diseases part-time, one day per week
and multi-factorial diseases such as cancer and heart disease. This
course is intended to give you the skills and knowledge you need to Location
understand and apply the technologies emerging from that research. Central London (Cavendish)
The market for such skills includes the medical laboratory service, Fees and funding
research institutions, forensic medicine and industries related See westminster.ac.uk/fees
to medicine. The latter includes traditional pharmaceutical and
biotechnological companies involved in the commercial marketing Associated careers
of specific products, such as PCR-based diagnostic kits, DNA probes, This course will appeal to you if
gene therapy vectors, recombinant proteins and monoclonal you are, or intend to be, employed
antibodies. This course is accredited by the Institute of Biomedical as a biomedical or clinical scientist
Science (IBMS). in the NHS, a research institution
or a pharmaceutical company. It
Course content will also be useful if you wish to
Core modules: Genetics and Developmental Genetics • Molecular gain a further, more specialised
Science and Genetics • Molecular Therapeutics • Project A: Critical qualification prior to embarking on
Review and Design Study • Project B: Research Project and Report a PhD. The course has also proved
• Recombinant DNA Technology useful for medically trained doctors
Option modules: Bioinformatics in Medicine • Clinical Governance about to embark on research.
• Immunopathology • Immunotherapy • Molecular Bioinformatics
Entry requirements
• Patient and Public Involvement in Health
You should normally have either
Related courses a suitable Honours degree or
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma • Biomedical a professional qualification of
Sciences MSc • Cellular Pathology MSc • Clinical Chemistry MSc equivalent status. Other equivalent
• Haematology MSc • Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc qualifications and experience will
• Medical Microbiology MSc • Molecular Biology in Medicine be considered by the course team
Postgraduate Certificate on a case-by-case basis.
195
Public Health Nutrition MSc
BIOSCIENCES
The part that nutrition plays in public health has long been Length of course
recognised. Within the UK’s national health system, tackling obesity One-year, full-time or
and the chronic diseases that result remains a priority. This is reflected two-year, part-time
in the growing provision of locally based food and lifestyle projects
intended to prevent obesity and other diet-related diseases, and Location
designed to address inequalities in health. Central London (Cavendish)
These challenges have led to a growing demand for trained public Fees and funding
health nutritionists to work in a range of different projects. This See westminster.ac.uk/fees
course will give you the specialist scientific knowledge and practical
skills you need to meet those challenges, and take an active role in Associated careers
public health nutrition in a range of different settings. Training in The course is designed for people
statistics, epidemiology, research methods, nutritional assessment, wishing to work, or already
and health promotion and behaviour change will enhance working in, public health contexts
your professional skills and competencies, employability and such as government ministries,
development as a public health professional. UN organisations and
This course is subject to approval, and accreditation by the non-governmental organisations.
Association for Nutrition as part-fulfilment of the requirements for Entry requirements
registration as an associate Public Health Nutritionist is being sought. You should have a good Honours
Course content degree from a UK university, or
Core modules: Concepts and Principles of Nutrition • Food and equivalent from a non-UK university,
Nutrition in Public Health and Policy • Health Promotion in Nutrition in a relevant science or social
• Nutrition Assessment • Research Methods • Research Project in science subject. Preference is
Public Health given to those with related work
experience. If your first language
Option modules: Communicating Science • Prevention and Treatment
is not English you should have
of Obesity in Children
an IELTS score of at least 6.5 in
196
Water Science, Policy and Governance MSc
BIOSCIENCES
The course (which is subject to approval) will provide you with a Length of course
knowledge and understanding of the critical elements of science, One-year, full-time or
technology, policy and governance that underpin the sustainable two-year, part-time
management of water resources and aquatic environments both
nationally and internationally. Location
It will allow you to follow particular subject-specific interests Central London (Cavendish)
through your optional module choices. It will also enable you to Fees and funding
understand the research process at postgraduate level, and apply See westminster.ac.uk/fees
this knowledge to research and problem solving in the field of water
science, policy and governance. The course is designed to help you Associated careers
develop a range of communication and other skills that will enhance You will develop a range of
your employment and further postgraduate education prospects. transferable skills to enhance your
employment prospects and further
Course content your research opportunities in
Core modules: Environmental Law and Sustainable Water the UK or overseas. The majority
Management • Field Issues in Water Management • Project A: of our intake are likely to be
Critical Review and Design Study • Project B: Research Project and international students, with
Report • Science for Water Management experience in a broad range
Options, choose two from: Biotechnology and Business of areas relevant to water
• Communicating Science • Environmental and Urban Governance management and water science.
• Environmental Issues and Environmental Strategies Following completion of their
studies, many will return to
Related courses their home countries to pursue
Environmental Biotechnology MSc • International Planning for their careers, promotion or
Sustainable Development MA research opportunities.
Entry requirements
You must have at least a
BSc Honours in geography,
environmental science, earth
or biological science or in a
closely related subject, a
professional qualification of
equivalent status and associated
work experience, a postgraduate
certificate or diploma in a relevant
discipline, or an equivalent
qualification deemed suitable by
the course team.
IELTS score of at least 6.5 in
Students whose first language is
not English will complete Academic
English screening, and any
resulting recommended Academic
English support activity provided.
your course.
197
Molecular Biology in Medicine Postgraduate Certificate
BIOSCIENCES
This course runs once a year (starting in October) and is aimed Length of course
primarily at part-time students employed in medical laboratories and One-year, part-time by
research institutions in the UK and abroad. Most of the teaching and distance learning
learning material is provided through websites, and the course is
largely internet based. Although the course requires no attendance Location
at the University, you follow three modules and complete the same Central London (Cavendish)
course work and exams as students at Westminster, and the learning and home study
outcomes and educational benefits of completing it are identical to Fees and funding
those of students taking the modules by normal attendance. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Once you have completed the course you can be issued with CPD
(Continuing Professional Development) credits by the University as Associated careers
approved by the Institute of Biomedical Science (IBMS). You may also, The course is designed to meet the
with the agreement of the appropriate course leader, use some of the needs of practising scientists who
credits gained on the course for APL (Accreditation of Prior Learning) want to update their knowledge
on to other postgraduate courses in the School, such as the Medical of the theory and practical uses
Molecular Biology MSc or Biomedical Sciences MSc. of molecular biology in medicine,
and will enhance your professional
Course content development opportunities.
Core modules: Molecular Science and Genetics • Molecular
Therapeutics • Recombinant DNA Technology Entry requirements
You should normally have either
Related courses a suitable Honours degree or
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma • Biomedical a professional qualification of
Sciences MSc • Cellular Pathology MSc • Clinical Chemistry MSc equivalent status. Other equivalent
• Haematology MSc • Haematology (Transfusion Science) MSc qualifications and experience will
• Medical Microbiology MSc • Medical Molecular Biology MSc be considered by the course team
on a case-by-case basis. If your
first language is not English you
should have an IELTS score of at
least 6.5 in all components (or
equivalent). During the induction
stage of the course, students who
do not have English as their first
language will complete Academic
English screening, and any resulting
recommended Academic English
support activity.
198
Biomedical Sciences Graduate Diploma/Diploma
BIOSCIENCES
The course has been designed to produce ‘hands-on’ professionals Length of course
with a broad range of skills in laboratory-based biomedical sciences. Two-year, part-time, one day per
Successful completion of the course enables you to meet Standard week for the Graduate Diploma,
3a.1 of the Health Professions Council (HPC) Standards of Proficiency, or one-year, part-time, one day
which requires the knowledge components of an accredited per week for the Diploma
biomedical science degree.
The course caters for the needs of non-accredited graduates, Location
providing you not only with supplementary relevant education Central London (Cavendish)
to meet the regulatory requirements of the HPC and the Institute Fees and funding
of Biomedical Science (IBMS), but also with a university award in See westminster.ac.uk/fees
recognition of completion of your study.
Associated careers
Course content The course is aimed at those who
The supplementary education required to meet Standards 3a.1 of the are already employed in a routine
HPC Standards of Proficiency is provided through modules taken from hospital pathology laboratory as
our accredited Biomedical Sciences BSc Honours. The modules offered trainee biomedical scientists, but
are those that the HPC/IBMS have deemed necessary for most of the do not have an accredited BSc in
potential students. Additionally a work-based module, not requiring biomedical sciences.
attendance at the University, is offered. Successful completion of eight
modules (120 credits) are required for the Graduate Diploma and six Entry requirements
(90 credits) for the Diploma. You are normally expected to
have an Honours degree in
Modules: Biology of Disease (30 credits) • Cellular Pathology
biosciences or an equivalent
(15 credits) • Clinical Chemistry (15 credits) • Haematology and
qualification deemed suitable by
Transfusion Science (15 credits) • Medical Immunology (15 credits)
the HPC/IBMS, and a letter of
• Medical Microbiology (15 credits) • Principles of Laboratory
recommendation from the IBMS
Diagnosis (15 credits) • Work-Based Learning (15 credits)
indicating supplementary areas of
Related courses biomedical sciences to be studied.
Biomedical Sciences MSc • Cellular Pathology MSc • Clinical Graduate applicants are expected
Chemistry MSc • Haematology MSc • Haematology (Transfusion to be working in an accredited
Science) MSc • Medical Microbiology MSc • Medical Molecular pathology laboratory. If your first
Biology MSc • Molecular Biology in Medicine Postgraduate Certificate language is not English you should
in all components (or equivalent.
If you have been asked by the
HPC/IBMS to complete fewer
areas of supplementary education
you may take individual modules
on a ‘module buyer’ basis. If you
have been asked to take additional
modules to those offered by the
Graduate Diploma/Diploma you
will also need to complete these
at additional cost, in terms of both
money and time.
199
Health and Social Sciences Professional Doctorate
BIOSCIENCES
The Professional Doctorate in Health and Social Sciences gives you Length of course
the opportunity to produce work-based research at doctoral level. Four-year, part-time,
The topic of research will be based upon your professional expertise approximately one day a
and the work of your organisation. It supports the current policy month for the first two years.
drive toward research in the workplace, the development of expert
practitioners, the expansion of collaborative working, and the Location
emphasis on evidence-based practice in healthcare. Central London (Cavendish)
The course is intended for senior practitioners, clinicians, team Fees and funding
leaders, managers, and specialists working in the wide domain of See westminster.ac.uk/fees
health and social sciences. We are particularly interested in applicants
who wish to study in the following two key areas: Entry requirements
• Healthcare management and service delivery, such as: Applicants will normally hold a
Healthcare governance: clinical risk management and patient Masters degree or acceptable
safety, clinical audit, clinical and integrated governance • Men’s equivalent, and have at lease three
health • Promoting positive community well-being including year’s appropriate work experience.
adult mental health • Service evaluation within the healthcare
community • Successful aging, health and well-being • The
management of healthcare services • The patient and service
user experience
• Public health nutrition, for example: Food security • Health
promotion and behavioural change • Nutrition and intestinal
disease • Nutrition surveillance • Programme evaluation.
Course content
The course comprises a taught and research component. The taught
element builds your knowledge of research practice, with each
module contributing to your own research project. Learning will be in
multidisciplinary cohorts.
Modules: Leading Research and Influencing Policy • Organisations:
their Structure and Analysis • Personal and Professional Development
• Research, Design and Planning • Research Methods
These are followed by a research dissertation.
200
Chinese Herbal Medicine MSc
INTEGRATED HEALTH
The aim of this theoretical and clinical professional-entry training is Length of course
the modification of classic formulae to create new formulae which – One-year, full-time, two days per
address complex patterns of illness. This course contextualises Chinese week (Monday and Wednesday)
herbal medicine within its historical roots, and grounds it in the legal, plus approximately four days of
ethical and inter-professional framework of the UK. further study from mid-September
Phytochemistry and pharmacokinetics are integrated into the to July.
understanding of the energetic interactions of herbs. Our challenge – Two-year, part-time, one day per
at the University is to translate, evaluate and promote clinically week (Monday) plus approximately
effective treatments from the East Asian medical tradition, in order six sessions of further study in Year
to properly integrate them into Western healthcare. This is an area One, and one day per week
which is key to the research being carried out within EASTmedicine (Wednesday) plus approximately
(East Asian Sciences and Traditions in Medicine), under the direction four days of further study in
of Dr Volker Scheid. Year Two.
If you are a Chinese herbal medicine practitioner you may be
able to apply for Accreditation of Prior (Experiential) Learning for Location
relevant modules. The course is accredited by the European Herbal Central London (Cavendish)
Practitioners Association (EHPA). Successful completion leads to Fees and funding
eligibility to apply for membership of the Register of Chinese Herbal See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Medicine (RCHM).
Associated careers
Course content This course is designed for
Core modules: Chinese Herbal Medicine Advanced Clinical Practice acupuncturists who want to extend
(contains research project) • Chinese Herbal Medicine Bianbing their practice repertoire to include
• Chinese Herbal Medicine Bianzheng • Chinese Herbal Medicine the other major system within
in the UK • Chinese Herbs and Formulae • Critical Inquiry in Practice Chinese medicine, or for Chinese
• Critique and Review herbal medicine practitioners who
wish to upgrade their academic
skills to Masters level.
Entry requirements
A UK degree in Traditional
Chinese Medicine acupuncture
(or equivalent). For those where
equivalence is being accepted,
the length, depth and content of
the courses followed and the
orientation of the syllabus will
be considered. Knowledge and
application assessments may
be required which show higher
education skills. If your first
language is not English you
should have an IELTS score of
at least 6.5 in all components
(or equivalent).
201
Chinese Medicine: Acupuncture MSc
INTEGRATED HEALTH
This course concentrates on developing you as a scholar Length of course

practitioner, and enabling you to develop professionally and One-year, full-time, or two-year,
personally as a leader in research, practice, clinical governance part-time, with block attendance
and policy within the Chinese Medicine Acupuncture profession. of three consecutive days four times
It presents appropriate clinical and analytical content in an throughout the year, plus weekly,
inter-professional forum that fosters critical debate, original interactive virtual-learning sessions.
and independent thinking, peer mentoring and supervision, You will need to undertake the
and reflexivity. Your exploration of the diversity of East Asian equivalent of one day per week
medicines will enlarge the context of the course. in private practice.
Course content Location
Chinese Medicine: A Living Tradition • Clinical Reasoning Central London (Cavendish)
• Researching Contemporary Issues in Complementary Medicine
• Research and Evaluation • Research Project Fees and funding
See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Associated careers
This course is designed to enhance
the skills of professionals already in
practice and encourage diversity
into other areas of work and in
other healthcare environments
such as the NHS, charitable
organisations, private outpatient
hospitals and GP practices.
Graduates may continue on to
PhD study, or find employment in
academia or research institutes, as
well as management, marketing
and development in governmental
and community healthcare provision
and related industries.
Entry requirements
You will need to be a registered
and insured practitioner, and will
be expected to hold a BSc Honours
degree (minimum Upper Second
Class) in Chinese Medicine:
Acupuncture or equivalent, an
equivalent professional qualification
and associated work experience, or
a qualification deemed suitable by
the course team, including relevant
overseas qualifications. Where
equivalence is being accepted, the
length, depth and content of the
courses followed and the orientation
of the syllabus will be considered.
You will need the higher
education skills to enable you to
benefit from postgraduate level
study, including evidence of
research, critiquing and the skills of
academic writing and IT, reflective
practice and communication skills,
and a collaborative and integrated
approach to working. If your first
202
Complementary Medicine MSc
INTEGRATED HEALTH
This course is offered to practitioners in a wide range of Length of course
complementary medicines, and may be particularly attractive One-year, full-time, or two-year,
where postgraduate study related specifically to your discipline is part-time, block attendance of
not available. The focus is on furthering your growth as a scholar three consecutive days four times
practitioner, and enabling you to develop as a leader in research, throughout the year, plus weekly
clinical governance and policy and practice within the complementary interactive virtual learning sessions.
medicine profession, while advancing your own professional practice. You will need to undertake the
The underpinning ethos is to equip you with the knowledge, skills equivalent of one day per week in
and practical experience to enhance your professional role in the field private practice.
of complementary medicines. This is fostered through the academic
and professional experience in both the theoretical concepts and the Location
diagnostic practice within your own specialty. Central London (Cavendish)
The course presents appropriate clinical and analytical content in Fees and funding
an inter-professional dimension, and engenders an understanding See westminster.ac.uk/fees
and appreciation of the importance and role of peer mentoring and
supervision. It will support your research in a specialist area, enable Associated careers
you to develop a wide variety of transferable skills and critical This course is designed to enhance
analytical skills, and provide a forum in which you can engage with the skills of professionals already in
contemporary issues and debates within the discipline. practice and encourage diversity
into other areas of work and in
Course content other healthcare environments
Health and Well-being • Mindfulness-Based Practice • Clinical such as the NHS, charitable
Reasoning • Research and Evaluation • Researching Contemporary organisations, private outpatient
Issues in Complementary Medicine • Research Project hospitals, GP practices and CM
industries. Graduates may continue
on to PhD study, or find employment
in academia or research institutes,
as well as management, marketing
Entry requirements
and insured practitioner, and
will be expected to hold a BSc
Honours degree (minimum Upper
Second Class) in a complementary
medicine discipline or equivalent,
an equivalent professional
qualification and associated work
experience, or a qualification
deemed suitable by the course
team, including relevant overseas
qualifications. Where equivalence
is being accepted, the length,
depth and content of the courses
followed and the orientation of the
syllabus will be considered.
203
Herbal Medicine MSc
INTEGRATED HEALTH
The focus of this course is on furthering your growth as a scholar Length of course
practitioner, and enabling you to develop as a leader in research, One-year, full-time, or two-year,
clinical governance and policy and practice within the herbal medicine part-time, block attendance of
profession, while advancing your own professional practice. three consecutive days four times
The underpinning ethos is to equip you with the knowledge, throughout the year, plus weekly
skills and practical experience to enhance your professional role in interactive virtual learning sessions.
the field of herbal medicine. This is fostered through the academic You will need to undertake the
and professional experience in both the theoretical concepts and equivalent of one day per week
the diagnostic practice within your own specialty. in private practice.
The course presents appropriate clinical and analytical content in
an inter-professional dimension, and engenders an understanding Location
and appreciation of the importance and role of peer mentoring and Central London (Cavendish)
supervision. It will support your research in a specialist area, enable Fees and funding
you to develop a wide variety of transferable skills and critical See westminster.ac.uk/fees
analytical skills, and provide a forum in which you can engage with
contemporary issues and debates within the discipline. Associated careers
This course is designed to enhance
Course content the skills of professionals already in
Advanced HM Materia Medica and Therapeutics • Clinical practice and encourage diversity
Reasoning • Research and Evaluation • Researching Contemporary into other areas of work and in
Issues in Complementary Medicine • Research Project other healthcare environments
hospitals, GP practices and CM
Entry requirements
Second Class) in a herbal medicine
discipline or equivalent, an
204
Nutritional Therapy MSc
INTEGRATED HEALTH
This course aims to develop your skills as a scholar practitioner Length of course
who can work with individuals and as a group facilitator in One-year, full-time, or two-year,
autonomous clinical and community settings. Grounded in part-time, with block attendance of
functional medicine principles, nutritional therapy draws on current three consecutive days four times
and emerging research to inform choices of assessment methods, throughout the year, plus weekly
and prescriptions for diet, nutraceuticals and lifestyle change in interactive virtual learning sessions.
order to manage patient’s health concerns and promote optimal You will need to undertake the
health through all life stages. equivalent of one day per week
In addition the course enables you to develop professionally and in private practice.
personally as a leader in research, clinical governance and policy,
and within the nutritional therapy profession, while advancing your Location
own professional practice. You will be able to present clinical and Central London (Cavendish)
theoretical concepts in an inter-professional forum that fosters critical Fees and funding
debate, original and independent thinking, peer mentoring and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
supervision, and reflexivity.
Associated careers
Course content This course is designed to enhance
Functional Medicine in Nutritional Therapy • Clinical Reasoning the skills of professionals already in
• Research and Evaluation • Researching Contemporary Issues in practice and encourage diversity
Complementary Medicine • Research Project into other areas of work and in
other healthcare environments
hospitals, GP practices and CM
Entry requirements
Second Class) in Nutritional
Therapy or equivalent, an
205
“I’m now in my second year of
LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES
a PhD in Cultural Policy and

Management, inspired by the
knowledge and experience I gained
at the University of Westminster.”
“ I was an economist, and very interested in the arts. I had worked for
several years in different positions, without long-term stability in any
company. I wanted to change the focus of my career, and I thought that
a postgraduate qualification would make me more competitive in the
job market, and help me to find the career I wanted.
3 The interdisciplinary nature of the MA in Visual Culture was very
appealing. The course also attracted me because of its academic
programme, its relationship with arts organisations in London, and
the worldwide recognition of the University and its academic staff.
I also wanted to have the experience of living in Europe.
3 The course was even better than I expected, because of the combination
of humanities and arts. Discussions in class and with academic staff gave
me a perspective to reflect on things differently and with more depth.
3 I’m now in my second year of a PhD in Cultural Policy and
Management, which is inspired by the knowledge and experience I
gained while at the University of Westminster. I believe the MA course
provided me with the skills to be able to pursue a career as a researcher
doing a PhD.”
Patricia Bueno, Mexico
Visual Culture MA
206
RESEARCH IN LITERARY AND CULTURAL STUDIES

ENGLISH LITERATURE
Research in English at Westminster embraces a range of different critical approaches and covers all
periods from the medieval to the contemporary. Particular strengths in the Department include Victorian
literature and culture, Modernism and the contemporary novel, as well as interdisciplinary research
on both literature and philosophy, and literature and visual culture. Recent publications by staff include
books on Modernism, Gothic, Oscar Wilde, Robert and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, medieval romance
and heterosexuality, contemporary British fiction, Samuel Beckett, and literary theory. Contact Dr David
Cunningham (E: cunninda@westminster.ac.uk) or visit westminster.ac.uk/sshl/englishresearch
INSTITUTE FOR MODERN AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE
The Institute provides an interdisciplinary research environment for advanced study in the arts, humanities
and cultural institutions in the heart of London, bringing together creative, critical and committed
researchers and postgraduate students from around the world. It draws on staff from across the University
and also works with a number of international visiting research fellows as well as world-leading writers
and artists. The Institute runs a bespoke PhD programme for those interested in interdisciplinary doctoral
research in Modern and Contemporary Culture, and possesses research expertise in a range of fields
including new media and digital technologies, post-colonial and globalisation studies, gender and
sexuality, metropolitan cultures, and contemporary critical and aesthetic theory, biocultures and science-arts
intersections. Contact Dr Marquard Smith (E: m.smith@westminster.ac.uk) or visit westminster.ac.uk/imcc
For more information about Literary and Cultural Studies courses, visit the School of
Social Sciences, Humanities and Languages website at westminster.ac.uk/sshl
207
Creative Writing: Writing the City MA
This new Creative Writing: Writing the City Masters course is the first Length of course
to focus entirely on the city of London. It will allow you to explore One-year, full-time or
the city as subject matter from a range of perspectives and across two-year, part-time
all genres. It will also give you a theoretical and practical platform
from which to develop your understanding, and become part of the Location
London writing scene. Central London (Regent)
Taught by professional writers and researchers, the course offers Fees and funding
plenty of opportunities to network with other writers, agents, TV See westminster.ac.uk/fees
producers and performance poets. It is hosted by the Department of
English, Linguistics and Cultural Studies and is based in the University Associated careers
of Westminster’s headquarters building at 309 Regent Street. This The course will enable you to
means you will be writing about the city in the heart of London with develop sophisticated writing
ready access to the capital’s excellent academic, social and cultural skills and a widely applicable skill
opportunities, including the vibrant West End theatre scene. base. You will be encouraged
to network with other writers and
Course content identify useful opportunities for
If studying full-time, you will normally take three modules in Semester career development, partly through
One and three modules in Semester Two. Part-time students take two the wide range of extra-curricular
modules in each semester. The availability of option modules will activities, including writers’ events
depend on overall demand and staff availability, but you will normally and talks. The critical and practical
be told which options are on offer at the beginning of your course. skills you will acquire by the end
You can choose one ‘free choice’ option module from other Masters of the course will make you a
courses at Westminster, subject to timetabling constraints and the strong candidate in many areas,
approval of the course leader.  including arts management,
You will begin your writing project during the first semester, complete copy-editing, education,
it by the beginning of the following September and submit it after all freelance writing, journalism,
other modules have been attempted. You will study seven modules media, publishing, theatre and
(worth a total of 180 credits). performance-based writing, and
Core modules – in the first semester you will choose two modules research and academia.
from: Conflict and the City • Language and the Imagination • Tales Entry requirements
of the City You are normally required to have
In the second semester you will take the following modules:  a good first degree or equivalent
Creative Practice • Mapping the City • The Writing Business  in a humanities-based subject, and
• The Writing Project a proven interest in language and
Option modules – in addition you will choose a third module from the its creative outlets. Candidates
first core module list, or one of the following: History of the Language without formal qualifications will
• London Vortex: 20th Century Literature and the City • Reading also be considered on the basis
Contemporary Culture • Reading London  • Reading the Nation of their professional achievements
• Sociolinguistics • Urban Cultures • Written Discourse Analysis in relevant areas of the creative
industry (theatre, performance,
To receive your Masters award, you will need to complete six modules journalism, publishing, etc).
(five core modules plus one option module) worth 20 credits each, and Students whose first language
the 60 credit Writing Project (giving a total of 180 credits). If you do is not English must have an IELTS
not meet the requirements for a Masters award, you will be eligible for score of 7.0 (or equivalent).
the award of a Postgraduate Diploma or a Postgraduate Certificate. Applicants will also be required
The workshop-based structure of the course will allow you to learn to give two academic references
through interactive practice. Modules are taught by one two-hour or and to submit a portfolio of creative
three-hour seminar/workshops per week, depending on the subject. writing, which should not exclusively
Teaching will also include visits to select London institutions to support include poetry. Selected candidates
certain aspects of writing, and you will be encouraged to use various will be invited for an interview.
archives, theatres and galleries.
Assessment methods include course work in the form of portfolios
allowing students to experiment in a variety of genres, reflective logs,
essays, workshop leadership, as well as the 10,000-12,000-word
writing project. There are no formal examinations.
Related courses
208
Cultural and Critical Studies MA

This interdisciplinary course offers you the rare opportunity to study Length of course
contemporary critical and cultural debates across a wide range of One-year, full-time or two-year,
fields. Exploring a variety of different visual, textual and spatial part-time (January start available)
forms of culture, and their diverse theorisations, the course will
particularly appeal to those with wide-ranging interests in the Location
arts and humanities, as well as those interested in cutting-edge Central London (Regent)
theoretical debates. Fees and funding
Modules are taught by expert staff from a number of different See westminster.ac.uk/fees
disciplines, giving you the chance to follow particular themes in the
areas that most interest you. Recent work by staff in Cultural and Associated careers
Critical Studies includes books and articles on new media, urban The course is intended to give you
theory, gender, contemporary art and aesthetics, Victorian criminality, sophisticated critical skills and a
China, visual culture, architecture, post-colonialism and critical theory. widely applicable knowledge of
contemporary culture. This enables
Course content further study at MPhil or PhD levels,
The course consists of two main core modules – Capitalism and but is also particularly relevant to a
Culture, and Problems and Perspectives in Cultural Studies. These range of professions in the media,
establish a framework for the close analysis of the locations, products creative and cultural industries.
and systems of culture. The dissertation of 10-12,000 words, which
can be written on an appropriate topic of your choice, and Research Entry requirements
Methods are also core modules. You are normally required to have
a good first degree or equivalent
Option modules, choose four from: • Creative Digital Technology
in a relevant subject. If your first
• Interpreting Spaces • Reading Contemporary Culture • Reading
the Nation • Representing World Cultures • Sexuality and Narrative
• Urban Cultures
There is also an optional work placement module. You are pre-sessional summer programmes
encouraged to attend the research seminars in the School of Social if you need to improve your English
Sciences, Humanities and Languages, at which visiting speakers, before starting your course.
creative practitioners and teaching staff present their current work.
Related courses
English Literature: Modern and Contemporary Fictions MA
• Museums, Galleries and Contemporary Culture MA
• Visual Culture MA
209
English Literature: Modern and Contemporary Fictions MA
This course gives you the chance to study English literature in a Length of course
modern university environment, while taking advantage of the One-year, full-time or two-year,
wealth of resources offered by London’s rich cultural life. You will part-time (January start available)
examine literary texts in the wider context of cultural production
and relate them to the social, historical and political circumstances Location
from which they emerge. Central London (Regent)
The course team consists of academic specialists who make use of Fees and funding
the many nearby museums, galleries and libraries in their teaching. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course will be of particular interest to those wishing to prepare
for further study at MPhil or PhD level, and those teaching English Associated careers
who want to gain a further qualification and investigate recent and The course is particularly relevant
current developments in the field. to those employed in a range
of professions, including English
Course content teachers wishing to update their
The course is organised around the themes of reading, re-reading professional skills, and professional
and interpretation. You will study a range of periods and issues in researchers. The part-time course
literature, to place literary texts in cultural contexts and to understand would appeal to those interested in
them within the critical history of literature. studying English literature for career
The core modules, Reading/Re-Reading I and II, comprise of an development and general interest.
examination of classic and contemporary critical texts on literature in
Entry requirements
relation to ideas in larger contexts, such as history, the visual image,
You are required to have a
gender, psychoanalysis and post-colonialism. The Dissertation of
good Honours degree (or
10-12,000 words, which can be written on an appropriate topic of
equivalent) in a relevant subject.
your choice, and Research Methods are also core modules.
Core modules: Dissertation • Reading/Re-Reading I • Reading English you will need an IELTS
/Re-Reading II • Research methods score of 7.0 or equivalent.
Option modules, choose four from: London Vortex: Twentieth-Century
Literature and the City • Reading Contemporary Culture • Reading
the Nation • Re-Reading Modernism • Sexuality and Narrative
• Special Author/Topic • Urban Cultures • Victorian Explorations
Related courses
Cultural and Critical Studies MA • Visual Culture MA
210
Museums, Galleries and Contemporary Culture MA

This new Masters course (which is subject to approval) looks at the Length of course
changing roles of cultural institutions in the 21st century. It has been One-year, full-time or two-year,
designed for students wishing to work as curators, arts organisers, part-time (January start available)
museum professional and other contemporary cultural managers, and
has been developed through the University’s close relationships with Location
museums and galleries in London. Central London (Regent)
You will examine key issues and themes in the museums and Fees and funding
gallery sector, and explores how these are dealt with not just in See westminster.ac.uk/fees
theory, but also on a day-to-day basis by leading institutions. You will
learn about the challenges faced by museums and galleries, how they Associated careers
confront them and how they are developing innovative practices in Graduates will have the skills to
relation to their collections, exhibitions and audiences. work in a variety of positions in
the cultural sector, including in the
Course content post of curator, consultant, arts and
Much of the teaching takes place in collaboration with the partner media strategists and advisers,
institutions, on site and working with curators and professionals from funding officers or education and
the sector. The course is structured around specific examples of their interpretation officers.
practice and detailed case studies.
Entry requirements
Core modules: Dissertation • Research Methods • The Art
You will normally be required
Museum and Contemporary Culture • The Audience Experience:
to have a good first degree
New Approaches
or equivalent. Applications
Option modules: Chinese Contemporary Art • Collecting London: from mature candidates with
Curating, Presenting and Managing Collections • Creative Digital demonstrable relevant work
Technology • Professional Work Project • Representing World experience and relevant
Cultures • The Human Image • The Museum Narrative • The Online professional qualifications are
Museum and Gallery welcomed. In these cases, you may
The core Dissertation module consists of preliminary workshops be required to undertake a written
focused on relevant research skills, followed by individual tutorials entrance test in the form of a short
with your supervisor. 1,500-word essay, and may also
The course is taught alongside the Visual Culture MA, and shares be required to assemble a work
modules with this and with other MAs taught in the Department, experience portfolio (consisting
offering you a broad theoretic context that can cover wider aspects of testimonials, job descriptions
of the arts. The teaching team are curators, museum and gallery etc). Where English is not your first
professionals as well as scholars and fine artists. Teaching methods language, you will need an IELTS
include seminars, tutorials, practical sessions and workshops, together score of 6.5 overall and 7.0 in
with independent student directed study. The course has a strong writing (or equivalent).
emphasis on vocational learning, and students are encouraged to
undertake professional placements and internships.
Assessment methods include course work in the form of essays, oral
presentations and professional project reports, as well as the final
10-12,000-word dissertation. There are no formal examinations.
Related courses
Cultural and Critical Studies MA • Visual Culture MA
211
The course provides a unique combination of theoretical academic Length of course

study, robust practical application, and skills development in English One-year, full-time, or
language teaching, with a particular focus on using creative writing two-year, part-time
in the classroom as a significant part of the teacher’s portfolio of
skills. The course is part of a suite of Masters courses hosted by Location
the Department of English, Linguistics and Cultural Studies, and Central London (Regent)
is based in the University of Westminster’s headquarters building Fees and funding
at 309 Regent Street. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The MA consists of five core modules (including the Dissertation) and This course is intended to move you
one optional creative writing module, and is offered both full- and to a new level in your career as
part-time. Full-time students study 180 credits in the academic year, a teacher or writer by developing
while part-time students will normally complete 180 credits in two your skills as a sophisticated critical
academic years. practitioner, and your knowledge
Core modules: Creative Practice • Current Developments in Language base of pedagogy, the English
Teaching • Dissertation • Language and Learning: Description and language and its use in verbal art.
Analysis • Using Literature in English Language Teaching You will receive the training and
Option modules: Conflict and the City (Writing Drama) • Language preparation to make significant
and the Imagination (Poetic Writing) • Tales of the City (Prose Writing)  professional contributions as an
instructor, manager or researcher.
Teaching methods include weekly two-hour lectures, tutorials, seminars,
practical sessions and workshops, together with independent student Entry requirements
directed study. The Dissertation module consists of preliminary You are normally required
workshops focused on relevant research skills followed by individual to have a good first degree
tutorials with your supervisor. Assessment is through course work in or equivalent. Applications
the form of essays, reports, oral presentations and creative writing from mature candidates with
portfolios, as well as the final 12-15,000-word dissertation. There demonstrable relevant experience
are no formal examinations. and professional qualifications
(eg CELTA, DELTA) are welcomed.
Related courses Such applicants may be required
Creative Writing: Writing the City MA • TESOL MA to undertake a written entrance test
in the form of a short 1,500-word
essay and assemble a work-
experience portfolio (testimonials,
job descriptions, etc).
Applicants will also need to
give two academic references and
to submit a portfolio of creative
writing, which should not exclusively
include poetry. Selected candidates
will be invited for an interview. If
your first language is not English,
6.5 overall and 7.0 in writing (or
equivalent).  
212
Visual Culture MA

This multidisciplinary, theory-based course is established around the Length of course
belief that visual literacy and the impact of visual forms of thinking One-year, full-time or two-year,
and working now play significant roles in society. The course part-time (January start available)
introduces you to a range of historical and contemporary debates
that inform the theories and practice of visual culture, and enables Location
you to develop a conceptual framework within which to evaluate Central London (Regent)
the role of the visual arts in contemporary society and culture. Fees and funding
You will acquire creative and professional research skills, such See westminster.ac.uk/fees
as the ability to work from exhibitions, art works and institutional
archives, to be able to operate within different artistic and Associated careers
conceptual frameworks. Graduates will be equipped
for roles in the creative industries,
Course content including museum and gallery
This Masters balances historical and theoretical debates in the field of work, education, arts administration
visual culture studies with a rigorous interrogation of cultural practices and marketing, or could pursue
across: contemporary visual arts, capitalism and culture; the material further study to PhD level.
culture of the city; activism and popular politics; institutions and their The course is also suitable for
archives; and globalisation and new media technologies. The MA practising artists wishing to
also draws upon the cultural institutions and intellectual resources of further their research.
central London and has established contacts with other galleries and
organisations for work placements. Entry requirements
You should have a good first
Core modules: Dissertation • Research Methods • Theoretical
degree in a relevant area, such
and Critical Perspectives • Visual Culture: Production Display
as history of art, cultural studies,
and Discourse
fine art or design, English, history,
Option modules: Capitalism and Culture • Creative Digital Technology media and communications,
• Inclusive Practice in Museums • Interpreting Space • Representing architecture and business studies.
World Cultures • The Human Image • Urban Cultures You may be invited for interview,
Other options are available from related courses in the Department of or to submit previous written work.
English, Linguistics and Cultural Studies. If your first language is not English,
Related courses 6.5 overall and 7.0 in writing
Cultural and Critical Studies MA • English Literature: Modern (or equivalent), and will be asked
and Contemporary Fictions MA • Museums, Galleries and to provide examples of previous
Contemporary Culture MA written work. The University offers
213
“Having already completed
PSYCHOLOGY
my undergraduate degree at
Westminster I knew that I would
receive high-quality teaching from
experienced and dedicated staff.”
“I developed my interest in psychology while taking a sports psychology

course in Denmark. Prior to becoming a postgraduate student, I completed
a psychology degree at the University of Westminster in 2007, while
working part-time in the fitness industry.
3 My ambition was to establish a career in clinical psychology, and I
decided to take an MSc in Psychological Research Methods to improve
my chances of getting onto clinical training. Having already completed
my undergraduate degree at Westminster I knew that I would receive
high-quality teaching from experienced and dedicated staff.
3 I had many enjoyable moments during my time at Westminster. Socially,
the University offers a great range of activities and is perfectly situated
minutes from Oxford Street and the West End. Academically, I really
enjoyed working on my main dissertation, as I could study a topic of
my own interest in greater depth. I enjoyed the way that staff encouraged
me to work more independently as I progressed through the course.
3 Doing my MSc at Westminster has given me the essential research
skills that have been a key factor in allowing me to pursue a career as
a clinical psychologist.”
Kasper Pallesen, Denmark
Psychological Research Methods MSc
214
RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
The Department of Psychology is characterised by achievement in both theoretical and applied research,
benefiting the discipline and wider society. We value and promote the inter-relationship of research,
enterprise, knowledge transfer and teaching activity.
The vibrant culture of research is distinctive for its openness, collaboration and interdisciplinarity.
Research in the Department is diverse, spanning the full range of the subject area, and falls into six
main areas: Business Psychology • Cognitive Neuroscience • Health Psychology • Psychology in Higher
Education • Psychophysiology • Social Psychology
In the 2008 national Research Assessment Exercise the Department was commended for particularly
strong work in area of psychobiology. This includes world-leading research in the areas of
psychophysiology, neuroscience and motion sickness. For more details about specific areas of expertise
and the work of academics in the Department please visit westminster.ac.uk/schools/humanities/research/
psychology or contact Dr Mark Gardner (E: m.gardner@westminster.ac.uk).
For more information about Psychology courses, visit the School of Social Sciences,
Humanities and Languages website at westminster.ac.uk/sshl
215
Applied Cognitive Neuroscience MSc
PSYCHOLOGY
Cognitive neuroscience attempts to solve the mysteries of the mind/ Length of course
brain connection by bringing together evidence from molecular and One year, full-time or
cellular neuroscience (including psychopharmacology), a wide range two-year, part-time
of brain imaging techniques (such as MRI, EEG, PET), computational
modelling, and cognitive neuropsychology. Location
This course has been developed with a very specific goal in mind: Central London (Regent)
to provide graduates from the areas of cognitive science, psychology Fees and funding
and the life sciences with the theoretical basis and, most importantly, See westminster.ac.uk/fees
the practical experience to enter into high-level integrated research
in cognitive neuroscience. So on graduating from this degree, you Associated careers
will have advanced specialised skills in one or two areas of cognitive This course is particularly suited
neuroscience, and a well-developed understanding and hands- to pursuing a career in research,
on experience of the other methodologies, enabling you to fully preparation for further psychology
appreciate the interdisciplinary nature of this field of research. training (eg clinical psychology) or
The course will also provide a firm foundation to enter the clinical clinical training (eg radiography),
field, since clinicians are increasingly using evidence drawn from the or meeting the requirements for
whole discipline, including computational modelling. Of particular appointment or promotion with
relevance is the training and practice provided in aspects of clinical certain employers. The course also
practice, including neuropsychological assessment and brain imaging. develops generic higher education
and career management skills
Course content that would be of use in a wide
Core modules: Clinical Cognitive Neuroscience • Cognitive range of careers.
Neuropsychology • Computational Neuroscience • Independent
Research Project • Neuro-Imaging • Neuronal Systems • Research Entry requirements
Methods • Statistical Theory and Methods The course is open to graduates
with a good first degree in
Related courses cognitive science, psychology
Psychological Research Methods MSc or other life science, or in any
other degree that includes a
background in basic neuroscience
or psychobiology. Other good
degrees will be considered if
you can demonstrate necessary
experience or knowledge in
essential neuroscience.
In addition to a fundamental
understanding of basic
neuroscience, you will also
require some research skills,
including some experience of
experimental design, statistical
analysis and report writing. You
will need fluent written and spoken
English to study at postgraduate
level. If your first language is not
216
Business Psychology MSc
PSYCHOLOGY
The postgraduate study of Business Psychology in Europe was Length of course
founded here at the University of Westminster in 1998. Since it One year, full-time or
was launched this Business Psychology MSc has established itself as two-year, part-time
a leader in the field, and is now the most popular course of its kind in
the UK. With over 300 alumni, our graduates can be found all around Location
the world, applying business psychology to a wide range Central London (Regent)
of organisational and interpersonal issues. Fees and funding
As a result of the applied work of the Department of Psychology’s See westminster.ac.uk/fees
Business Psychology Centre (BPC), the course is integrated within
London’s professional and commercial life. The BPC’s research and Associated careers
consultancy programmes will enable you to meet and experience Business psychology employment
the work of highly skilled practitioners drawn from a variety of opportunities for graduates continue
business psychology environments. The course is fully accredited to rise as organisations address
by the Association of Business Psychologists (ABP). performance and behavioural
issues central to quality, innovation
Course content and competitiveness. Management
Our main aim is to produce graduates who can diagnose and training and development
communicate organisational needs, design and implement companies are frequent employers
business psychology interventions, and build strategic HR goals of our graduates.
and programmes.
Entry requirements
The emphasis is to equip you with theoretical and analytical skills,
You should have a good UK
as well as practical business psychology skills in areas such as
Honours degree (or overseas
team building, decision making, facilitation and organisational
equivalent) in business studies,
diagnostics. You will therefore gain knowledge and skills that will
psychology or related subjects,
enable you to work effectively within a wide range of interpersonal
or qualifications which include a
and multicultural situations, while formulating cost-effective solutions
substantial business or management
to operational HR problems.
studies component, or a Diploma
The course has an outstanding professional development programme, in Management Studies, or
one that runs in parallel with the taught schedule and which will bring another postgraduate qualification
you expertise from existing practitioners through workshops, seminars in a discipline relevant to human
and mentoring. resource management, business
Core modules: Conflict Resolution • Facilitated Decision Making or psychology. If you do not have
• Management of Competency/Skills Development Programmes these qualifications, but you do
• Managing Human Resource • Teamwork for Effective Organisations have significant relevant work
• Research Dissertation (Project) experience, your application may
Option modules: A wide range of option modules are available still be considered. If your first
(subject to course leader approval). language is not English, you
will need an IELTS score of 6.5
Related courses or equivalent.
Human Resource Management MA
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk
217
Health Psychology MSc
PSYCHOLOGY
This course, established in 1995, was one of the first Masters in Health Length of course
Psychology, and has been accredited by the British Psychological One year, full-time or
Society (BPS) since 1999. It includes an innovative portfolio of two-year, part-time
assessments – which have been consistently praised by external
examiners – geared to developing your transferable skills, and Location
relating directly to the world of work. Our assessments include Central London (Regent)
critical reviews, grant application preparation tasks, presenting your Fees and funding
work in an end-of-module conference, designing and implementing See westminster.ac.uk/fees
a behaviour-change intervention, and writing your research project
as a short paper suitable for submission to a peer review journal. Associated careers
Successful completion of the course (Stage 1) is a prerequisite for The course is a prerequisite for
the further training (Stage 2) you will need to be able to register those wishing to pursue Stage 2
with the Health Professions Council (HPC) as a Health Psychologist. training leading to Registration with
The course is taught by a core team of research-active staff, with the HPC as a Health Psychologist.
collaborative links to external institutions in London and beyond. However, it also serves as a
precursor to those wishing to pursue
Course content a PhD in Psychology, and other
The course will give you an in-depth understanding of the theoretical areas of applied psychology such
and applied bases of health, illness and disease. The main aim is as clinical or counselling. The
to help you to develop the theoretical and methodological skills majority of our graduates work in
essential for conducting independent research and applying health the health-related professions.
psychology in practice. We provide a coherent programme of study
covering the content, methods and application of health psychology Entry requirements
as defined by the core Stage 1 curriculum of the BPS, Division of Normally you should have a
Health Psychology. In particular, the course emphasises the importance good Honours degree that confers
of an evidence-based approach to health psychology, and develops eligibility for the Graduate Basis for
the core skills you will need for Stage 2 training. Although all modules Chartered Membership (GBC) of
are core, there is considerable flexibility within the module structure the BPS. However, we will consider
for you to choose particular areas of study of interest. candidates without GBC with some
evidence of interest in the discipline.
Core modules: Basic Issues in Health Psychology • Data Handling
This can be demonstrated by your
and Research Methods • Health and the Lifespan • Health Psychology
choice of undergraduate modules,
in Practice • Individual Differences, Health, Stress and Illness
undergraduate project area, or
• Research-Based Project • Specialist Topics in Health Psychology
your work experience within health
Related courses psychology or a related field. You
Graduate Diploma in Psychology • Psychological Research may be invited for an informal
Methods MSc interview. If your first language is
218
Psychological Research Methods MSc
PSYCHOLOGY
This course is ideal for graduates and professionals who wish to Length of course
develop expertise in both qualitative and quantitative approaches One year, full-time or
to psychological research, and can be used as a stepping stone to two-year, part-time
professional training in psychology. Successful completion of the
course will equip you with the skills to conduct academic and/or Location
applied psychological research professionally in a wide variety of Central London (Regent)
settings. Established professionals can either take the whole course, or Fees and funding
individual modules for continuing professional development purposes. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course will enable you to carry out original, high-quality This course is suitable as
research in psychology by developing your awareness of preparation for taking a PhD in
appropriate methodological concepts, theoretical approaches, Psychology, preparation for
and critical, analytical, and research skills. The course covers further training (eg clinical
the range of quantitative and qualitative methods, techniques, psychology), or to meet the
and statistical analyses used in psychological research, including requirements of employers.
advanced use of computer packages such as AMOS, ATLAS Discipline-specific skills are taught
and SPSS. It also addresses theoretical, historical and philosophical which, in addition to being a
issues, and the critical appraisal of relevant research literature is foundation for research studentships,
key to all modules. would be a good basis for
In the methods modules, you will conduct small-scale research employment or promotion within a
studies into areas of your choice (within ethical and practical research-based organisation, in the
constraints). In your project you will carry out a larger research academic or non-academic public
study on a topic selected by you, clarified in discussion with an or private sector. The course also
appropriate supervisor. The topic will draw on knowledge, skills develops generic higher education
and methodological techniques covered by the course. and career management skills that
You will be encouraged to develop your writing style to that would be of use in a wide range
appropriate for academic psychology journals. Your personal of careers.
development is a key element of the course, enabling you to gain Entry requirements
the ability to direct and manage research projects, your own future We welcome applications from
learning, and your career development. graduates with a First or Second
Core modules: Advanced Methods for Collecting and Analysing Class degree in psychology
Quantitative Data • Advanced Qualitative Methods in Psychology or a related discipline. Where
• Collecting and Analysing Quantitative Data • Project necessary, the relevance of your first
• Psychological Research in Context • Qualitative Research degree or subsequent experience
Methods in Psychology will be determined at interview,
Option module: This can be chosen from other Masters courses at the where qualifications, experience,
University, subject to availability. Some modules from other Psychology motivation and your ability to learn
Masters are available as an option. Modules from outside Psychology independently at Masters’ level will
that previous students have taken include: Buyer Behaviour • Film and be judged. If you are accepted with
Music • Mind-Body Medicine • State, Society and Individual. a Lower Second Class degree or
non-psychology degree, additional
Related courses private study may be necessary.
Applied Cognitive Neuroscience MSc • Health Psychology MSc Relevant experience following a first
degree may be taken into account.
If your first language is not English,
6.5 or equivalent. Applicants who
are not accepted may be directed
to alternative courses, completion
of which may lead to acceptance
onto the MSc.
219
Psychology Graduate Diploma
PSYCHOLOGY
The course is designed for graduates who wish to pursue a career Length of course
in psychology but do not have sufficient psychology in their degree One-year, full-time, or
to allow them to gain the Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership two-year, part-time
(GBC) of the British Psychological Society (BPS). This was previously
termed ‘Graduate Basis for Registration’ (GBR). You will take modules Location
at the appropriate level in core areas of psychology, as specified by Central London (Regent)
the BPS, and can take one option module from a selection available to Fees and funding
Psychology BSc Honours students. See westminster.ac.uk/fees
If your degree is not in psychology, or it included less psychology
than you need for entry to the Diploma, you may be offered a Associated careers
Foundation Pathway consisting of 60 credits of psychology at Graduate Basis for Registration is
introductory level (taken on a part-time basis over one year). the first step towards becoming
a Chartered Psychologist. It is
Course content the prerequisite for progression
The content of the curriculum of the main Diploma course covers to postgraduate professional
the core areas of curriculum stipulated by the BPS for GBC. This training in psychology and
consists of Cognitive Psychology, Developmental Psychology, History subsequent registration as a
and Philosophy of Psychology, Individual Differences, Project, Chartered Psychologist working
Psychobiology, Research Methods, and Social Psychology. History and in any of the fields of professional
Philosophy of Psychology is embedded across the other topic areas. psychology – including clinical,
Level 5 modules: Psychobiology for the Graduate Diploma in counselling, educational, health
Psychology (GDP) • Research Methods for GDP and occupational psychology. It
Level 6 modules: Cognitive Psychology for GDP • Developmental is a requirement for Masters and
Psychology for GDP • Individual Differences for GDP • Project for Doctorate courses in Psychology
GDP • Social Psychology for GDP that lead to professional
qualifications such as Doctorates
Option module in Clinical, Counselling and
You will chose one option module from a range of Level 6 psychology Educational Psychology, and
modules, although not all options will run every year, and sometimes Masters in Organisational/
additional option modules may become available. Some option Occupational Psychology.
modules may have a timetable clash with core GDP modules if you
are studying full-time over one year, but may be possible to take if Entry requirements
you are studying part-time. You should have a minimum Upper
Examples of option modules include: Advanced Developmental Second Class UK Honours degree
Psychology • Advanced Social Psychology • Business Psychology or equivalent, plus GCSE Maths
• Clinical Psychology • Cognitive Disorders • Critical Psychology at Grade C or above, and have
• Exercise and Performance • Forensic Psychology • Health successfully completed 60 credits
Psychology • Issues in Cognition: Theory and Application in psychology. If your degree is
• Physiological Psychology • Psychology and the Internet not in psychology, or if it included
• Psychology of Counselling • Psychology of Education less psychology than is required for
• Psychology of Music • Psychology of Prejudice • Psychology entry to the Diploma (60 points),
of Sport • Psychology of Women • Psychophysiology • Work you may be offered a place on the
Experience in a Psychological Setting Foundation Pathway. Successful
completion of the Foundation
Pathway will allow sufficient
credits to be gained for entry to
the Graduate Diploma. If your first
need an IELTS score of 6.5
or equivalent.
220
“This MA degree has helped
SOCIAL, POLITICAL AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

me to contribute to the
development of my country,
where poverty and hunger
are still the major concerns.”
“ As a Cambodian born right after the Khmer Rouge genocide, I was fortunate
enough to still have almost all my older brothers and sisters, and to receive
a good education and a degree from the university in Phnom Penh in 2003.
I was also lucky enough to get a scholarship to study a Masters Degree in the
UK, something many Cambodian students can only dream of.
3 The scholarship covered all the fees for my Globalisation, Development
and Transition MA. That was the time when I started to see the most
significant changes in my life, in terms of education, my perspectives
toward the world, my career, my attitude toward development and my
self-esteem.
3 I have had opportunities to study with highly qualified and experienced
lecturers, and meet many people from different backgrounds and
nationalities with whom I’ve shared my thoughts, understanding and
culture. I’ve also learnt and understood many ways of life of the British
people and culture, including freedom of speech, and embracing different
beliefs and democracy.
3 After returning to Cambodia I successfully applied for a job at the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO)
where I currently work as a Program Co-ordinator. This MA degree has
helped me to contribute to the development of my country, where poverty
and hunger are still the major concerns.”
Pisey Pech, Cambodia
Globalisation, Development and Transition MA
221
Research in Social, Political and International Studies
Asian Studies
Our research is internationally acclaimed for its innovative profile, in the study of the politics of culture,
with a regional spread that spans the People’s Republic of China (PRC), Hong Kong, Taiwan, and the
Chinese diaspora. Our main research themes include gender and sexuality, visual culture, urban studies,
migration, and transnational and diasporic identities. The Asian Studies research programme fosters
a vibrant research culture through its PhD programme seminars, conferences and workshops, and film
screenings. Contact Professor Harriet Evans (E: evansh@westminster.ac.uk) or visit westminster.ac.uk/
schools/humanities/research/asian-studies
Criminology and Sociology

Staff research in these closely related areas is wide ranging. It includes racial and gender identities, their
cultural representations and the relationship of these differences to the criminal justice system, the sociology
of the body, health and illness, environmental sociology, state crime and its victims, ‘hate’ crime and the
protection of vulnerable groups, internet crime and the protection of children online. Contact Professor Mike
O’Donnell (E: odonnem@westminster.ac.uk).
Economic and Governmental Reform

Our objective is to address capacity constraints in developing countries in order to enhance the ability
of future ‘senior generalists’ in government to support political leaders and manage complex inter-related
reform processes across government. Contact Dr Celia Szusterman (E: c.szusterman@westminster.ac.uk)
History
History research concentrates largely on 19th and 20th century history. There are particular concentrations
of research on naval history, French history, the history of European integration, Irish history and the impact
of warfare on the state and social change in Britain, including social planning, the control of information
and propaganda, and industrial relations. Contact Dr Frances Lynch (E: lynchf@westminster.ac.uk).
Short Courses/CPD
There are short courses available from the London Liberal Arts Summer School. Contact Dr Sacha Darke
(T: +44 (0)20 7911 5000 ext 2114, E: S.Darke@westminster.ac.uk).
For more information about Social, Political and International Studies courses, visit the
School of Social Sciences, Humanities and Languages website at westminster.ac.uk/sshl
222
Applied Market and Social Research MA/MSc

This course provides professional training in social and market Length of course
research, focusing on the needs of early career researchers and One-year, full-time,
research managers working in both commercial and non-commercial or two-year, part-time
settings. It gives you the opportunity to explore the principles and
concepts of social and market research in a wide range of marketing, Location
public policy and non-commercial settings. You will also develop your Central London (Regent)
understanding of a variety of research tools and how to apply them Fees and funding
in context (including in the digital and new media contexts). See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The course is taught by highly experienced practising researchers,
supplemented by visiting lecturers from the industry. It has a Associated careers
supervised dissertation enabling you to rigorously design, deliver The course retains strong links with
and report on a research project of your choice. The course awards the research industry. Past students
either an MA or MSc, depending on whether your dissertation has a work for organisations such as
qualitative or quantitative focus MORI, Research International,
The University of Westminster offers the only Research Masters BMRB, Government research
in central London that is professionally accredited by the Market departments, the BBC and CNN.
Research Society (MRS). This enables successful students with a Those working in the research
minimum of two years research experience to become full members industry on the practitioner or
of the MRS and to be exempted from the qualifying MRS exams client side can develop their
(both the Advanced Certificate and the Diploma in Market and Social research profiles by undertaking a
Research Practice). dissertation related to their work.
Other students sometimes undertake
Course content work placements when conducting
The course has been designed to enable market and social research for their dissertations.
researchers, with some experience, to examine the principles
underlying a wide range of research practice, and to design and Entry requirements
evaluate research practice based on a firm understanding of For both the MA and MSc, you will
those principles. The course enables you to make clearly justified be expected to possess at least a
and appropriate choices in a wide variety of contexts across the Second Class Honours degree or
research process. equivalent. Preference will be given
to those with an Honours degree
Core modules: Applied Social and Market Research in Context
in the humanities or social sciences
• Dissertation • Introduction to Qualitative and Quantitative Research
with a quantitative or marketing
• Qualitative Research Methods and Data Analysis • Quantitative
element, and you should be willing
Research Methods and Data Analysis • Research Design, Ethics and
to undertake a numeracy test if
Management • Research Practice and Assessment
necessary. Applicants without these
Related courses standard qualifications will need
Social and Market Research Practice Market Research to convince the selection panel
Society (MRS) Diploma that they have the relevant work
experience and academic potential
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) to study effectively at Masters level.
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London If your first language is not
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who English, you will need an IELTS
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who score of 6.5 or equivalent. The
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed University offers pre-sessional
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See summer programmes if you need to
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk improve your English before starting
your course.
223
European Studies MA
This course gives you the chance to explore the European Union (EU) Length of course
from a variety of different perspectives and disciplines. Combining One-year, full-time,
intellectual rigour with professional relevance, it is organised around or two-year, part-time
the two core disciplines of history and political studies. You will
examine contemporary Europe and European integration within the Location
context of changing social, economic and political processes, with Central London (Regent)
a strong emphasis on the importance of such phenomena as Fees and funding
patterns of trade, political economy, social movements, national and See westminster.ac.uk/fees
international security, and the challenges of enlargement. You will
also have the opportunity to study many of these phenomena from Associated careers
the perspective of other disciplines such as criminology, geography Graduates go on to careers
and international relations. in journalism, government
(national, local or EU),
Course content commerce, and research.
Core modules: Dissertation and Research Methods • Governance
of the European Union • The History of European Integration Entry requirements
The course is open to those with
Option modules, choose four from: Environmental and Urban
a good Honours degree (normally
Governance • European Immigration Policy in International
Upper Second Class or equivalent)
Perspective • Globalisation and Post-Socialist Transition • Policing
in an appropriate social science
the New Europe • The European Union as an International Actor
or humanities discipline. If your
• The European Social Model in the Age of Globalisation
• The State, Politics and Violence
will need an IELTS score of 6.5 or
Related courses equivalent. The University offers
Globalisation, Development and Transition MA pre-sessional summer programmes
• International Relations MA if you need to improve your English
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees.
See p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk
224
Globalisation, Development and Transition MA

This multidisciplinary course offers you the opportunity to engage Length of course
with a range of economic, cultural and political perspectives and One-year, full-time or
interpretations around the theme of globalisation and its implications two-year, part-time
for the less-developed regions of the world, and those global regions
that undergo structural transformations to state, economy and society. Location
One example is China, as it has moved from a communist ‘backwater’ Central London (Regent)
in terms of global presence, to an increasingly dominant economic Fees and funding
player. This has had a significant effect on issues such as the ways See westminster.ac.uk/fees
in which institutions work, how people relate to ‘their’ state, and the
ways in which society works. Associated careers
The course focuses on the nature and meanings attached to the This course is likely to appeal
concepts of ‘globalisation’, ‘development’ and ‘transition’, and to those who are either already
the variable roles played by local, regional and national factors working in, or aspire to work
in shaping the inter-relationship between local and global with, governmental and non-
processes of change. governmental organisations, the
media, a variety of NGOs, and
Course content international business. Past students
Unlike orthodox programmes in development studies, global studies have been drawn from the media,
or transition studies, the course examines the impact of globalisation finance, diplomacy, government
on transitional and post-socialist societies. In addition to the core and NGOs, and all have
modules which examine the economic, political and social dimensions benefited from being able to reflect
of globalisation, a range of options enables you to pursue studies of a on the nature of contemporary
number of issues, including global financial markets; the international globalisation and its impact on
economy; the political economy of oil in the Middle East; and gender, non-Western states and societies.
NGOs and development. There are also opportunities for some The course will also provide a
regional specialisation by taking options on Latin America, Asia and good background for those looking
the post-socialist countries. to work in a range of public and
Core modules: Dissertation and Research Methods in Politics and private sector roles.
International Relations • Globalisation and Post-authoritarian
Entry requirements
Transition • Political Economy of Globalisation
You will normally be expected to
Option modules: Business and Management • Democracy and Islam have a good Honours degree (First
• Environmental and Urban Governance: International Perspectives or Upper Second Class) in a social
• Gender, NGOs and Development • Global Change: Toward science or humanities discipline.
a New Non-Western Order? • Global Financial Markets Exceptionally, you may be admitted
• International Humanitarian Law • International State-Building: with a lower class degree, if you
Exporting Democracy • Latin America and Globalisation • Oil, can demonstrate that you will be
Globalisation and Development in the Middle East and Transition able to benefit from taking the
Countries • Perspectives on Post-Cold War Chinese Foreign Policy course. We will consider applicants
• The International Economy without standard qualifications
Related courses who have significant relevant work
International Relations MA • International Relations and Contemporary experience, and are sufficiently
Political Theory MA • International Relations and European Politics motivated to study effectively at
MA • International Relations and Global Change MA • International Masters level.
Relations and Security MA If your first language is not
International Pre-Masters (Graduate Diploma) score of 6.5 (or equivalent). The
We work in partnership with Kaplan International College London University offers pre-sessional
to provide Graduate Diploma courses for international students who summer programmes if you need to
don’t quite meet our Masters degree entry requirements. Students who improve your English before starting
complete their KIC London course at the required level are guaranteed your course, and there is also a
progression to study at Westminster on selected Masters degrees. See postgraduate module (English for
p228, or for more information visit kiclondon.org.uk Academic Purposes) available to
accompany your studies.
225
Social and Market Research Practice
Market Research Society (MRS) Diploma
This course provides professional training in social and market Length of course
research, focusing on the needs of early career researchers and Two-year, part-time (evening
research managers working in both commercial and non-commercial – students may have to attend one
settings. It gives you the opportunity to explore the principles and afternoon class in the second year)
concepts of social and market research in a wide range of marketing,
public policy and non-commercial settings. You will also develop your Location
understanding of a variety of research tools and how to apply them Central London (Regent)
in context (including in the digital and new media contexts). Fees and funding
The course, which is accredited by the Market Research Society See westminster.ac.uk/fees
(MRS), is taught by highly experienced practising researchers,
supplemented by visiting lecturers from the industry. It has a Associated careers
supervised dissertation enabling students to rigorously design, deliver The Diploma is specifically
and report on a research project of their choice. The course awards designed for people currently
either an MA or MSc, depending on whether your dissertation has a working in the field of market
qualitative or quantitative focus and/or social research. The
It enables Diploma holders to achieve the University’s MA or MSc in accreditation allows successful
Applied Market and Social Research at a later stage through further students with a minimum of
study plus a dissertation. The University of Westminster is one of only two-years research experience
four centres offering this course, and one of only two to offer it as a to become full members of the
part-time, two-year course. MRS. Full membership is the
main professional grade and
Course content enables individuals to use the
The Diploma comprises four units of assessment which are set and designation MMRS after their
marked by the MRS (and not by the University of Westminster). You name. This conveys to research
are required to take Units One, Two and Five, and either Unit Three or users, colleagues, employers and
Unit Four. The assessment units are as follows: others an individual’s attainment of
Unit One: Marketing Research and Information (exam) professionalism in market and
Unit Two: The Principles and Practice of Market and Social Research social research.
(written assessment) Entry requirements
Unit Three: The Analysis and Interpretation of Quantitative Market and You will be required to fulfil one or
Social Research Data, (written assessment) or more of the following requirements:
Unit Four: The Collection, Analysis and Interpretation of Qualitative have successfully completed the
Data (written assessment) MRS Advanced Certificate or the
Market Research and Information
Unit Five: Case Studies in Market and Social Research (exam) module of the CIM Professional
Each unit is individually assessed by MRS, either through external Diploma in Marketing and have
examination or by externally assessed course work. Candidates who a minimum of one year’s post
have successfully completed the Market Research and Information qualification experience in a
module of the CIM Advanced Certificate are exempt from Unit One. research-related role; or hold an
Honours degree or appropriate
professional qualification which
contains a significant research
component, and have a minimum
of two years’ work experience
in a research-related role; or
have a minimum of three years’
work experience in a research
related-role and be able to provide
evidence of training within a
research role.
score of 6.5 or equivalent. The
University offers pre-sessional
your course.
226
Pre-Sessional English
MASTERS PREPARATION COURSES

If you have been offered a place on a Masters degree at Westminster, Length of course
our Pre-Sessional English course will help you develop the language For students with IELTS 5.5 – 11
and study skills you will need. Over 11 weeks (if you have a current weeks. For students with IELTS 6.0
IELTS score of 5.5) or six weeks (for those with an IELTS score of 6.0), – six weeks.
this intensive course will bring your English level up to the equivalent The 11-week course runs from
of an IELTS score of 6.5, the minimum requirement for most of our July to September, for entry
taught Masters and Research programmes. on to September-start Masters
courses. The six-week course runs
Course content from August to September (for
The course aims to develop your vocabulary range and improve September-start Masters courses)
your pronunciation and grammar, which will help you to understand or November to December (for
university lectures and seminars, and be able to take notes effectively. January-start Masters courses).
It will help you to write essays, reports and academic assignments,
and to read academic books, journals and papers efficiently, as well Location
as improving your spoken ability in academic contexts. The course Central London and Harrow
will also enable you to study more effectively, and introduce you to the
University facilities and processes. Fees
See westminster.ac.uk/efl
A typical week will include:
• academic listening Application
• academic project If you are eligible for the
• improving reading efficiency pre-sessional you will automatically
• learning to write academic essays and reports be made a combined offer for your
• improving pronunciation and presentation skills chosen Masters course and the
• discussion and vocabulary improvement. pre-sessional course.
You will receive 20 hours tuition per week. Alternatively, you may contact the
admissions officer for your chosen
For more information visit westminster.ac.uk/efl Masters course, their contact details
will be on your offer letter.
Typical offer
You will need to have an offer
of a place on a full-time course
starting in September or January.
You will also need an IELTS score
(or equivalent) of 5.5 (minimum
5.0 in the writing element) or
6.0 (minimum 5.5 in the
writing element).
Summer School of English
If you have already reached the level of English required for your Masters degree, you may still want to
take part in a short summer course to learn some new vocabulary, for example, or to make friends and get
used to our University facilities. We offer three-week courses in July and August in subjects such as general
English Language, Business English, English for Law, Adventures in Writing (our course for journalists or
anyone interested in different types of writing) and Intensive Speaking. In early September we also offer an
intensive two-week course in Academic English.
For more information visit westminster.ac.uk/efl
227
Business, Law and Social Sciences Graduate Diploma
MASTERS PREPARATION COURSES
This course is for international students who do not meet the Length of course
University of Westminster’s entry criteria for direct entry to our Between seven and 11 months,
business, law and social science Masters courses. Delivered in depending on English level at
partnership with Kaplan International College London (KIC London), the point of entry. Start dates
the Graduate Diploma is designed to prepare you for postgraduate are available in January, May
study. If you complete the KIC London course and achieve the and September.
required grades, you are guaranteed progression onto a selection of
University of Westminster Masters courses.* Location
A full list of Masters courses that students can progress onto is given Central London
at kiclondon.org.uk/Programmes/Graduate-Diploma/Pages/Business- Fees and funding
Law-Social-Sciences.aspx See westminster.ac.uk/fees
The selection of Masters courses includes: Applied Market and
Social Research MA/MSc • Business Psychology MSc • Corporate Application
Finance Law LLM • Globalisation, Development and Transition MA Apply directly to KIC London
• Human Resource Management MA • International Banking Law kiclondon.org.uk/howtoapply
LLM • International Business and Management MA • International Typical offer
Commercial Law LLM • International Development Management MA Generally, you will need to have
• International Human Resource Management MA • Management MA completed three years of higher
• Marketing Communications MA • Marketing Management MA education (or equivalent) to enter
• MBA* • Purchasing and Supply Chain Management MSc the Graduate Diploma courses.
You will also need to show proof of
*For the MBA, you will need to have completed at least three years’ English language ability, usually an
supervisory or managerial work experience. If you complete your KIC IELTS test (or equivalent). A higher
London course at the required level, you will be able to progress to the IELTS score means your course will
MBA, subject to a satisfactory interview. be shorter and you can progress to
Course content your Masters degree more quickly.
The Graduate Diploma course covers a range of study skills that For more information contact
will allow you to enter the Masters degree of your choice with KIC London:
confidence. These include avoiding plagiarism, essay writing, note T: +44(0) 20 7811 3050
taking, presentation skills, time management skills, and much more. E: info@kiclondon.org.uk
English language tuition is also available at a wide range of levels kiclondon.org.uk
for students who need it.
Subjects of study include: Aspects of British Society and Culture
• European Liberal Democracy (Social Sciences pathway) • Global
Corporate Marketing Strategies (Business pathway) • Introduction to
English, European and International Law (Law pathway) • Research
Design and Critique • Research Project • Social Science Principles
228

University of Westminster

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

University of Westminster

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

“Studying at the University of

APPLIED LANGUAGE STUDIES

“ I was a full-time teacher for the Language Department at Calixto García

LINGUISTICS AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE

ENGLISH AND LINGUISTICS

ENGLISH AND LINGUISTICS

The course provides a unique combination of theoretical academic Length of course

ARCHITECTURE AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT

“ I completed my Bachelors in Architecture at the University of Pune in India,

THE ARCHITECTURE RESEARCH GROUP

ARCHITECTURE AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT

CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF THE PRODUCTION OF THE

The Architecture Graduate Diploma is a long-established and Length of course

ARCHITECTURE AND INTERIOR DESIGN

Course content Fees and funding

ARCHITECTURE AND INTERIOR DESIGN

Although emphasis is placed on studio-based architectural and Length of course

ARCHITECTURE AND INTERIOR DESIGN

This course aims to develop your comprehensive understanding Length of course

Course content Fees and funding

Course content Entry requirements

This course is designed to give you a detailed understanding of Length of course

TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS

Option modules: Air Transport Policy and Planning • Airline

Developed in partnership with Arnhem Business School (Netherlands), Length of course

TRANSPORT AND LOGISTICS

“I received a full scholarship from the H.R. College of Commerce and

THE CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF THE PRODUCTION

The Diploma in Financial Management is an internationally Length of course

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Related courses Entry requirements

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Easier communication, more efficient international transportation, Length of course

Marketing communications covers the selection and application of Length of course

doing now without my

“I really enjoyed doing my degree in classical, piano and music

Course content Entry requirements

ART AND DESIGN

This is the longest-running postgraduate course in the country in Length of course

This well-established Masters is the world-leading course in audio Length of Course

This highly successful photography course offers a dynamic Length of Course

opened up the global job

“ Before I came to the University of Westminster, I worked for a mobile

ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

COLLECTIVE INTELLIGENCE AND SEMANTIC SYSTEMS

SHORT COURSES AND CPD

BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

In contemporary society, the importance of gathering, organising Length of Course

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

The unprecedented growth in commercial and information Length of course

Course content Entry requirements

ELECTRONIC, NETWORK AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

ELECTRONIC, NETWORK AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY

“ I was working as a journalist for a local supplement of the Times of India,

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY

The internationally recognised Department of Politics and International Length of course

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY

European integration plays a central role in contemporary Length of course

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS AND DIPLOMACY